Agenda packet — Redlands City Council, December 16, 2025 (part 2 of 5)

2. Remove all dead, dying, or diseased vegetation, including where applicable on portions of live vegetation and dead, dying, or diseased grass, plants, shrubs, branches, leaves, and weeds.

3. Maintain grasses to a maximum height of four (4) inches.

4. Maintain large shrubs and hedges exceeding six (6) feet in height such that limbs are not within 4 feet of the ground or one-third of its height, whichever is less.

5. Vines are to be limited on the structure.

6. Vegetation under windows shall be kept to below eighteen (18) inches.

7. Consideration shall be given to properties with more fire-resistive construction, lower flammability plant species, and frequent irrigation. 604.6.1.2 Tree Maintenance. Tree maintenance shall be in accordance with the following:

1. Trees shall be maintained (i.e., cleaned, thinned, raised) to reduce the spread of fire.

2. Tree branches shall have six (6) feet of clearance above roofs, combustible fences, combustible structures, and the ground. Additional clearance equal to three (3) times the height of the shrub is needed if shrubs are located under tree branches.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 402 of 1055
16 I:\cmo\Ordinances\Ordinance No. 2998.Legislative.12.03.25.docx.bm

3. Dead, dying, or diseased trees shall be removed. An evaluation by a licensed arborist with recommendations on removal of dying or diseased trees may be required by the fire code official.
604.6.1.3 Balconies, Overhangs, and Porches. The underside of balconies, overhangs, and porches shall be kept clear of combustible vegetation.
604.6.1.4 Organic Wood Chips and Mulch. Organic mulch and wood chip application is prohibited. Non-combustible materials such as concrete, gravel, decomposed granite, or other approved materials shall be used within this zone. 604.6.1.5 Firewood. Firewood shall not be stored within this zone. 604.6.1.6 Chimneys. All chimneys shall have a spark arrestor and all branches shall be a minimum of ten (10) feet from chimneys, stovepipe outlet, and heater outlets. 604.6.1.7 Propane Tanks. Dead, dying, or diseased vegetation shall be removed from within ten (10) feet of propane tanks.
604.6.1.8 Roofs and Gutters. Maintain the roof and gutters to be free of leaves, needles, or other vegetation.
604.6.1.9 Firefighter Access. Remove hazardous items that would hinder existing firefighter access to all sides of the structure.
604.6.2 Zone One (5-30 feet) – Lean, Clean, and Green Zone. Zone one zones shall be maintained in accordance with sections 4907.4.2.1604.6.2.1 through 4907.4.2.5. 604.6.2.5 604.6.2.1 Vegetation. Vegetation shall be in accordance with the following:

1. Ornamental and native shrubs shall be thinned, relocated, or removed to provide no more than fifty (50) percent density and/or coverage and shall be positioned to limit plan continuity and inhibit fire progression.

2. Remove all dead, dying, or diseased vegetation, including where applicable on portions of live vegetation and dead, dying, or diseased grass, plants, shrubs, branches, leaves, and weeds.

3. Maintain grasses to a maximum height of four (4) inches.

4. Maintain large shrubs and hedges exceeding six (6) feet in height such that limbs are not within 4 feet of the ground or one-third of its height, whichever is less.

5. Consideration shall be given to properties with more fire-resistive construction, lower flammability plant species, and frequent irrigation.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 403 of 1055
17 I:\cmo\Ordinances\Ordinance No. 2998.Legislative.12.03.25.docx.bm 604.6.2.2 Tree Maintenance. Tree maintenance shall be in accordance with the following:

1. Trees shall be maintained (i.e., cleaned, thinned, raised) to reduce the spread of fire.

3. Dead, dying, or diseased trees shall be removed. An evaluation by a licensed arborist with recommendations on removal of dying or diseased trees may be required by the fire code official.
604.6.2.3 Organic Wood Chips and Mulch. Organic mulch and wood chips shall be kept at a depth of three (3) inches.
604.6.2.4 Propane Tanks. Dead, dying, or diseased vegetation shall be removed from within ten (10) feet of propane tanks.
604.6.2.5 Firefighter Access. Remove hazardous items that would hinder existing firefighter access to all sides of the structure.
604.6.3 Zone Two (30-100 feet) – Fuel Reduction Zone. Zone one zones shall be maintained in accordance with sections 4907.4.3.1604.6.3.1 through 4907.4.3.5604.6.3.5. 604.6.3.1 Vegetation. Vegetation shall be in accordance with the following:

1. Ornamental and native shrubs shall be thinned, relocated, or removed to provide no more than sixty (60) percent density and/or coverage and shall be positioned to limit plan continuity and inhibit fire progression.

2. Remove all dead, dying, or diseased vegetation, including where applicable on portions of live vegetation and dead, dying, or diseased grass, plants, shrubs, branches, leaves, and weeds.

3. Maintain grasses to a maximum height of eighteen (18) inches.

4. Maintain large shrubs and hedges exceeding six (6) feet in height such that limbs are not within four (4) feet of the ground or one-third of its height, whichever is less.

5. Consideration shall be given to properties with more fire-resistive construction, lower flammability plant species, and frequent irrigation. 604.6.3.2 Tree Maintenance. Tree maintenance shall be in accordance with the following:

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 404 of 1055
18 I:\cmo\Ordinances\Ordinance No. 2998.Legislative.12.03.25.docx.bm

1. Trees shall be maintained (i.e., cleaned, thinned, raised) to reduce the spread of fire.

3. Dead, dying, or diseased trees shall be removed. An evaluation by a licensed arborist with recommendations on removal of dying or diseased trees may be required by the fire code official.

4. All exposed wood piles shall have a minimum of ten (10) feet of clearance down to bare mineral soil in all direction.
604.6.3.3 Organic Wood Chips and Mulch. Organic mulch and wood chips shall be kept at a depth of three (3) inches.
604.6.3.4 Propane Tanks. Dead, dying, or diseased vegetation shall be removed from within ten (10) feet of propane tanks.
604.6.3.5 Firefighter Access. Remove hazardous items that would hinder existing firefighter access to all sides of the structure.

15.30.160250: RESTRICTED ENTRY TO PUBLIC LANDS
Section A103.1 of the California wildland-urban interface code is hereby amended to read as follows:

A103.1: Restricted Entry To Public Lands. The fire chief or their designated representative An employee of the jurisdiction, when enforcing the California wildlandurban interface code, this municipal code and other laws, rules and regulations relating to fire and life safety, fire prevention and fire investigation is authorized to determine and publicly announce when wildland-urban interface areas shall be closed to entry and when such areas shall again be open to entry. Entry and occupation of the wildland-urban interface areas during the closure timeframe shall be prohibited. Criteria resulting in the closure of entry may occur during hazardous atmospheric or weather conditions in Redlands including, but not limited to: Extended drought or below average precipitation, high winds and sustained gusts exceeding 15 miles per hour, relative humidity less than 20 percent, Red Flag Warnings issued by the National Weather Service, or No-Burn Alerts issued by South Coast Air Quality Management District.

15.30.170260: OUTDOOR FIRES - WHERE PROHIBITED
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 405 of 1055
19 I:\cmo\Ordinances\Ordinance No. 2998.Legislative.12.03.25.docx.bm Section A104.7.4 of the California wildland-urban interface code is hereby amended added to read as follows:

A104.7.4: Outdoor Fires - Where Prohibited. The outdoor fires shall not be conducted within a fuel modification zone, Wildfire Risk Area (WRA), Wildland-Urban Interface Area (WUI), or in locations where conditions could cause the spread of fire to the WRA or WUI, unless all of the following safety requirements and conditions are met:

1. Location: Outdoor fires shall only be conducted at inhabited premises, contained within a permanent barbeque, portable barbeque, outdoor fireplace, or grill, and located a minimum of 30 feet from any combustible material or nonfire-resistant vegetation.

2. No Hazardous Weather Conditions: Outdoor fires shall not be conductedoperated during hazardous atmospheric or weather conditions in Redlands including, but not limited to:

High winds and sustained gusts exceeding 15 miles per hour, relative humidity less than 20 percent, Red Flag Warnings issued for the Redlands area by the National Weather Service, and No-Burn Alerts issued by South Coast Air Quality Management District.

3. Spark Arrestor/Screen Covering Required: Outdoor open flame appliances and devices shall be provided with a spark arrestor or screen covering. Outdoor fireplaces, barbeques, and grills shall be maintained in good repair and in safe condition at all times

4. Supervision & Means of Extinguishment: Outdoor fires shall be constantly attended by a person 21 years or older until the fire is extinguished. Not fewer than one currently serviced portable fire extinguisher with a minimum 4:A-40:BC (4 Gallon) rating, shall be available for immediate utilization.

5. Deliberate or Negligent Burning Prohibited: It shall be unlawful to deliberately or through negligence set fire to or cause the burning of combustible material in such a manner as to endanger the safety of persons or property. Reckless behavior involving outdoor fires is subject to an order issued by the fire department to immediately extinguish the fire.

15.30.180270: FIREARM SHOOTING PROHIBITED IN WILDLAND-URBAN INTERFACE AREAS
Section A104.117 of the California wildland-urban interface code is hereby added as follows:

RMC 15.30.180270: Firearm Shooting Prohibited In Wildland-Urban Interface Areas. See Redlands Municipal Code, Title 9, and Chapter 9.20: Weapons, making it unlawful to fire any gun within the corporate limits of the city.

Section 2. If any subsection, sentence, clause, or phrase of this Ordinance is for any reason held to be invalid or unconstitutional by a decision of any court of competent jurisdiction or preempted by State or Federal legislation, such decision or legislation shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this Ordinance. The City Council declares that it would Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 406 of 1055
20 I:\cmo\Ordinances\Ordinance No. 2998.Legislative.12.03.25.docx.bm have passed this Ordinance and each and every subsection, sentence, clause or phrase not declared invalid or unconstitutional without regard to any such decision or preemptive legislation.

Section 3. The provisions of this Ordinance shall be in force on and after the date upon which this Ordinance becomes effective; provided, however, that where complete plans for buildings have been filed and are pending for building permits prior to the effective date of this Ordinance, permits may be issued in compliance with the governing laws at the time of review and approval of such plans, and the applicant may proceed with construction, provided physical construction is commenced within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of issuance of the permit and continued to completion.

Section 4. Unless superseded and expressly repealed, references in City forms, documents and regulations to Chapter 15.30 of the Redlands Municipal Code and to the former edition of the California Wildland-Urban Interface Code shall be construed to apply to the corresponding provisions of Chapter 15.30 of the Redlands Municipal Code and the 2025 edition of the California Wildland-Urban Interface Code as adopted and established by this Ordinance.

Section 5. The City Council hereby determines that the adoption of this Ordinance is exempt from review under the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”) pursuant to State CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3) for the reason that it can be seen with certainty there is no possibility that the adoption of this Ordinance will have a significant effect on the environment.

Section 6. The City Clerk is hereby directed to publish notice in a newspaper of general circulation within the City, in accordance with Government Code section 6066, of the scheduling of a public hearing to consider adoption of this Ordinance on December 2, 2025. The notice shall state the time and place of the hearing, and shall also state that copies of the California Wildland-Urban Code, 2025 edition, and the proposed amendments thereto, are on file with the office of the City Clerk and open to public inspection. The notice shall also contain a description which the City Council deems sufficient to serve notice to the interested persons of the purpose of this Ordinance and the subject matter hereof. The City Council further delegates the determination of such sufficiency to the City Manager.

Section 7. The Mayor shall sign this Ordinance and the City Clerk shall certify to the adoption of this Ordinance and shall cause it, or a summary of it, to be published once in a newspaper of general circulation within the City, and thereafter, this Ordinance shall take effect as provided by law.
____________________________
Mario Saucedo, Mayor
ATTEST:
______________________________
Jeanne Donaldson, City Clerk
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 407 of 1055
21 I:\cmo\Ordinances\Ordinance No. 2998.Legislative.12.03.25.docx.bm Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 408 of 1055
22 I:\cmo\Ordinances\Ordinance No. 2998.Legislative.12.03.25.docx.bm I, Jeanne Donaldson, City Clerk, City of Redlands, hereby certify that the foregoing Ordinance was duly adopted by the City Council at the regular meeting thereof, held on the 16th day of December, 2025, by the following vote:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

ABSTAINED:
___________________________
Jeanne Donaldson, City Clerk
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 409 of 1055
City Council Meeting I. 3.

DATE: 12/16/2025
TO: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members
SUBJECT: Continued Public Hearing to consider Ordinance No. 2993 - Ordinance Text Amendment No. 370 to update the development standards and design regulations contained in Redlands Municipal Code Chapter 18.156, Article VII, pertaining to the construction of accessory dwelling units (ADUs). This proposal qualifies for exemption from the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to Section 15282(h) of the CEQA Guidelines.
(Mayor to declare meeting open as a public hearing)
(Development Services Director Desatnik)
PROCEDURE FOR PUBLIC HEARING:

1. Mayor states that the public hearing remains open.

2. Mayor calls upon Department Director for report.

Mayor calls for questions/comments from members of the City Council.

3. Mayor calls for comments/questions/testimony from members of the public
(3 minutes per speaker).

4. Mayor calls upon City Clerk to note any written comments received.

5. 6. Mayor closes the public hearing.

7. City Council considers the motion and votes.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 410 of 1055
MOTION(S):

If the City Council determines that staff’s recommendation is appropriate, the following motion is provided:

I move to introduce Ordinance No. 2993.

RECOMMENDATION:

The Planning Commission reviewed the draft ordinance in a public hearing held on October 14, 2025, and unanimously recommended that the City Council approve the proposed ordinance.

BACKGROUND:

On November 18, 2025, the City Council held a public hearing, received public comments and discussed the draft ordinance. The draft ordinance presented by staff limited the height of detached ADU’s to 16 feet (16'), which essentially prohibited a new two-story ADU - except over an existing garage, which is allowed pursuant to State law.

The City Council directed staff to modify the proposed ordinance to allow an ADU to be constructed over a new accessory structure or garage, thus creating a two-story structure as long as the structure was set back at least ten feet (10') from all adjacent single-family properties.

SUMMARY:

The amended text has been added to Table 18.156.450(H), Development Standards for ADUs in Single-Family Residential Districts, and reads as follows:
"Two-story ADU or accessory structure/garage with an ADU:

Up to 25 feet (25'), if the structure is at least ten feet (10’) from the side property line(s) of an abutting single-family zoned property.”

In addition, staff has made a few other minor edits to ensure that our ordinance is consistent with State law.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 411 of 1055
ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW:

The proposed code amendment is exempt from environmental review in accordance with Section 15282 (Other Statutory Exemptions) of the California Environmental Quality Act Guidelines. Section 15282(h) states, “The adoption of an ordinance regarding second units in a single-family or multifamily residential zone by a city or county to implement the provisions" of State law is exempt from environmental review. The proposed ordinance meets the intent and purpose of that exemption. Accordingly, no further environmental review is necessary.

ALTERNATIVES:

1. City Council may suggest changes to the proposed draft ordinance;

2. City Council can continue the proposal and direct staff to address any further issues.

STRATEGIC PLAN:

The proposed ordinance will help implement Priority A (Quality of Life) contained in the Redlands Strategic Plan.

Strategic Objective 2 (Economic Vitality): Implement policies and programs to expand the City’s affordable housing opportunities.

SUBMITTED BY:

Brian Desatnik, Development Services Director
RECOMMENDED BY:

Charles M. Duggan Jr., City Manager
REVIEWED BY:

Yvette M. Abich Garcia, City Attorney
Janice McConnell, Assistant City Manager
Christopher Boatman, Assistant City Manager
Danielle Garcia, Management Services/Finance Director
PREPARED BY:

Brian Foote, City Planner/Planning Manager
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 412 of 1055
Attachments
Attachment A-2: Ordinance No. 2993 (Clean)
Attachment A-1: Ordinance No. 2993 (Legislative)
Attachment B: City Council Staff Report of Nov. 18, 2025 Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 413 of 1055
ORDINANCE NO. 2993
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF REDLANDS AMENDING TITLE 18
(ZONING REGULATIONS) OF THE REDLANDS MUNICIPAL CODE,
CHAPTER 18.156, ARTICLE VII (SECOND RESIDENTIAL DWELLING

UNITS), UPDATING DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS TO ALIGN WITH
CURRENT STATE LAW.

WHEREAS, the City has initiated Ordinance Text Amendment No. 370 in accordance with Chapter 18.204 of the Redlands Municipal Code; and
WHEREAS, the City Council finds that the City of Redlands faces a serious housing problem and the lack of access to affordable housing has a direct impact upon the health, safety, and welfare of the residents of the City; and
WHEREAS, the California Legislature has consistently recognized the continuing need for affordable housing in California, stating in Government Code § 65580, that "the availability of housing is of vital statewide importance, and the early attainment of decent housing… is a priority of the highest order" and, further, that, "local… governments have a responsibility to use the powers vested in them to facilitate the improvement and development of housing to make adequate provision for the housing needs of all economic segments of the community"; and WHEREAS, affordable housing is regulated by a variety of state and local laws, ordinances, and policies, and the Regional Housing Needs Allocation (RHNA) requires the City to provide for the development of a specified number of housing units. The City’s Housing Production allocation for the 2021-2029 allocation cycle calls for the development of 2,234 new affordable housing units as follows: 652 units are needed for moderate-income households, 615 units are needed for low-income households and 967 units are needed for very low and extremely low-income households; and
WHEREAS, a lack of new units affordable to very-low, low and moderate-income households within the City will have a substantially negative impact because: (1) housing will have to be built far from employment centers, which will increase commuting and negatively impact traffic, air and noise pollution, and (2) the City and employers within the City will find it difficult to recruit and retain employees; and
WHEREAS, the State of California requires each city to develop a general plan establishing policies for future development. As specified in the California Government Code, the general plan must: (i) encourage the development of a variety of housing types for all income levels; and (ii) assist in the development of adequate housing to meet the needs of low and moderate-income households; and
WHEREAS, California Government Code § 65583.1 allows a city or county to identify housing sites by a variety of methods, including identifying properties for accessory dwelling units as sites that may qualify for households of varying income levels; and Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 414 of 1055
WHEREAS, the City has authority under its police power to protect the public health, safety, and welfare, by imposing land use regulations that that will provide additional housing that is affordable to all income levels that is dispersed throughout the City; and WHEREAS, the implementation of this ordinance will aid the City in achieving the goal of making housing availability more diverse, dispersed, and affordable; and WHEREAS, the City of Redlands is required to update Article VII of Chapter 18.156 of the Zoning Regulations to implement Program No. 1.6-3 contained in the certified and adopted 2021-2029 Housing Element; and
WHEREAS, California Government Code § 66318 states: (a) a local agency may amend its zoning ordinance or general plan to incorporate the policies, procedures, or other provisions applicable to the creation of an accessory dwelling unit if these provisions are consistent with the limitations of State law; and, (b) an accessory dwelling unit ordinance shall not be considered in the application of any local ordinance, policy, or program to limit residential growth; and WHEREAS, on October 14, 2025, the Planning Commission held a noticed public hearing at which interested persons had an opportunity to testify in support of, or opposition to, Ordinance Text Amendment No. 370; and
WHEREAS, the Planning Commission has determined that the proposed Ordinance Text Amendment would be consistent with, and will implement, Program No. 1.6-3 contained in the certified and adopted 2021-2029 Housing Element; and
WHEREAS, the proposed Ordinance Text Amendment No. 370 is exempt from environmental review in accordance with Section 15282 of the California Environmental Quality Act Guidelines; and
WHEREAS, on October 14, 2025, the Planning Commission recommended to the City Council that proposed Ordinance Text Amendment No. 370 be approved; and WHEREAS, in accordance with California Government Code § 65090, on or about November 7, 2025, the City Clerk gave notice by publication in a newspaper of general circulation of the holding of a public hearing at which Ordinance No. 2993 would be considered by City Council; and
WHEREAS, on November 18, 2025, the City Council held a noticed public hearing at which interested persons had an opportunity to testify in support of, or opposition to, Ordinance No. 2993 and continued the public hearing to December 16, 2025; WHEREAS, on December 16, 2025, the City Council continued the public hearing at which interested persons had an opportunity to testify in support of, or opposition to, Ordinance No. 2993.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 415 of 1055

NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF REDLANDS DOES ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS:

Section 1. Environmental Determination. The City Council has reviewed the matter and, based upon the facts and information contained in the staff report, administrative record, and written and oral testimony, hereby finds that this ordinance is not subject to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to Section 15282 (Other Statutory Exemptions) of the CEQA Guidelines. Section 15282(h) states, “The adoption of an ordinance regarding second units in a single-family or multifamily residential zone by a city or county to implement the provisions” of State law is exempt from environmental review. Therefore, no further environmental review is necessary.

Section 2. Chapter 18.156 (Development Provisions for Specific Uses), Article VII entitled, “Second Residential Dwelling Units,” is amended in its entirety to read as follows:
“Article VII. Accessory Dwelling Units

18.156.430: PURPOSE:

The purpose of this article is to establish the procedure for permitting an accessory dwelling unit on lots zoned for residential uses. If this chapter is silent regarding a development standard or other applicable provision, then State law pertaining to an ADU is incorporated herein by reference (California Government Code § 66310, et seq). If any provisions contained in this Article conflict with applicable State law, as amended, then State law shall prevail.

18.156.440: ACCESSORY DWELLING UNIT DEFINED:

A. "Accessory dwelling unit (ADU)" means a detached or attached residential dwelling unit which provides complete, independent living facilities for one or more persons, inclusive of, but not limited to, permanent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking, and sanitation on the same lot as a single-family dwelling or multifamily dwelling is situated or proposed for development. An accessory dwelling unit also includes an efficiency unit as defined in California Health and Safety Code § 17958.1, and a manufactured home as defined in California Health and Safety Code § 18007.

An accessory dwelling unit does not exceed the allowable density for the lot upon which it is located, and an accessory dwelling unit is a residential use that is consistent with the existing general plan and zoning designation for the subject property.

18.156.450: APPROVAL REQUIRED:

A. Application for construction of an accessory dwelling unit shall be made in the form of a site plan, floor plan, and building elevations, and shall be granted by the city's Community Development Director provided the application meets the provisions of this article.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 416 of 1055

1. Application submittal items shall include:
a. Building permit application form and any other required application forms. b. Site Plan and Floor Plan (to include property size data, floor area data, setback dimensions, and other applicable data to permit analysis of Building Code compliance); c. Architectural elevations (to include building dimensions, building height, dimensions of architectural features, and labels for exterior materials and colors); d. Other required Plan Check submittal items: roof plan, foundation plan, framing plan, structural calculations (where required), and Title 24 (California Energy Code, current edition) Energy Compliance Documents; and
e. Rent reporting information: the applicant must provide the City with an estimate of the projected annualized rent that will be charged for the ADU or Junior ADU (California Government Code §§ 65583.1 and 66330). Within 90 days after each January 1 following issuance of the building permit, the owner must report the actual rent charged for the ADU or Junior ADU during the prior year. If the City does not receive the report within the 90-day period, the owner is in violation of this Code, and the City may send the owner a notice of violation and allow the owner another 30 days to submit the report.

If the owner fails to submit the report within the 30-day period, the City may enforce this provision in accordance with applicable law.

2. The application will be reviewed for completeness within fifteen (15) business days after the City receives the application submittal or resubmittal (California Government Code § 66317(a)(2)) and the applicant notified in writing.

3. Applicants may informally appeal a completeness determination to the Director within ten (10) days of receipt of a written determination. An applicant may also file a formal written appeal of the Director’s completeness determination pursuant to paragraph B of this section.

B. The City shall approve or deny an application ministerially, without discretionary review or a public hearing, within sixty (60) days from the date the City received a complete application.

1. If the application is denied within sixty (60) days of receiving a completed application, then the City shall (within the time period described in California Government Code § 66317(a)) return a full set of comments to the applicant with a list of items that are defective or deficient and a description of how the application can be remedied by the applicant. The applicant may revise and resubmit application materials or project plans prior to any final ministerial decision to deny the project.

2. If a detached garage is proposed to be replaced with an ADU, the demolition permit shall be reviewed ministerially with the application for the ADU and issued at the same time. The applicant shall not be otherwise required to provide written notice or post a placard for the demolition of a detached garage that is to be replaced with an ADU, unless the property is located within an architecturally and historically significant historic district.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 417 of 1055

3. The provisions of this chapter shall not be implemented in conjunction with Chapter

18.06 (Fair Housing Reasonable Accommodations for Persons with Disabilities) of this title, or Chapter 18.156, Article XV (Single Room Occupancy Facilities) of this title. The provisions of this chapter shall not be implemented in conjunction with Chapter 17.12 (Urban Lot Splits into Two Residential Parcels) of Title 17 of the Redlands Municipal Code for projects involving an urban lot split pursuant to Senate Bill 9 (Chapter 162, Statutes of 2021).

4. Only the permit applicant or the property owner of the subject property may appeal the Director’s final decision denying a building permit to the planning commission within ten (10) days of the Director’s decision, in accordance with section 18.12.110 of this title, on forms provided by the city and upon payment of the fees established by resolution of the city council. The decision of the commission shall be final, unless an appeal therefrom is taken to the city council as provided for in section 18.12.110 of Chapter 18.12 of this title. All appeal decisions and the final written determination shall be provided not later than sixty (60) business days after receipt of the applicant’s written appeal.

Prior to approval, the application must demonstrate compliance with the following criteria:

C. The accessory dwelling unit is located on property zoned for single-family or multi-family use, or a mixed-use zone that allows residential uses, or an equivalent residential or mixed use district of a specific plan. For purposes of this section, a single-family zone is one where the zoning of the lot permits a single-family residence.

D. The lot contains an existing single-family dwelling (or has a permit for a proposed singlefamily dwelling) or contains an existing multi-family dwelling (or has a permit for a proposed multi-family dwelling). The number(s) and type(s) of ADU allowed to be constructed per property shall comply with current State law.

E. The square footage for the accessory dwelling unit does not exceed the following standards:

1. The total area of floor space for a detached accessory dwelling unit shall not exceed one thousand two hundred (1,200) square feet if located in a single-family zone or district. An ADU of eight hundred (800) square feet or less must be allowed to be constructed if in compliance with all other local development standards, in accordance with State law (California Government Code §§ 66321(b)(3), 66323(a)).

2. The increased floor area for an attached accessory dwelling unit shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the existing living area of the primary single-family dwelling unit, or one thousand two hundred (1,200) square feet, whichever is smaller. An ADU of eight hundred (800) square feet or less must be allowed to be constructed if in compliance with all other local development standards, in accordance with State law.

3. The total living space for a Junior ADU shall not exceed five hundred (500) square feet, in accordance with State law. The Junior ADU must be constructed within the existing or proposed primary dwelling unit, or within enclosed uses within the residence such as an attached garage.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 418 of 1055

4. For multifamily dwelling structures in a multifamily zone or district, refer to the applicable provisions of California Government Code § 66323(a)(3-4). The development standards of the multifamily zoning district in which the multifamily structure is located shall apply (unless exempt pursuant to California Government Code § 66323(b)), except that the height of an ADU shall not exceed the applicable limits specified in California Government Code § 66321(b), as amended.

5. Nothing in this article prohibits or otherwise restricts the creation of an efficiency unit (California Government Code § 66313) or an ADU pursuant to subdivision (a) of California Government Code § 66323.

6. References to the allowable square footage limitations of an ADU or Junior ADU refer to square footage of “interior livable space” (California Government Code §§ 66313, 66321).

F. The accessory dwelling unit is either attached to the existing dwelling or is a detached unit located on the same lot as the existing dwelling, and the number of ADU(s) on the subject property complies with State law.

G. The ADU(s) may be rented. Rental or lease terms shall not be less than thirty (30) days.

Except as provided in State law (commencing with California Government Code § 66340), the accessory dwelling unit may be rented separate from the primary residence, but shall not be sold or otherwise conveyed separate from the primary residence.

H. Development Standards for ADUs.

1. The ADU complies with city or applicable State requirements relating to height, setback, architectural design and maximum size of the unit. a. Refer to Table 18.156.450(H) for a summary of standards applicable in zones that allow single-family residential uses and single-family districts of adopted Specific Plans.
b. Refer to current State law (California Government Code § 66323(a)(4)) for applicable developments standards within multifamily residential zones (R-2, R2-2000, and R-3 zones of Redlands Municipal Code Title 18) and multifamily districts of adopted Specific Plans.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 419 of 1055
Table 18.156.450(H): Development Standards for ADUs in Single-Family Residential Districts Development
Standard
Detached ADU
(new construction)
Detached ADU
(conversion)
Attached
ADU
Junior ADU
Floor Area Up to 1,200 sq. ft. * Up to the existing
structure size
(limited to the
same location and
same dimensions
of the original
structure).

Not more than 50%
of the living area of
the existing primary
dwelling unit *
or 1,200 sq. ft.,
whichever is
smaller.

Up to 500 sq.
ft.,
(within the
existing walls
of the primary
unit only).

Building
Height
One-story ADU:

Up to 16 feet **
Two-story ADU
or accessory
structure/garage
with an ADU:

Up to 25 feet,
if the structure is
at least ten feet
(10’) from the
side property line(s)
of an abutting
single-family
zoned property. ***
Up to the existing
structure height
(limited to the
same dimension of
the original
structure).

Up to 25 ft.
or two stories.

Not to exceed
the height of the
primary
dwelling unit.

Front yard Same as for the primary unit *
Streetside
yard Same as for the primary unit *
Interior
side yard Same as for the primary unit *
Rear yard Same as for the primary unit *
Maximum
Coverage
Up to 800 sq. ft.: not applicable for the ADU square footage.

Over 800 sq. ft.: Same as for the primary unit. *
Building
Separation
Per applicable California Building Standards Code
and/or California Residential Code
n/a
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 420 of 1055
* Note 1: Exceptions: Refer to current State ADU law. A detached or attached ADU of up to eight hundred (800) square feet with four-foot side and rear yard setbacks must be allowed to be constructed if in compliance with all other local development standards (California Government Code §§ 66321(b)(3), 66323(a)).
** Note 2: Exceptions: Up to 18 feet shall be allowed on a lot that is within one-half of one mile walking distance of a major transit stop; an additional two feet in height shall also be allowed to accommodate a roof pitch on the ADU that is aligned with the roof pitch of the primary dwelling unit (California Government Code § 66321(b)(4)).
*** Note 3: Exception: A detached ADU created in a new or existing structure in the same location and constructed in the same location and to the same dimensions or not exceeding the dimensions of an existing structure (California Government Code § 66314(d)(7)), including height.

2. Local development standards such as yard setbacks, lot coverage, floor area, building separation, open space or landscaping requirements shall not limit or prevent the development of an ADU consisting of up to eight hundred (800) square feet with minimum four foot (4’0”) side and rear setbacks.

3. Utility Connections
a. For an attached ADU or Junior ADU (described in California Government Code § 66323(a)(1)), a local agency, special district, or water corporation shall not require the applicant to install a new or separate utility connection directly between the ADU and the utility or impose a related connection fee or capacity charge, unless the ADU was constructed with a new single-family dwelling, or upon separate conveyance of the ADU(s) pursuant to California Government Code § 66342.
b. For an ADU that is not described in California Government Code § 66323(a)(1), a local agency, special district, or water corporation may require a new or separate utility connection directly between the ADU and the utility. An applicant or developer may request a separate utility connection(s). c. An attached ADU or Junior ADU may share utility connections with the primary dwelling unit.
d. Properties served by an Onsite Wastewater Treatment System shall comply with the Local Agency Management Plan (LAMP).

4. An ADU may be issued a separate street address for purposes of utility connections, mail delivery, and/or emergency services.

I. Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit

1. One Junior ADU shall be permitted per residential lot zoned for single-family residences with a single-family residence built, or proposed to be built, on the lot.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 421 of 1055

2. The Junior ADU shall be constructed within the walls of the existing or proposed single-family residence, which may include enclosed uses within the residence such as attached garages.

3. The Junior ADU shall include a separate entrance from the main entrance to the existing or proposed single-family residence, and may add up to 150 square feet beyond the existing dimensions of the primary unit to provide for ingress/egress only.

4. If a permitted Junior ADU does not include a separate bathroom, the permitted Junior ADU shall include a separate entrance from the main entrance to the structure, with an interior entry to the main living area.

5. The Junior ADU shall include an efficiency kitchen, which shall include all of the following: a cooking facility with appliances; and, a food preparation counter and storage cabinets that are of reasonable size in relation to the size of the Junior ADU.

6. A Junior ADU shall not require additional parking as a condition to grant a permit.

7. Owner-occupancy shall not be required as a condition to grant a permit.

18.156.460: PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS:

A. The lot upon which the accessory dwelling unit is proposed shall have been legally created. Applicants for an ADU shall not, as a condition for ministerial approval, be required to correct any nonconforming zoning conditions, building code violations, or unpermitted structures unless those conditions: 1) present a threat to public health and safety; and, 2) are affected by the construction of the ADU or Junior ADU (California Government Code §§ 66322(b), 66336).

B. Parking requirements for ADUs.

1. One parking space shall be provided on the same lot as a new detached ADU, in addition to the required parking spaces serving the primary unit, unless exempt pursuant to this section or applicable State law. No parking space shall be required where the ADU is part of the existing or proposed primary dwelling unit or an existing accessory structure.

2. Tandem parking is permissible to satisfy the parking provided for an ADU, which, if parking is required, shall be provided on a paved driveway.

3. Guest parking shall not be required for an ADU.

4. On-site parking shall not be required for any properties meeting the criteria of applicable State law that exempts such development projects (California Government Code § 66322(a)):
a. Where the ADU is located within one-half mile walking distance of a rail station or a major transit stop (as that term is defined in Public Resources Code § 21064.3);
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 422 of 1055
b. Where the ADU is part of the existing or proposed primary residence or an accessory structure;
c. When there is a car share vehicle located within one block of the ADU; d. When on-street parking permits are required but not offered to the occupant of the ADU;
e. Where the ADU is located within an architecturally and historically significant historic district; or,
f. When a permit application for an ADU is submitted with a permit application to create a new single-family dwelling or a new multifamily dwelling on the same lot, provided that the ADU or the parcel satisfies any other criteria listed above.

5. When a garage, carport, covered parking structure, or uncovered parking space is demolished in conjunction with the construction of an ADU or converted to an ADU, the local agency shall not require that those off-street parking spaces be replaced.

6. Off-street parking shall be permitted in setback areas in locations on a paved surface (such as concrete or asphalt), or through tandem parking (such as a paved driveway), unless specific findings are made that parking in setback areas or tandem parking is not feasible based upon specific site or regional topographical or fire and life safety conditions (this subparagraph shall not apply to the exceptions described in California Government Code § 66322 or to § 66323 units).

C. The ADU(s) shall be provided with independent exterior access, with adequate pedestrian access from a public street to the entrance.

D. All ADU(s) shall comply with the standards of the current edition of the California Building Standards Code, Residential Code, Fire Code, and applicable engineering design standards of the City of Redlands or other regulatory agency for which the city exercises jurisdiction.

E. A detached ADU shall be located to the rear of the primary unit, if feasible. A new detached ADU should be located on the property so that it is minimally visible from a public street (not including alleys), if feasible.

F. If Development Impact Fees (DIF) are applicable to an ADU development project, then all applicable fees shall be paid prior to building permit issuance. DIFs shall not be imposed on an ADU that has 750 or fewer square feet of interior livable space or on a Junior ADU with 500 or fewer square feet of interior livable space.

G. New detached ADU(s) or attached ADU to an existing dwelling unit that was permitted and built to comply with ignition resistant construction, proposed to be located on a property that is identified as being within a High Fire Hazard Zone (defined as High Threat, Very High Threat, or Extreme Threat areas as identified in the General Plan or State maps) shall satisfy all the following criteria, and shall be shown on the project plans prior to approval of any building or engineering permits for the ADU. The applicant shall include sufficient exhibits, labels, and information on the construction plans to preclude subjective judgment by the reviewing official.

1. The proposed ADU complies with all applicable regulations of the California Fire Code.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 423 of 1055

2. The proposed ADU complies with all applicable regulations of the California Building Standards Code (including current edition of the Wildland-Urban Interface Code).

3. The subject property will comply with all applicable landscape design, materials, fuel modification, and vegetation management requirements of Redlands Municipal Code Chapter 15.30 (Wildland-Urban Interface Code) and/or applicable State law (including but not limited to Public Resource Code § 4291, 14 California Code of Regulations § 1299.03, California Fire Code § 505.1, and California Building Code Chapter 7A) for requirements pertaining to landscape fuel modification zones and vegetation management for properties in a high fire hazard severity zone. Such information shall be shown on a Site Plan (or the applicant may choose to submit a Landscape Plan) to demonstrate compliance prior to permit issuance.

4. If required by the applicable provisions of the California Fire Code or California Building Standards Code, that an adequate water supply is provided on-site, or the property is connected to a public water line to serve any fire sprinkler system.

H. Changes in Occupancy. Local building code requirements shall apply to detached dwellings, except that the construction of an ADU shall not constitute a Group R occupancy change under the local building code, as described in Section 310 of the California Building Code (Title 24 of the California Code of Regulations), unless the City’s building official makes a written finding based on substantial evidence in the record that the construction of the ADU could have a specific, adverse impact on public health and safety. Nothing in this paragraph shall be interpreted to prevent a local agency from changing the occupancy code of a space that was unhabitable space or was only permitted for nonresidential use and was subsequently converted for residential use pursuant to this article or applicable State law (California Government Code § 66314(d)).

I. The application for the proposed ADU and related improvements shall demonstrate compliance with the City’s Local Agency Management Plan (LAMP) for Onsite Wastewater Treatment Systems, if applicable. If required, the applicant shall obtain approval by the local health officer where a private sewage disposal system is being used.

J. Accessory dwelling units shall not be required to provide fire sprinklers if they are not required for the primary residence. The construction of an ADU shall not trigger a requirement for fire sprinklers to be installed in the existing primary dwelling (California Government Code § 66314(d)).

K. No setback shall be required for an existing living area or accessory structure or a structure constructed in the same location and to the same dimensions as an existing structure that is converted to an accessory dwelling unit or to a portion of an accessory dwelling unit, and a setback of no more than four feet from the side and rear lot lines shall be required for an accessory dwelling unit that is not converted from an existing structure or a new structure constructed in the same location and to the same dimensions as an existing structure (California Government Code § 66314(d)).

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 424 of 1055
L. Unpermitted ADUs may be legalized and permitted in accordance with the provisions of California Government Code § 66332, and the local agency shall not penalize an applicant for having the unpermitted ADU or Junior ADU and shall approve necessary permits to correct noncompliance with health and safety standards.

18.156.470: ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN STANDARDS:

A. Applicants may utilize one of the pre-approved ADU construction plans offered by the City (also referred to as pre-approved ADU Standard Plans) to submit to Plan Check for a building permit(s). The City’s pre-approved ADU Standard Plans shall be presumed to be consistent with the Part B of this section. Applicants may submit for plan checking other ADU Standard Plans from California public agencies, or pre-manufactured components, which will be reviewed for substantial conformance with Part B of this section. Applicants may also choose to prepare and submit custom designs subject to the following provisions.

B. Architectural Design Elements.

1. For new ADU construction, all required or recommended exterior design features as listed below should be shown on the construction plans prior to permit issuance. The applicant shall include sufficient exhibits, labels, and information on the construction plans to preclude subjective judgment by the reviewing official. a. Exterior Primary Material
i. Primary exterior wall cladding materials shall be wood, stucco, plaster, brick, stone, or a combination thereof.
ii. Reflective, metallic, or stamped steel siding materials are prohibited. Corrugated metal siding or roofing materials are prohibited.
iii. When feasible, the applicant shall identify the architectural style, design elements, and material(s) and color(s) of the primary dwelling unit, and the applicant may choose to implement the recommended design elements appropriate for the stated architectural style in accordance with Table

18.156.470(B)(1).
iv. For properties located within a High Fire Hazard Area, exterior wall cladding material shall be wood, stucco, plaster, brick, stone, or a combination thereof.

Exterior treatments shall utilize Class A rated materials (e.g., brick, stone, fiber cement, stucco, aluminum treated with decorative finish, or equivalent Class A material, or a combination thereof).

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 425 of 1055
Table 18.156.470(B)(1): Objective Design Standards for Specific Architectural Styles Architectural Style of
Primary Dwelling Unit
Recommended Design Elements
of Proposed ADU
Craftsman
or
Bungalow
Exterior siding: wood
Roof style: gable
Roof pitch: not less than 2:12 (9 degrees) and not more than 5:12 (23 degrees)
Windows: double-hung, casement
Window & Door trim: wood, not less than 1 inch in width, and not more than 6 inches in width.

Mission
or
Mediterranean
Exterior siding: stucco
Roof style: hip
Roof material: clay tile
Roof pitch: not less than 3:12 (14 degrees) and not more than 5:12 (23 degrees)
Window & Doors openings: rounded or arched openings
Window & Door trim: stucco, not less than 1 inch in width, and not more than 3 inches in width.

American Foursquare
or
Classic Box
Exterior siding: wood
Roof style: hip
Roof pitch: not less than 3:12 (14 degrees) and not more than 5:12 (23 degrees)
Windows: double-hung
Window & Door trim: wood, not less than 1 inch in width, and not more than 6 inches in width.

American Colonial
Revival
Exterior siding: wood, or brick
Roof style: hip or gable
Roof pitch: not less than 3:12 (14 degrees) and not more than 7:12 (30 degrees)
Windows: multi-pane sash
Window & Door trim: wood, not less than 1 inch in width, and not more than 3 inches in width (exception: may
include shutters)
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 426 of 1055
Spanish Colonial
Revival
Exterior siding: stucco
Roof style: hip or gable
Roof material: clay tile
Roof pitch: not less than 3:12 (14 degrees) and not more than 5:12 (23 degrees)
Window & Doors openings: arched or rounded openings
Windows: single and paired multi-pane windows
Window & Door trim: stucco, not less than 1 inch in width, and not more than 6 inches in width.

Victorian-era
(Second Empire,
Eastlake/Stick,
or Queen Anne)
Materials: wood
Roof style: gable or mansard
Roof pitch: not less than 8:12 (33 degrees) and
not more than 15:12 (51 degrees)
Windows: double-hung
Window & Door trim: wood, not less than 1 inch in width, and not more than 3 inches in width.

Modern
(1945 – 1975)
Exterior siding: wood, brick, stucco, or stone
Roof style: gable, or flat
Roof pitch: not less than 1:12 (5 degrees) and not more than 7:12 (31 degrees)
Window & Door frames: metal or wood framing
Window & Door trim: not less than 1 inch in width, and
not more than 6 inches in width (exception: may include shutters)
Ranch Exterior siding: wood, wainscot, brick, or stone
Roof style: gable
Roof pitch: not less than 3:12 (14 degrees) and not more than 8:12 (34 degrees)
Window & Door trim: wood, not less than 1 inch in width, and not more than 6 inches in width.

Other (not specified)
or
None of the above
Exterior siding: wood, stucco, plaster, or brick
Roof style: hip or gable
Roof pitch: not less than 3:12 (14 degrees) and not more than 10:12 (40 degrees)
Window & Door trim or framing: not less than one-half
(0.5) inch in width, and not more than 6 inches in width.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 427 of 1055
b. Roof Pitch and Design:
i. Roof style and construction shall be hipped or gable (the exceptions are California Government Code § 66323 units). The applicant may choose another style if the proposal complies with Table 18.156.470(B)(1) above. ii. Roof pitch shall be not less than 3:12 and not more than 10:12, when feasible (the exceptions are California Government Code § 66323 units). The applicant may choose another style if the proposal complies with Table 18.156.470(B)(1) above. It is recommended that roof pitch of the ADU should be equal to or less than (within 20% or 5 degrees, whichever is larger) the roof pitch of the primary unit, when feasible.
iii. Rooftop parapets are limited to eighteen inches (18”) in height, and are included in measurement of the overall building height. Any rooftop equipment shall be placed on the rear or interior side(s) of the roof so as to be completely screened from view from public right-of-way (not including alleys), when feasible.
iv. Dormers, cupolas, turrets, towers, domes, or other projections (including chimneys) are prohibited.
v. For properties located within a High Fire Hazard Area, the proposal uses Class A rated roofing materials and Class A rated siding materials (e.g., eaves, rooflines, fascia, rafter tails, shutters, etc.). Roof vents, gable vents, soffit vents, and other openings, if any, shall be ember resistant.
c. Ornamentation: The exterior design of the ADU shall not include unnecessary ornamentation and the following architectural details shall be prohibited, such as wrought iron features, arcades, porticos, balconets, brackets, columns, corbels, cornice, quoins, rafter tails, dormers, cupolas, finials, etc. d. When a two-story attached ADU (within a single-family residence) exceeding eight hundred (800) square feet involves new construction that alters or expands the residence’s exterior building envelope (the exceptions are California Government Code § 66323 units): the front façade and street-side façade(s), if any, shall be articulated and recessed (e.g., vertically and horizontally offset) a minimum of five feet (5’) from the front plane of the first-story building façade. e. Exterior light fixtures shall be a design that provides shielding or enclosure around the source of light emission (for the length of the bulb or dimensions of the light source), to prevent excessive light trespass onto adjacent properties. Glare shall be contained within the subject property and lumens shall not exceed one footcandle (1 fc) as measured at the property line. The applicant shall include sufficient manufacturer information, labels, and exhibits on the construction plans to preclude subjective judgment by the reviewing official.

2. Required Design Elements for Conversion of an Existing Structure to an ADU.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 428 of 1055
a. Existing building elements may remain if in compliance with the applicable provisions of the California Building Standards Code, Residential Code, and Fire Code.
b. Installation or construction of new exterior design elements, features, materials or treatments shall conform to the requirements of subsection (B)(1) above (the exceptions are California Government Code § 66323 units).

C. Historic Properties and Historic Districts:

1. For new structures on a designated historic property, including properties within a local historic or scenic district, it is recommended that the exterior design is sufficiently differentiated from the historic building so that the ADU is clearly distinguishable from the historic structure. This may be achieved through use of simplified exterior materials and treatments (for example, omit ornamentation, or use of plain roof fascia rather than an eave cornice, or use of undivided window panes rather than divided windows, etc.).

2. A new accessory dwelling unit should be located on the property so that it is minimally visible (if at all) from the public right-of-way, if feasible, so that the new ADU is subordinate to the primary historic dwelling on the property. It is recommended that the ADU have a lower height that the primary historic dwelling as well as a simple exterior design, omit ornamentation, and avoid use of decorative details.

3. Applicants may also refer to the City’s adopted Historic Architectural Design Guidelines for guidance.

D. A new exterior stairway or elevated platform to an ADU (the exceptions are California Government Code § 66323 units): shall not be located within any required setback area; shall be located within an interior yard area, when feasible; and shall not be visible from a public street (not including alleys), when feasible.

E. Outdoor living space above the first story (such as a balcony, roof deck, elevated platform, or other occupiable outdoor space) shall not be permitted to be located within ten feet (10’) of any abutting single-family zoned property.” F. Visibility of HVAC Equipment: Window and roof-mounted HVAC equipment shall not be visible from a public street (not including alleys), when feasible.

G. Ground-mounted ductless condensers and heat pumps shall be permitted at finished surface level (within a yard area that is on the interior of the lot, if feasible). Heating and cooling air handlers or ductwork shall be installed within the building envelope (“building envelope” is defined as the outer shell of a building that separates the interior from the exterior environment).”
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 429 of 1055
Section 3. General Plan Consistency. The City Council finds that the amendment to Title 18 (Zoning Regulations) of the Redlands Municipal Code described herein is consistent with the adopted and certified 2021-2029 (6th Cycle) Housing Element of the City of Redlands 2035 General Plan and will comply with the applicable provisions of State law.

Section 4. Severability. If any section, subsection, subdivision, sentence, clause, phrase, or portion of this Ordinance for any reason is held to be invalid or unconstitutional by the decision of any court of competent jurisdiction, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this Ordinance. The City Council hereby declares that it would have adopted this Ordinance, and each section, subsection, subdivision, sentence, clause, phrase, or portion thereof, irrespective of the fact that any one or more sections, subsections, subdivisions, sentences, clauses, phrases, or portions thereof be declared invalid or unconstitutional.

Section 5. The Mayor shall sign this ordinance and the City Clerk shall certify to the adoption of this ordinance and shall cause it, or a summary of it, to be published once in the Redlands Daily Facts, a newspaper of general circulation within the City, and thereafter, this ordinance shall take effect as provided by law.
_________________________________
Mario Saucedo, Mayor
ATTEST:
____________________________________
Jeanne Donaldson, City Clerk
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 430 of 1055
I, Jeanne Donaldson, City Clerk, City of Redlands, hereby certify that the foregoing Ordinance was duly adopted by the City Council at the regular meeting thereof, held on the _______ day of ___________________, 2026, by the following vote:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

ABSTAIN:
__________________________________
Jeanne Donaldson, City Clerk
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 431 of 1055
1 I:\cmo\Ordinances\Ordinance 2993 ADU UPDATE Legislative.12.04.2025.bm.docx ORDINANCE NO. 2993
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF REDLANDS AMENDING TITLE 18
(ZONING REGULATIONS) OF THE REDLANDS MUNICIPAL CODE,
CHAPTER 18.156, ARTICLE VII (SECOND RESIDENTIAL DWELLING

UNITS), UPDATING DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS TO ALIGN WITH
CURRENT STATE LAW.

WHEREAS, the City has initiated Ordinance Text Amendment No. 370 in accordance with Chapter 18.204 of the Redlands Municipal Code; and
WHEREAS, the City Council finds that the City of Redlands faces a serious housing problem and the lack of access to affordable housing has a direct impact upon the health, safety, and welfare of the residents of the City; and
WHEREAS, the California Legislature has consistently recognized the continuing need for affordable housing in California, stating in Government Code § 65580, that "the availability of housing is of vital statewide importance, and the early attainment of decent housing… is a priority of the highest order" and, further, that, "local… governments have a responsibility to use the powers vested in them to facilitate the improvement and development of housing to make adequate provision for the housing needs of all economic segments of the community"; and WHEREAS, affordable housing is regulated by a variety of state and local laws, ordinances, and policies, and the Regional Housing Needs Allocation (RHNA) requires the City to provide for the development of a specified number of housing units. The City’s Housing Production allocation for the 2021-2029 allocation cycle calls for the development of 2,234 new affordable housing units as follows: 652 units are needed for moderate-income households, 615 units are needed for low-income households and 967 units are needed for very low and extremely low-income households; and
WHEREAS, a lack of new units affordable to very-low, low and moderate-income households within the City will have a substantially negative impact because: (1) housing will have to be built far from employment centers, which will increase commuting and negatively impact traffic, air and noise pollution, and (2) the City and employers within the City will find it difficult to recruit and retain employees; and
WHEREAS, the State of California requires each city to develop a general plan establishing policies for future development. As specified in the California Government Code, the general plan must: (i) encourage the development of a variety of housing types for all income levels; and (ii) assist in the development of adequate housing to meet the needs of low and moderate-income households; and
WHEREAS, California Government Code § 65583.1 allows a city or county to identify housing sites by a variety of methods, including identifying properties for accessory dwelling units as sites that may qualify for households of varying income levels; and Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 432 of 1055
2 I:\cmo\Ordinances\Ordinance 2993 ADU UPDATE Legislative.12.04.2025.bm.docx WHEREAS, the City has authority under its police power to protect the public health, safety, and welfare, by imposing land use regulations that that will provide additional housing that is affordable to all income levels that is dispersed throughout the City; and WHEREAS, the implementation of this ordinance will aid the City in achieving the goal of making housing availability more diverse, dispersed, and affordable; and WHEREAS, the City of Redlands is required to update Article VII of Chapter 18.156 of the Zoning Regulations to implement Program No. 1.6-3 contained in the certified and adopted 2021-2029 Housing Element; and
WHEREAS, California Government Code § 66318 states: (a) a local agency may amend its zoning ordinance or general plan to incorporate the policies, procedures, or other provisions applicable to the creation of an accessory dwelling unit if these provisions are consistent with the limitations of State law; and, (b) an accessory dwelling unit ordinance shall not be considered in the application of any local ordinance, policy, or program to limit residential growth; and WHEREAS, on October 14, 2025, the Planning Commission held a noticed public hearing at which interested persons had an opportunity to testify in support of, or opposition to, Ordinance Text Amendment No. 370; and
WHEREAS, the Planning Commission has determined that the proposed Ordinance Text Amendment would be consistent with, and will implement, Program No. 1.6-3 contained in the certified and adopted 2021-2029 Housing Element; and
WHEREAS, the proposed Ordinance Text Amendment No. 370 is exempt from environmental review in accordance with Section 15282 of the California Environmental Quality Act Guidelines; and
WHEREAS, on October 14, 2025, the Planning Commission recommended to the City Council that proposed Ordinance Text Amendment No. 370 be approved; and WHEREAS, in accordance with California Government Code § 65090, on or about November 7, 2025, the City Clerk gave notice by publication in a newspaper of general circulation of the holding of a public hearing at which Ordinance No. 2993 would be considered by City Council; and
WHEREAS, on November 18, 2025, the City Council held a noticed public hearing at which interested persons had an opportunity to testify in support of, or opposition to, Ordinance No. 2993 and continued the public hearing to December 16, 2025; WHEREAS, on December 16, 2025, the City Council continued the public hearing at which interested persons had an opportunity to testify in support of, or opposition to, Ordinance No. 2993.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 433 of 1055
3 I:\cmo\Ordinances\Ordinance 2993 ADU UPDATE Legislative.12.04.2025.bm.docx

NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF REDLANDS DOES ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS:

SECTION 1. Environmental Determination. The City Council has reviewed the matter and, based upon the facts and information contained in the staff report, administrative record, and written and oral testimony, hereby finds that this ordinance is not subject to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to Section 15282 (Other Statutory Exemptions) of the CEQA Guidelines. Section 15282(h) states, “The adoption of an ordinance regarding second units in a single-family or multifamily residential zone by a city or county to implement the provisions” of State law is exempt from environmental review. Therefore, no further environmental review is necessary.

SECTION 2. Chapter 18.156 (Development Provisions for Specific Uses), Article VII entitled, “Second Residential Dwelling Units,” is amended in its entirety to read as follows:
“Article VII. Second Residential Accessory Dwelling Units

18.156.430: PURPOSE:

The purpose of this article is to establish the procedure for permitting an accessory second residential dwelling unit on lots zoned for residential uses. If this chapter is silent regarding a development standard or other applicable provision, then State law pertaining to an ADU is incorporated herein by reference (California Government Code § 66310, et seq). If any provisions contained in this Article conflict with applicable State law, as amended, then State law shall prevail.

18.156.440: SECOND ACCESSORY DWELLING UNIT DEFINED:

A. "Second Accessory dwelling unit (ADU)" means a detached or attached residential dwelling unit which provides complete, independent living facilities for one or more persons, inclusive of, but not limited to, permanent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking, and sanitation on the same lot as a single-family dwelling or multifamily dwelling is situated or proposed for development. An accessory dwelling second unit also includes an efficiency unit as defined in California Health and Safety Code § 17958.1, and a manufactured home as defined in California Health and Safety Code § 18007.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 434 of 1055
4 I:\cmo\Ordinances\Ordinance 2993 ADU UPDATE Legislative.12.04.2025.bm.docx

18.156.450: APPROVAL REQUIRED:

A. Application for construction of an accessory dwelling second unit shall be made in the form of a site plan, floor plan, and building elevations, and shall be granted by the city's Community Development Director provided the application meets the provisions of this article.

If the owner fails to submit the report within the 30-day period, the City may enforce this provision in accordance with applicable law.

B. The City shall approve or deny an application ministerially, without discretionary review or a public hearing, within sixty (60) days from the date the City received a complete application.

2. If a detached garage is proposed to be replaced with an ADU, the demolition permit shall be reviewed ministerially with the application for the ADU and issued at the same Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 435 of 1055
5 I:\cmo\Ordinances\Ordinance 2993 ADU UPDATE Legislative.12.04.2025.bm.docx time. The applicant shall not be otherwise required to provide written notice or post a placard for the demolition of a detached garage that is to be replaced with an ADU, unless the property is located within an architecturally and historically significant historic district.

3. The provisions of this chapter shall not be implemented in conjunction with Chapter

Prior to approval, T the application must demonstrate compliance with the following criteria:

C. A. The accessory dwelling second unit is located on property zoned for single-family or multi-family use, or a mixed-use zone that allows residential uses, or an equivalent residential or mixed use district of a specific plan. For purposes of this section, a single-family zone is one where the zoning of the lot permits a single-family residence.

D. B. The lot contains an existing single-family dwelling (or has a permit for a proposed single-family dwelling) or contains an existing multi-family dwelling (or has a permit for a proposed multi-family dwelling). The number(s) and type(s) of ADU allowed to be constructed per property shall comply with current State law.

E. C. The square footage for the accessory dwelling second unit does not exceed the following standards:

1. The total area of floor space for a detached accessory dwelling second unit shall not exceed one thousand two hundred (1,200) square feet if located in a single-family zone or district. An ADU of eight hundred (800) square feet or less must be allowed to be constructed if in compliance with all other local development standards, in accordance with State law (California Government Code §§ 66321(b)(3), 66323(a)).

2. The increased floor area for an attached accessory dwelling second unit shall not exceed fifty thirty percent (50% 30%) of the existing living area of the primary single-family dwelling unit, or one thousand two hundred (1,200) square feet, whichever is smaller. An ADU of eight hundred (800) square feet or less must be allowed to be constructed if in compliance with all other local development standards, in accordance with State law.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 436 of 1055
6 I:\cmo\Ordinances\Ordinance 2993 ADU UPDATE Legislative.12.04.2025.bm.docx

6. References to the allowable square footage limitations of an ADU or Junior ADU refer to square footage of “interior livable space” (California Government Code §§ 66313, 66321).

F. D. The accessory dwelling second unit is either attached to the existing dwelling and located within the living area of that dwelling (which means the interior habitable area of a dwelling unit including basements and attics, but not including a garage or an accessory structure) or is a detached unit located on the same lot as the existing dwelling, and the number of ADU(s) on the subject property complies with State law.

G. E. The ADU(s) second unit is not intended for sale and may be rented. Rental or lease terms shall not be less than thirty (30) days. Except as provided in State law (commencing with California Government Code § 66340), the accessory dwelling unit may be rented separate from the primary residence, but shall not be sold or otherwise conveyed separate from the primary residence.

H. F. Development Standards for ADUs.

1. The ADU second unit complies with city or applicable State requirements relating to height, setback, lot coverage, architectural design review and maximum size of the unit. a. Refer to Table 18.156.450(H) for a summary of standards applicable in zones that allow single-family residential uses and single-family districts of adopted Specific Plans.
b. Refer to current State law (California Government Code § 66323(a)(4)) for applicable developments standards within multifamily residential zones (R-2, R2-2000, and R-3 zones of Redlands Municipal Code Title 18) and multifamily districts of adopted Specific Plans.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 437 of 1055
7 I:\cmo\Ordinances\Ordinance 2993 ADU UPDATE Legislative.12.04.2025.bm.docx Table 18.156.450(H): Development Standards for ADUs in Single-Family Residential Districts Development
Standard
Detached ADU
(new construction)
Detached ADU
(conversion)
Attached
ADU
Junior ADU
Floor Area Up to 1,200 sq. ft. * Up to the existing
structure size
(limited to the
same location and
same dimensions
of the original
structure).

Not more than 50%
of the living area of
the existing primary
dwelling unit *
or 1,200 sq. ft.,
whichever is
smaller.

Up to 500 sq.
ft.,
(within the
existing walls
of the primary
unit only).

Building
Height
One-story ADU:

Up to 16 feet **
Two-story ADU
or accessory
structure/garage
with an ADU:

Up to 25 ft.
or two stories.

Not to exceed
the height of the
primary
dwelling unit.

Over 800 sq. ft.: Same as for the primary unit. *
Building
Separation
Per applicable California Building Standards Code
and/or California Residential Code
n/a
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 438 of 1055
8 I:\cmo\Ordinances\Ordinance 2993 ADU UPDATE Legislative.12.04.2025.bm.docx * Note 1: Exceptions: Refer to current State ADU law. A detached or attached ADU of up to eight hundred (800) square feet with four-foot side and rear yard setbacks must be allowed to be constructed if in compliance with all other local development standards (California Government Code §§ 66321(b)(3), 66323(a)).
** Note 2: Exceptions: Up to 18 feet shall be allowed on a lot that is within one-half of one mile walking distance of a major transit stop; an additional two feet in height shall also be allowed to accommodate a roof pitch on the ADU that is aligned with the roof pitch of the primary dwelling unit (California Government Code § 66321(b)(4)).
*** Note 3: Exception: A detached ADU created in a new or existing structure in the same location and constructed in the same location and to the same dimensions or not exceeding the dimensions of an existing structure (California Government Code § 66314(d)(7)), including height.

4. An ADU may be issued a separate street address for purposes of utility connections, mail delivery, and/or emergency services.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 439 of 1055
9 I:\cmo\Ordinances\Ordinance 2993 ADU UPDATE Legislative.12.04.2025.bm.docx I. Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit

1. One Junior ADU shall be permitted per residential lot zoned for single-family residences with a single-family residence built, or proposed to be built, on the lot.

2. The Junior ADU shall be constructed within the walls of the existing or proposed single-family residence, which may include enclosed uses within the residence such as attached garages.

6. A Junior ADU shall not require additional parking as a condition to grant a permit.

7. Owner-occupancy shall not be required as a condition to grant a permit.

18.156.460: PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS:

A. The lot upon which the accessory dwelling second unit is proposed shall have been legally created. conform to the minimum area and dimension standards of the zoning district in which the lot is located. Applicants for an ADU shall not, as a condition for ministerial approval, be required to correct any nonconforming zoning conditions, building code violations, or unpermitted structures unless those conditions: 1) present a threat to public health and safety; and, 2) are affected by the construction of the ADU or Junior ADU (California Government Code §§ 66322(b), 66336).

B. Parking requirements for ADUs.

1. One parking space shall be provided on the same lot as the a new detached ADU, second unit, in addition to the required parking spaces serving the primary unit, unless exempt pursuant to this section or applicable State law. No parking space shall be required where the ADU is part of the existing or proposed primary dwelling unit or an existing accessory structure.

2. Tandem parking is permissible to satisfy the parking provided for an ADU, requirement for the second unit, which, if parking is required, shall be provided on a paved driveway.

3. Guest parking shall not be required for an ADU.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 440 of 1055
10 I:\cmo\Ordinances\Ordinance 2993 ADU UPDATE Legislative.12.04.2025.bm.docx

4. On-site parking shall not be required for any properties meeting the criteria of applicable State law that exempts such development projects (California Government Code § 66322(a)):
a. Where the ADU is located within one-half mile walking distance of a rail station or a major transit stop (as that term is defined in Public Resources Code § 21064.3);
b. Where the ADU is part of the existing or proposed primary residence or an accessory structure;
c. When there is a car share vehicle located within one block of the ADU; d. When on-street parking permits are required but not offered to the occupant of the ADU;
e. Where the ADU is located within an architecturally and historically significant historic district; or,
f. When a permit application for an ADU is submitted with a permit application to create a new single-family dwelling or a new multifamily dwelling on the same lot, provided that the ADU or the parcel satisfies any other criteria listed above.

C. The ADU(s)second units shall be provided with independent exterior access a separate outside entrance not visible from the street, with adequate pedestrian access from a public street to the entrance.

D. All ADU(s)second units shall comply with the standards of the current edition of the California Building Standards Code, Residential Code, Fire Code, and applicable engineering design standards of the City of Redlands or other regulatory agency for which the city exercises jurisdiction. an efficiency dwelling unit as defined by the uniform building code.

E. The A detached ADU second unit shall be located to the rear of the primary unit, if feasible. A new detached ADU should be located on the property so that it is minimally visible from a public street (not including alleys), if feasible.

G. New detached ADU(s) or attached ADU to an existing dwelling unit that was permitted and built to comply with ignition resistant construction, proposed to be located on a property that Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 441 of 1055
11 I:\cmo\Ordinances\Ordinance 2993 ADU UPDATE Legislative.12.04.2025.bm.docx is identified as being within a High Fire Hazard Zone (defined as High Threat, Very High Threat, or Extreme Threat areas as identified in the General Plan or State maps) shall satisfy all the following criteria, and shall be shown on the project plans prior to approval of any building or engineering permits for the ADU. The applicant shall include sufficient exhibits, labels, and information on the construction plans to preclude subjective judgment by the reviewing official.

1. The proposed ADU complies with all applicable regulations of the California Fire Code.

2. The proposed ADU complies with all applicable regulations of the California Building Standards Code (including current edition of the Wildland-Urban Interface Code).

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 442 of 1055
12 I:\cmo\Ordinances\Ordinance 2993 ADU UPDATE Legislative.12.04.2025.bm.docx K. No setback shall be required for an existing living area or accessory structure or a structure constructed in the same location and to the same dimensions as an existing structure that is converted to an accessory dwelling unit or to a portion of an accessory dwelling unit, and a setback of no more than four feet from the side and rear lot lines shall be required for an accessory dwelling unit that is not converted from an existing structure or a new structure constructed in the same location and to the same dimensions as an existing structure (California Government Code § 66314(d)).

L. Unpermitted ADUs may be legalized and permitted in accordance with the provisions of California Government Code § 66332, and the local agency shall not penalize an applicant for having the unpermitted ADU or Junior ADU and shall approve necessary permits to correct noncompliance with health and safety standards.

18.156.470: ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN STANDARDS:

B. Architectural Design Elements.

18.156.470(B)(1).
iv. For properties located within a High Fire Hazard Area, exterior wall cladding material shall be wood, stucco, plaster, brick, stone, or a combination thereof.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 443 of 1055
13 I:\cmo\Ordinances\Ordinance 2993 ADU UPDATE Legislative.12.04.2025.bm.docx Table 18.156.470(B)(1): Objective Design Standards for Specific Architectural Styles Architectural Style of
Primary Dwelling Unit
Recommended Design Elements
of Proposed ADU
Craftsman
or
Bungalow
Exterior siding: wood
Roof style: gable
Roof pitch: not less than 2:12 (9 degrees) and not more than 5:12 (23 degrees)
Windows: double-hung, casement
Window & Door trim: wood, not less than 1 inch in width, and not more than 6 inches in width.

American Colonial
Revival
Exterior siding: wood, or brick
Roof style: hip or gable
Roof pitch: not less than 3:12 (14 degrees) and not more than 7:12 (30 degrees)
Windows: multi-pane sash
Window & Door trim: wood, not less than 1 inch in width, and not more than 3 inches in width (exception: may
include shutters)
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 444 of 1055
14 I:\cmo\Ordinances\Ordinance 2993 ADU UPDATE Legislative.12.04.2025.bm.docx Spanish Colonial
Revival
Exterior siding: stucco
Roof style: hip or gable
Roof material: clay tile
Roof pitch: not less than 3:12 (14 degrees) and not more than 5:12 (23 degrees)
Window & Doors openings: arched or rounded openings
Windows: single and paired multi-pane windows
Window & Door trim: stucco, not less than 1 inch in width, and not more than 6 inches in width.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 445 of 1055
15 I:\cmo\Ordinances\Ordinance 2993 ADU UPDATE Legislative.12.04.2025.bm.docx b. Roof Pitch and Design:
i. Roof style and construction shall be hipped or gable (the exceptions are California Government Code § 66323 units). The applicant may choose another style if the proposal complies with Table 18.156.470(B)(1) above. ii. Roof pitch shall be not less than 3:12 and not more than 10:12, when feasible (the exceptions are California Government Code § 66323 units). The applicant may choose another style if the proposal complies with Table 18.156.470(B)(1) above. It is recommended that roof pitch of the ADU should be equal to or less than (within 20% or 5 degrees, whichever is larger) the roof pitch of the primary unit, when feasible.
iii. Rooftop parapets are limited to eighteen inches (18”) in height, and are included in measurement of the overall building height. Any rooftop equipment shall be placed on the rear or interior side(s) of the roof so as to be completely screened from view from public right-of-way (not including alleys), when feasible.
iv. Dormers, cupolas, turrets, towers, domes, or other projections (including chimneys) are prohibited.
v. For properties located within a High Fire Hazard Area, the proposal uses Class A rated roofing materials and Class A rated siding materials (e.g., eaves, rooflines, fascia, rafter tails, shutters, etc.). Roof vents, gable vents, soffit vents, and other openings, if any, shall be ember resistant.
c. Ornamentation: The exterior design of the ADU shall not include unnecessary ornamentation and the following architectural details shall be prohibited, such as wrought iron features, arcades, porticos, balconets, brackets, columns, corbels, cornice, quoins, rafter tails, dormers, cupolas, finials, etc. d. When a two-story attached ADU (within a single-family residence) exceeding eight hundred (800) square feet involves new construction that alters or expands the residence’s exterior building envelope (the exceptions are California Government Code § 66323 units): the front façade and street-side façade(s), if any, shall be articulated and recessed (e.g., vertically and horizontally offset) a minimum of five feet (5’) from the front plane of the first-story building façade. e. Exterior light fixtures shall be a design that provides shielding or enclosure around the source of light emission (for the length of the bulb or dimensions of the light source), to prevent excessive light trespass onto adjacent properties. Glare shall be contained within the subject property and lumens shall not exceed one footcandle (1 fc) as measured at the property line. The applicant shall include sufficient manufacturer information, labels, and exhibits on the construction plans to preclude subjective judgment by the reviewing official.

2. Required Design Elements for Conversion of an Existing Structure to an ADU.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 446 of 1055
16 I:\cmo\Ordinances\Ordinance 2993 ADU UPDATE Legislative.12.04.2025.bm.docx a. Existing building elements may remain if in compliance with the applicable provisions of the California Building Standards Code, Residential Code, and Fire Code.
b. Installation or construction of new exterior design elements, features, materials or treatments shall conform to the requirements of subsection (B)(1) above (the exceptions are California Government Code § 66323 units).

C. Historic Properties and Historic Districts:

3. Applicants may also refer to the City’s adopted Historic Architectural Design Guidelines for guidance.

G. Ground-mounted ductless condensers and heat pumps shall be permitted at finished surface level (within a yard area that is on the interior of the lot, if feasible). Heating and cooling air handlers or ductwork shall be installed within the building envelope (“building envelope” is defined as the outer shell of a building that separates the interior from the exterior environment).”
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 447 of 1055
17 I:\cmo\Ordinances\Ordinance 2993 ADU UPDATE Legislative.12.04.2025.bm.docx SECTION 3. General Plan Consistency. The City Council finds that the amendment to Title 18 (Zoning Regulations) of the Redlands Municipal Code described herein is consistent with the adopted and certified 2021-2029 (6th Cycle) Housing Element of the City of Redlands 2035 General Plan and will comply with the applicable provisions of State law.

SECTION 4. Severability. If any section, subsection, subdivision, sentence, clause, phrase, or portion of this Ordinance for any reason is held to be invalid or unconstitutional by the decision of any court of competent jurisdiction, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this Ordinance. The City Council hereby declares that it would have adopted this Ordinance, and each section, subsection, subdivision, sentence, clause, phrase, or portion thereof, irrespective of the fact that any one or more sections, subsections, subdivisions, sentences, clauses, phrases, or portions thereof be declared invalid or unconstitutional.

SECTION 5. The Mayor shall sign this ordinance and the City Clerk shall certify to the adoption of this ordinance and shall cause it, or a summary of it, to be published once in the Redlands Daily Facts, a newspaper of general circulation within the City, and thereafter, this ordinance shall take effect as provided by law.
_________________________________
Mario Saucedo, Mayor
ATTEST:
____________________________________
Jeanne Donaldson, City Clerk
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 448 of 1055
18 I:\cmo\Ordinances\Ordinance 2993 ADU UPDATE Legislative.12.04.2025.bm.docx I, Jeanne Donaldson, City Clerk, City of Redlands, hereby certify that the foregoing Ordinance was duly adopted by the City Council at the regular meeting thereof, held on the _______ day of ___________________, 2026, by the following vote:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

ABSTAIN:
__________________________________
Jeanne Donaldson, City Clerk
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 449 of 1055
City Council Meeting AGENDA ITEM NO. K. 1.

DATE: 11/18/2025
TO: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members
SUBJECT: Public Hearing to consider Ordinance No. 2993- Ordinance Text Amendment No. 370 to update the development standards and design regulations contained in Redlands Municipal Code Chapter

18.156, Article VII, pertaining to the construction of accessory dwelling units. This proposal qualifies for exemption from the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to Section 15282(h) of the CEQA Guidelines.
(Development Services Director Desatnik)
(Mayor to declare meeting open as a public hearing)
PROCEDURE FOR PUBLIC HEARING:

1. Mayor declares the meeting open as a public hearing.

2. Mayor calls upon Department Director for report.

Mayor calls for questions/comments from members of the City Council.

3. Mayor calls for comments/questions/testimony from members of the public
(3 minutes per speaker).

4. Mayor calls upon City Clerk to note any written comments received.

5. 6. Mayor closes the public hearing.

7. City Council considers the motion and votes.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 450 of 1055
MOTION(S):

If the City Council determines that staff’s recommendation is appropriate, the following motion is provided:

“I move to introduce Ordinance No. 2993.”
RECOMMENDATION:

The Planning Commission reviewed the draft ordinance in a public hearing held on October 14, 2025, and unanimously recommended that the City Council approve the proposed ordinance. The Commission discussed various aspects of the development standards, and recommended maintaining the current maximum allowable size of 1,200 square feet for an accessory dwelling unit in the city's Zoning Regulations.

BACKGROUND:

The adoption of an ordinance updating the City's zoning regulation to align with current State law will implement Program No. 1.6-3 of the City’s certified 2021-2029 Housing Element. The revised regulations are intended to help facilitate more Accessory Dwelling Unit ("ADU") production by making the permitting process easier, faster, and more affordable for developers or homeowners who wish to build an ADU.

In recent years, the State Legislature has adopted numerous bills updating the land use regulations pertaining to the construction of new housing, and particularly affordable housing, in an effort to make it easier for developers to construct new housing units. State regulations pertaining to the construction of Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs) have been updated to facilitate and expedite the construction of more housing. For example, Assembly Bill (AB) 68, AB 587, AB 671, AB 881, and Senate Bill (SB) 13 further incentivize the development of ADUs through streamlined permits, reduced setback requirements, increased allowable square footage, reduced parking requirements, and reduced fees.

State law is now very explicit about certain development standards such as structure height, required yard areas and setbacks, parking requirements, and various other development standards. State law supersedes local ordinances, therefore, when a city’s ordinance is not consistent with State law, then State law simply supersedes the local municipal codes and developers may invoke current State law. The California Department of Housing & Community Development (HCD) has been actively monitoring local agencies and have sent letters encouraging those agencies to update their municipal codes accordingly.

State law is also very clear about the wording of any architectural design Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 451 of 1055
standards. State law does not permit vague terms such as “guidelines” or subjective methods of analysis and judgment. Terminology such as "be compatible with," "neighborhood character," or "materials matching or similar to" are no longer accepted by HCD. State law now requires the architectural design standards to be “objective standards,” defined as,

“Standards that involve no personal or subjective judgment by a public official and are uniformly verifiable by reference to an external and uniform benchmark or criterion available and knowable by both the applicant or proponent and the public official prior to submittal.” (Gov. Code § 66313, subdivision (i))

Furthermore, ADUs must be reviewed and approved (or denied) ministerially, without discretionary review or a public hearing (Gov. Code § 66317(a)).

Development standards must be objective to allow for ministerial review (Gov.

Code § 66314(b)(1)). Appeals of a ministerial permit may only be filed by the applicant or property owner (in the case of a denial), and not by the general public or any neighbors (in the case of an approval).

The Planning Division maintains a webpage to summarize current State requirements and development standards, including the ADU Handbook published by the Department of Housing & Community Development (HCD), available at: ‘https://www.cityofredlands.org/post/accessory-dwelling-units-adu’.

SUMMARY:

Staff has prepared a draft ordinance that will update Redlands Municipal Code Chapter 18.156, Article VII (Second Residential Dwelling Units), which is a part of the City’s Zoning Regulations. The overarching goal of the ordinance is to align the City’s zoning code with current State ADU law, while also incorporating local municipal requirements that are permissible under State law.

Accessory units must now be allowed in all residential zoning districts that permit single-family and multifamily dwellings, as well as mixed use districts that permit residential uses. This also includes similar districts within Specific Plans that permit residential uses and mixed uses. Government Code section 66319 states that ADUs “shall be deemed to be an accessory use or an accessory building and shall not be considered to exceed the allowable density for the lot upon which it is located, and shall be deemed to be a residential use that is consistent with the existing general plan and zoning designations for the lot. The accessory dwelling unit shall not be considered in the application of any local ordinance, policy, or program to limit residential growth.” Similarly, recent updates to State law include Gov. Code § 66318 that states, “(a) A local agency may amend its zoning ordinance or general plan to incorporate the policies, procedures, or other provisions applicable to the creation of an accessory dwelling unit if these provisions are consistent with the Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 452 of 1055
limitations of this article.
(b) An accessory dwelling unit ordinance shall not be considered in the application of any local ordinance, policy, or program to limit residential growth.” A legislative draft of the ordinance is attached that highlights proposed changes.

Updated sections and topics include:

1. Numbers of ADUs per lot: State law currently addresses the number(s) of ADUs that may be allowable per residential lot, based on the type of zoning (e.g., single-family lots and multifamily lots). These may include one detached ADU, one attached ADU, and one Junior ADU. Those provisions are incorporated by reference, and it is not necessary to reiterate in the ordinance.

2. Maximum floor area (Detached ADU): No change is proposed to the current maximum size of 1,200 square feet for a detached ADU (which aligns with current state law). The conversion of an existing accessory structure, such as a detached garage to an ADU, is not subject to unit size requirements (Gov. Code § 66323(a)(1)). Also, in the case of an existing garage proposed to be converted to an ADU, State law does not allow local agencies to require replacement parking for the structure being converted.

The California Department of Housing & Community Development has previously disallowed local ordinances that have attempted to limit ADU size based on parcel size. State law also overrules other local development standards that could limit the construction of ADUs, such as those pertaining to Lot Coverage, Floor-Area Ratio, building separation requirements (that exceed the Building Code’s standards), on-site landscaping or open space requirements, and any other local zoning standard that has the effect of precluding the development of an ADU.

3. Maximum floor area (Attached ADU): For an attached ADU, meaning created within the primary dwelling unit, the maximum will be 50% of the existing primary unit’s living area or 1,200 square feet, whichever is smaller. Junior ADU are limited to 500 square feet per State law and must be created within the existing walls of the primary unit. The ordinance will allow a de minimus addition of up to 150 square feet beyond the existing dimensions of the primary unit to provide for ingress/egress only, such as a staircase or landing (consistent with State law).

4. Development Standards: The proposed ordinance includes a table that clearly summarizes the development standards (height, floor area, and setbacks) for easy reference. Where State law provides for any exceptions or alternative standards (such as Gov. Code § 66323 units), State law is incorporated by reference.

5. High Fire Hazard Areas: The State will not allow local jurisdictions to prohibit the construction of new ADUs in high fire hazard severity zones. New Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 453 of 1055
development in a High Fire Hazard area must comply with the new State codes including the 2025 Wildland-Urban Interface Code, which includes construction materials and design (e.g., requires Class A fire-resistant materials). The Fire Department’s review will address issues such as adequate water supply, landscape fuel modification, and vegetation management.

6. Parking requirements: The proposed ordinance aligns with current State law regarding the on-site parking requirements, or waivers and exemptions from the parking requirements, depending on the criteria in State law. A detached ADU generally will require one (1) parking space, unless an exemption applies, and must be on a paved surface which may be a driveway. An attached ADU or Junior ADU does not require any additional parking spaces.

7. Architectural design standards: The proposed ordinance includes objective architectural design standards for exterior materials, roof style, roof pitch, door and window openings and trim, light fixtures, ornamentation, accessory equipment, etc. The design standards must be written in such a way to preclude subjective judgment that might be exercised by staff or a Commission. Objective standards must be “uniformly verifiable by reference to an external and uniform benchmark or criterion available and knowable by both the applicant or proponent and the public official prior to submittal.”
Note that the architectural design standards would also be applicable in the City’s historic districts and locally designated historic properties. The Historic & Scenic Preservation Commission (HSPC) reviewed the draft ordinance on April 3, 2025, and June 5, 2025. The Commission’s suggestions and clarifications have been incorporated in the final draft. Building permits for an ADU must be processed and approved ministerially (without discretionary review), and therefore, the City cannot require a Certificate of Appropriateness or any review by the HSPC as that would involve a discretionary decision.

While State law does allow for a local agency to impose standards that prevent adverse impacts on any real property that is listed in the California Register of Historical Resources (Gov. Code § 66314(b)(1), there are very few properties in Redlands that are listed on the State’s Register. In other words, that provision does not include properties that are listed only on a local historic register (which includes the eight local historic districts in Redlands plus several individually designated historic properties).

8. Rental requirements: State law currently requires a rental period of 30 days or longer, and the draft ordinance reiterates that provision of State law.

9. Substantive requirements for local ordinances: The additional requirements for the content of local ordinances adopted pursuant to Gov. Code Section 66314 is contained in the draft ordinance (including sections pertaining to changes of occupancy, utility connections, exemptions from fire sprinkler requirements, and demolition of a detached garage, among other provisions).

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 454 of 1055
ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW:

ALTERNATIVES:

1. City Council may suggest changes to the proposed draft ordinance;

2. City Council can continue the proposal and direct staff to address any further issues.

STRATEGIC PLAN:

The proposed ordinance will help implement Priority A (Quality of Life) contained in the Redlands Strategic Plan.

Strategic Objective 2 (Economic Vitality):
• Implement policies and programs to expand the City’s affordable housing opportunities.

SUBMITTED BY:

Brian Desatnik, Development Services Director
RECOMMENDED BY:

Charles M. Duggan Jr., City Manager
REVIEWED BY:

Yvette M. Abich Garcia, City Attorney
Janice McConnell, Assistant City Manager
Christopher Boatman, Assistant City Manager
Danielle Garcia, Management Services/Finance Director
PREPARED BY:

Brian Foote, City Planner/Planning Manager
Attachments
Attachment A-1: Ordinance No. 2993 (Legislative)
Attachment A-2: Ordinance No. 2993 (Clean)
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 455 of 1055
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 456 of 1055
City Council Meeting I. 4.

DATE: 12/16/2025
TO: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members
SUBJECT: Consideration of Resolution No. 8739 for General Plan Amendment No. 151 to update Figure 5-7 (Truck Route Map) in the City of Redlands 2035 General Plan. This proposal qualifies for exemption from environmental review in accordance with Sections
15061(b)(3), 15308 and 15378(b)(5) of the CEQA Guidelines (Mayor to declare meeting open as a public hearing)
(Development Services Director Desatnik)
PROCEDURE FOR PUBLIC HEARING:

1. Mayor declares the meeting open as a public hearing.

2. Mayor calls upon Department Director for report.

3. Mayor calls for questions/comments from members of the City Council.

Mayor calls for comments/questions/testimony from members of the public (3 minutes per speaker).

4. 5. Mayor calls upon City Clerk to note any written comments received.

6. Mayor closes the public hearing.

7. City Council considers the motion and votes.

MOTION(S):

If the City Council determines that staff’s recommendation is appropriate, the following motion is provided:
“I move that the City Council approve Resolution No. 8739 and adopt General Plan Amendment No. 151, and further determine that the proposal is exempt from environmental review pursuant to Sections 15061(b)(3), 15308 and 15378(b)(5) of the CEQA Guidelines.”
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 457 of 1055
RECOMMENDATION:

Staff recommends that the City Council adopt Resolution No. 8739 and approve General Plan Amendment No. 151 and determine that the proposal is exempt from environmental review in accordance with Sections 15061(b)(3), 15308, and 15378(b)(5) of the CEQA Guidelines.

DISCUSSION:

Assembly Bill (AB) 98: AB 98 was signed on September 29, 2024, and prescribed various statewide warehouse design and build standards for any proposed new or expanded logistics use developments beginning on January 1, 2026. Among its various provisions is a requirement for cities and counties within the “warehouse concentration region” to update their respective Truck Route Maps by January 1, 2026. The “warehouse concentration region” is defined as Riverside County, San Bernardino County, and the Cities of Chino, Colton, Fontana, Jurupa Valley, Moreno Valley, Ontario, Perris, Rancho Cucamonga, Redlands, Rialto, Riverside, and San Bernardino (Gov. Code 65098(h)). Therefore, the City must update its Truck Route Map (Figure 5-7 in the 2035 General Plan) as soon as possible. The Attorney General may impose a fine against a jurisdiction that is in violation of these sections of up to $50,000 every six months if the required updates have not been made (Gov. Code section 65302.02(i)).

Criteria for Truck Routes: AB 98 implemented Government Code Section 65302.02 which provides the specific criteria by which Truck Routes should be selected. These criteria include:

Avoid residential areas and sensitive receptors (as defined by Section 65098).

Ensure that logistics use developments are sited in locations that minimize adverse impacts on residential communities and enhance transportation efficiency.

Trucks shall be routed via transportation arteries that minimize exposure to sensitive receptors.

Maximize use of arterial roads, major thoroughfares, and predominantly commercially oriented local streets (when state or interstate highways are not utilized).

Collector streets that predominantly serve commercially oriented uses shall be used for truck routes only when strictly necessary to reach existing industrial zones.

On and after January 1, 2028, all proposed development of a logistics use development, as defined in Section 65098(d), shall be accessible via arterial roads, major thoroughfares, or roads that predominantly serve commercially oriented uses. Local roads shall be considered to Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 458 of 1055
predominantly serve commercial uses if more than 50 percent of the properties fronting the road within 1,000 feet are designated for commercial or industrial use according to the local zoning ordinance.

The new criteria are aimed at tractor-trailers that serve large warehouse logistics distribution facilities, and not necessarily for defining roadways that are designed to carry the weight of any truck exceeding a maximum gross weight of over five tons. RMC Chapter 10.54, “Truck Routes,” provides exemptions for certain types of vehicles and deliveries (e.g., construction deliveries, local pickups/deliveries, public utility vehicles, RVs, etc.), as do most other municipal codes.

Description of Map Amendment: The following deletions and insertions are proposed in Figure 5-7 (Truck Route Map) of the General Plan:

Recommended Future Routes:

1. Mountain View Avenue from Interstate-10 to the North City boundary.

2. Marigold Avenue from San Bernardino Avenue to Palmetto Avenue.

3. California Street from San Bernardino Avenue to Palmetto Avenue.

4. Palmetto Avenue from Marigold Avenue to Alabama Street.

West San Bernardino Avenue from California Street to Alabama Street, including the Interstate-210 underpass.

5. 6. Almond Avenue from California Street to Alabama Street.

7. Kansas Street from W. State Street to Park Avenue.

Recommended Routes for Removal:

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 459 of 1055
Recommended Routes for Removal:

1. Nevada Street from West Lugonia Avenue to Citrus Avenue.

2. West Park Avenue west of Alabama Street.

3. Citrus Avenue west of Alabama Street.

4. Orange Avenue west of Alabama Street.

5. Alabama Street from Citrus Avenue to Barton Road.

6. San Timoteo Canyon Road from Barton Road to the South City boundary.

Tennessee Street / South San Mateo Street south of Citrus Avenue to West Cypress Avenue.

7. San Bernardino Avenue east of Interstate-210 underpass to Orange Street.

8. Texas Street / South Center Street south of San Bernardino Avenue to West Cypress Avenue.

9. West Cypress Avenue from South San Mateo Street to South University Street.

10. Orange Street / Cajon Street / Garden Street from Pearl Street to Elizabeth Street.

11. 12. East Citrus Avenue from Orange Street to South University Street.

Judson Street / Ford Street from Santa Ana River Wash to 5th Avenue and loops from South Wabash Avenue to East Citrus Avenue.

13. North Wabash Avenue from the northern City boundary to East Lugonia Avenue.

14. Review by Traffic & Parking Commission: The Redlands Traffic & Parking Commission reviewed a draft version of the updated Truck Route Map on September 25, 2025. The Commission agreed with the draft map proposed at that time and also suggested some additional changes. One suggestion was to Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 460 of 1055
remove San Timoteo Canyon Road since that roadway has not been fully improved to the width identified in the General Plan for a “Rural Arterial” (currently it is one lane in each direction with soft shoulders). Another suggestion was to remove the segments of two roadways through downtown Redlands (Orange St. from Pearl St. to Citrus Ave., and E. Citrus Ave. from Orange St. to University St.), as they traverse through the central business district as well as the Redlands High School campus.

Public Outreach Process: The public outreach efforts conducted by staff meet the requirements of subdivisions (f) and (g) of Government Code Section 65302.02. Staff contacted adjacent cities, counties (San Bernardino and Riverside), and other stakeholders (including Redlands Unified School District, Southern California Edison, and Southern California Gas Company). Notices were sent to tribal governments in accordance with Senate Bill (SB) 18, which included a 90-day response period. Staff conducted two online public workshops via Zoom on November 3 and 6, 2025.

The City of San Bernardino staff responded by providing a map of their draft AB 98 Truck Route Map, and they proposed to include their City's half of Mountain View Avenue to the north of Interstate-10 (to the Santa Ana River Wash). This will match the City of Redlands’ proposed map that includes Mountain View Avenue northerly of Interstate-10 to the Santa Ana River Wash (the boundary between Redlands and San Bernardino).

County of San Bernardino staff responded with a request to make modifications in the unincorporated “donut hole” area (in northwest Redlands), including adding segments of East San Bernardino Avenue, Palmetto Avenue, and Almond Avenue. Nevada Street is to be deleted from the Truck Route Map and is consistent with the County’s map (Nevada St. not shown as a truck route).

The County is also currently in the process of updating the County Truck Route Map.

Two community workshops were hosted online via Zoom to discuss the proposed changes to the amended Truck Route Map and gain an understanding of the community’s opinion and priorities. The first workshop was held on Monday, October 3rd and the second was held on Thursday, October 6th. Both meetings discussed the same material, which provided an overview of the AB 98 requirements, outlined public outreach efforts, and further explained the routes proposed for addition and removal. The first workshop was attended by nine individuals, and there were two individuals in attendance for the second workshop. City staff received positive feedback on the removal of several routes and a few clarifying questions regarding the criteria considered during the selection of routes, effective dates, and enforcement. No changes to the proposed routes were requested during both community workshops.

Environmental Review: The proposal is exempt from environmental review in accordance with Sections 15061(b)(3), 15308, and 15378(b)(5) of the California Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 461 of 1055
Environmental Quality Act Guidelines. Pursuant to Section 15378(b)(5) of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), this proposal is an organizational or administrative activity of the City that will not result in direct or indirect physical changes in the environment, and therefore does not constitute a "project" pursuant to the CEQA Guidelines. Additionally, pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3), this proposal is exempt from CEQA review because there is no possibility that the General Plan Amendment may have a significant effect on the environment, insofar as it would impose modified truck routes for certain warehouses and logistics distribution facilities within the City.

Additionally, if the proposal is considered a "project," the proposed General Plan Amendment is categorically exempt under CEQA Guidelines Section 15308 (Actions by Regulatory Agencies for Protection of the Environment), because it will not create an environmental impact and the action will assure the maintenance, enhancement or protection of the environment through the adoption of State-imposed regulations on truck routes for certain warehouses and logistics distribution facilities. Accordingly, no further environmental review is necessary.

ALTERNATIVES:

The City Council can continue the proposal and direct staff to address any further issues. (Note that the deadline for the City of Redlands to update the Truck Route Map is supposed to be January 1, 2026, pursuant to Government Code section 65098.1 (e)(2).

STRATEGIC PLAN:

Not applicable.

SUBMITTED BY:

Brian Desatnik, Development Services Director
RECOMMENDED BY:

Charles M. Duggan Jr., City Manager
REVIEWED BY:

Yvette M. Abich Garcia, City Attorney
Janice McConnell, Assistant City Manager
Chris Boatman, Assistant City Manager
Danielle Garcia, Management Services/Finance Director
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 462 of 1055
PREPARED BY:

Jazmin Serrato, Associate Planner
Brian Foote, City Planner/Planning Manager
Fiscal Impact
Fiscal Year: FY 2025-26
Appropriation Required Y/N: No
Attachments
Attachment A - Resolution No. 8739
Exhibit A-1 - General Plan Figure 5-7, Truck Route Map (Existing) Exhibit A-2 - Amended Figure 5-7, Truck Route Map (Revised) Attachment B - Future Routes and Removal Recommendations Attachment C - Notice of Exemption
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 463 of 1055
RESOLUTION NO. 8739

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF REDLANDS ADOPTING GENERAL PLAN AMENDMENT NO. 151 TO THE REDLANDS 2035 GENERAL PLAN TO UPDATE FIGURE 5-7 (TRUCK ROUTE MAP).

WHEREAS, the Development Services Department has initiated General Plan Amendment No. 151 to update the city’s Truck Route Map (Figure 5-7) contained in Chapter 5, “Connected City,” of the 2035 General Plan; and
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Redlands adopted the 2035 General Plan on December 5, 2017; and
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Redlands certified and adopted the General Plan and Climate Action Plan Environmental Impact Report (EIR) on December 5, 2017; and WHEREAS, proposed General Plan Amendment No. 151 is necessary to ensure the City’s adopted 2035 General Plan will be in compliance with Assembly Bill (AB) 98 of 2024; and WHEREAS, the City of Redlands is located within the “warehouse concentration region” as defined in Government Code section 65098(h); and
WHEREAS, the City of Redlands must update its Truck Route Map by January 1, 2026, to comply with Government Code section 65098.1(e); and
WHEREAS on December 5, 2025, notice of the City Council’s public hearing for the proposed General Plan Amendment No. 151 was published in a newspaper of general circulation by the City Clerk; and
WHEREAS, on December 16, 2025, the City Council held a public hearing and considered the staff written and oral reports, the recommendation of staff, written public comments, and testimony by members of the public; and
WHEREAS, following the public hearing on the proposed General Plan Amendment No. 151, the City Council determined that adoption of the Amendment is in the best interests of the public health, safety, and general welfare.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF REDLANDS AS FOLLOWS:

Section 1. Exemption from environmental review. The proposed General Plan Amendment does not require environmental review in accordance with Sections 15061(b)(3), 15308, and 15378(b)(5) of the California Environmental Quality Act Guidelines. Pursuant to Section 15378(b)(5) of the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”), this proposal is an organizational or administrative activity of the City that will not result in direct or indirect physical changes in the environment and therefore not a project. Additionally, pursuant to CEQA Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 464 of 1055
Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3), this proposal is exempt from CEQA review because there is no possibility that the General Plan amendment may have a significant effect on the environment, insofar as it would impose modified truck routes for certain warehouses and logistics distribution facilities within the City. Additionally, if the proposal is considered a “project,” the proposed General Plan Amendment is categorically exempt under CEQA Guidelines Section 15308 (Actions by Regulatory Agencies for Protection of the Environment), because it is clear that it will not create an environmental impact and the action will assure the maintenance, enhancement, or protection of the environment through the adoption of State-imposed regulations on truck routes for certain warehouses and logistics distribution facilities. Accordingly, no further environmental review is necessary.

Section 2. Description of General Plan Amendment. Amendment to Figure 5-7, titled “Truck Route Map,” contained in the 2035 General Plan is described as follows:
a) Section of Mountain View Avenue from Interstate-10 to North City boundary; change from “Major Road” to “Truck Route” designation.
b) Section of Marigold Avenue from San Bernardino Avenue to Palmetto Avenue; change from “Major Road” to “Truck Route” designation.
c) Section of California Street from San Bernardino Avenue to Palmetto Avenue; change from “Major Road” to “Truck Route” designation.
d) Section of Palmetto Avenue from Marigold Avenue to Alabama Street; change from “Major Road” to “Truck Route” designation.
e) Section of West San Bernardino Avenue from California Street to Alabama Street, including the Interstate-210 underpass; change from “Major Road” to “Truck Route” designation.
f) Section of Almond Avenue from California Street to Alabama Street; change from “Local Road” to “Truck Route” designation.
g) Section of Kansas Street from W. State Street to Park Avenue; change from “Local Road” to “Truck Route” designation.
h) Section of Nevada Street from West Lugonia Avenue to Citrus Avenue; change from “Truck Route” to “Major Road” designation.
i) Section of West Park Avenue west of Alabama Street; change from “Truck Route” to “Local Road” designation.
j) Section of Citrus Avenue west of Alabama Street; change from “Truck Route” to “Local Road” designation.
k) Section of Orange Avenue west of Alabama Street; change from “Truck Route” to “Local Road” designation.
l) Section of Alabama Street from Citrus Avenue to Barton Road; change from “Truck Route” to “Major Road” designation.
m) Section of San Timoteo Canyon Road from Barton Road to South City boundary; change from “Truck Route” to “Major Road” designation.
n) Section of Tennessee Street/ South San Mateo Street, south of Citrus Avenue to West Cypress Avenue; change from “Truck Route” to “Major Road” designation. o) Section of San Bernardino Avenue, east of Interstate-210 underpass to Orange Street; change from “Truck Route” to “Major Road” designation.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 465 of 1055
p) Section of Texas Street / South Center Street, south of San Bernardino Avenue to West Cypress Avenue; change from “Truck Route” to “Major Road” designation. q) Section of West Cypress Avenue from South San Mateo Street to South University Street; change from “Truck Route” to “Major Roads” designation. r) Section of Orange Street / Cajon Street / Garden Street from Pearl Street to Elizabeth Street; change from “Truck Route” to “Major Roads” designation. s) Section of East Citrus Avenue from Orange Street to South University Street; change from “Truck Route” to “Major Roads” designation.
t) Section of Judson Street / Ford Street from Santa Ana River Wash to 5th Avenue and loops from South Wabash Avenue to East Citrus Avenue; change from “Truck Routes” to “Major Roads” designation.
u) Section of North Wabash Avenue from northern City boundary to East Lugonia Avenue, change from “Truck Route” to “Major Road” designation.

Section 3. Approval of general plan amendment. General Plan Amendment No. 151 is hereby approved as described in this Resolution, and as shown in Exhibit “A-1” and Exhibit “A2” attached hereto.

Section 4. Compliance with state law. This General Plan Amendment is adopted to implement the applicable provisions of Assembly Bill 98 (2024) as codified in Government Code section 65098 et seq., and the revised Truck Route Map meets the substantive and procedural requirements contained in Government Code section 65302.02.

Section 5. Effective date. This Resolution shall become effective upon adoption.

ADOPTED, SIGNED, AND APPROVED this 16th day of December, 2025. _________________________________
Mario Saucedo, Mayor
ATTEST:
_________________________________
Jeanne Donaldson, City Clerk
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 466 of 1055
I, Jeanne Donaldson, City Clerk of the City of Redlands, hereby certify that the foregoing resolution was duly adopted by the City Council at a regular meeting thereof held on the 16th day of December, 2025, by the following vote:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

ABSTAIN:
_________________________________
Jeanne Donaldson, City Clerk
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 467 of 1055
EXHIBIT A-1
GENERAL PLAN FIGURE 5-7, TRUCK ROUTE MAP (EXISTING)
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 468 of 1055
EXHIBIT A-2
AMENDED FIGURE 5-7, TRUCK ROUTE MAP (REVISED)
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 469 of 1055
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 470 of 1055
Notice of Exemption

To: Clerk of the Board of Supervisors From: City of Redlands County of San Bernardino Planning Division
385 North Arrowhead Avenue P.O. Box 3005
San Bernardino, CA. 92415-0130 Redlands, CA. 92373
Office of Planning & Research
State Clearinghouse (https://ceqanet.opr.ca.gov/)
P.O. Box 3044
Sacramento, CA. 95812-3044
Subject: Filing of Notice of Exemption in Compliance with Section 21152 of the Public Resources Code and CEQA Guidelines Sections 15061 & 15062.

Project Title: General Plan Amendment No. 151 for AB 98 Truck Route Map Update Project Project Applicant: City of Redlands, Development Services Department Project Location - Address: Citywide within the City of Redlands Project Location - City: Redlands, California
Project Location - County: San Bernardino County
Project Description: General Plan Amendment No. 151 would update the city’s Truck Route Map (Figure 5-7) in the 2035 General Plan to make the following changes: add a segment of Mountain View Avenue from I-10 to North City boundary; add a segment of Marigold Avenue from San Bernardino Avenue to Palmetto Avenue, add a segment of California Street from San Bernardino Ave. to Palmetto Avenue; add a segment Palmetto Avenue from Marigold Avenue to Alabama Street, add a segment of West San Bernardino Avenue from California Street to Alabama Street, plus the I210 underpass, add a segment of Almond Avenue from California Street to Alabama Street, add a segment of Kansas Street from West State Street to Park Avenue; delete a segment of Nevada Street from West Lugonia Avenue to Citrus Avenue; delete a segment of West Park Avenue west of Alabama Street; delete a segment of Citrus Avenue west of Alabama Street; delete a segment of Orange Avenue west of Alabama Street; delete a segment of Alabama Street from Citrus Avenue to Barton Road; delete a segment of San Timoteo Canyon Road from Barton Road to City boundary; delete a segment of Tennessee Street/ South San Mateo Street south of Citrus Avenue to West Cypress Avenue; delete a segment of San Bernardino Avenue east of I-210 underpass to Orange Street; delete a segment of Texas Street/ South Center Street south of San Bernardino Avenue to West Cypress Avenue; delete a segment of West Cypress Avenue from South San Mateo Street to South University Street; delete a segment of Orange Street/ Cajon Street / Garden Street from Pearl Street to Elizabeth Street; delete a segment of East Citrus Avenue from Orange Street to South University Street; delete a segment of Judson Street/ Ford Street from Santa Ana River Wash to 5th Avenue and loops from South Wabash Avenue to East Citrus Avenue; and delete a segment of North Wabash Avenue from the northern City boundary to East Lugonia Avenue.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 471 of 1055
Name of Public Agency Approving Project: City of Redlands Name of Person or Agency Carrying Out Project: City of Redlands, Development Services Dept.

This is to advise that on December 16, 2025, the City Council of the City of Redlands approved the above-referenced project, and made the following determination:

Exempt Status: (check one)
Ministerial (Sec. 21080(b)(1); 15268);
General Exemption (15061(b)(3));
Emergency Project (Sec. 21080(b)(4); 15269(b)(c));
Categorical Exemption. State type and section number:

Statutory Exemptions. State type and section number: 15308 and 15378(b)(5) Reasons why project is exempt: The proposal is exempt from environmental review in accordance with Sections 15061(b)(3), 15308, and 15378(b)(5) of the California Environmental Quality Act Guidelines. Pursuant to Section 15378(b)(5) of the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”), this proposal is anorganizational or administrative activity of the City that will not result in direct or indirect physical changes in the environment, and therefore not a project.

Additionally, pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3), this proposal is exempt from CEQA review because there is no possibility that the general plan amendment (to Figure 5-7, Truck Routes) may have a significant effect on the environment, insofar as it would provide a modified truck route map for certain warehouses and logistics distribution facilities in Redlands.

No construction, development, or ground disturbance of any kind is proposed with this action.

Furthermore, even if the proposal is considered a project, the proposed general plan amendment is categorically exempt under CEQA Guidelines Section 15308 (Actions by Regulatory Agencies for Protection of the Environment), because it is clear that it will not create an environmental impact and the action will assure the maintenance, enhancement, or protection of the environment through the adoption of State-imposed regulations on truck routes for certain warehouses and logistics distribution facilities. Accordingly, no further environmental review is necessary.

Lead Agency: City of Redlands, Development Services Department Contact Person: Jazmin Serrato, Associate Planer
Telephone: (909) 798-7555 extension 4749
This is to certify that the project documents and record of project approval are available to the general public and may be examined at the City of Redlands Development Services Department, Planning Division office, located at 35 Cajon Street, Suite 20, Redlands, CA 92373. The custodian of records is the City Planner, and may be contacted during regular business hours at (909) 798-7555 extension 2. _________________________
Jazmin Serrato
Associate Planner
December 17, 2025
Signed by Lead Agency
Signed by Applicant
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 472 of 1055
City Council Meeting J. 1.

DATE: 12/16/2025
TO: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members
SUBJECT: Consideration of Resolution No. 8738, establishing intention to form a Climate Resilience District (CRD); establish the Redlands CRD Board; appointment of members to the CRD Board; and determine that adoption of the resolution is exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to Section 15301(b)(4) and (b)(5) of the CEQA Guidelines (Management Services/Finance Director Garcia)
MOTION(S):

The following motions are provided:

I move that the City Council find that adoption of Resolution No. 8738 is exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act pursuant to Section 15301(b)(4) and (b)(5) of the CEQA Guidelines; and

1. I move to adopt Resolution No. 8738, declaring its intention to establish the Redlands Resilience District (CRD) and establishing the Redlands CRD Board; and

2. I move to appoint three members of the City Council to the CRD Board, and discuss an approach for appointing two members of the public to the CRD Board.

3. RECOMMENDATION:

Staff recommends that Council direct staff accordingly.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 473 of 1055
DISCUSSION:

As a result of the elimination of redevelopment agencies in California, the City of Redlands (“City”) lost a tax increment financing (TIF) tool to invest in public facilities and the community’s qualify of life. In 2014, SB 628 created a new tax increment financing tool called the Enhanced Infrastructure Financing District (EIFD). Senate Bill 852 (Dodd, 2022) authorized the creation of Climate Resilience Districts (CRDs), a form of EIFD that enables local jurisdictions to pledge future property tax increment towards the design and implementation of projects that mitigate the impacts of climate change. CRDs are directed to give priority to projects that address the needs of “under-resourced communities,” which is a term defined consistent with Health and Safety Code and Public Resources Code sections defining Disadvantaged Communities and Low-Income Communities. SB 852 states that CRDs may only finance certain types of projects that enable communities to adapt to the impacts of climate change.

By capturing future property tax increment revenue generated within the CRD as new development occurs and property values increase over time, similar to the former Redevelopment Agencies in California, CRDs enable a sustainable, ongoing revenue stream without increasing property taxes or any other taxes for landowners, residents, or businesses within or outside of the CRD boundaries.

The following chart illustrates how tax TIF and CRDs capture future revenue from new development into the CRD (note these dollars are for illustrative purposes only):

The City was originally approached by the University of Redlands in 2021 for consideration of the use of a financing district to facilitate economic development in the environs of the University campus (e.g., proposed University Village Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 474 of 1055
development project) via investment into critical infrastructure. The University team presented the concept to the City Council on April 19, 2022, where feedback was positive. The City Council unanimously supported, by roll call vote, the University of Redlands' request for the City to establish an EIFD. Staff was also directed to work with the University and consultants to prepare the necessary documents and reports to establish an EIFD to support the University Village project, and to meet with representatives of the County of San Bernardino to request its participation (and authorized the City Manager to sign and submit a letter of support for grant funding to the University of Redlands).

Since that time, the University Village Project has evolved as market and economic conditions have changed. More recently, the University team and consultant Kosmont Companies have engaged with City staff and prepared an updated, detailed analysis.

The next step in the financing district process is City Council consideration of a non-binding Resolution of Intention to eventually form the financing district.

Adoption of the City Council’s Resolution of Intention (Attachment 1) provides for the following:

Preliminary boundaries of the CRD. The CRD is proposed at this point to be focused on the University Village project area and other nearby development opportunity sites where private sector investment is anticipated in the future, as noted in Exhibit A of the Resolution of Intention.

The exact boundaries of the CRD are subject to further review and refinement as the formation process continues.

1. Type of eligible projects proposed to be financed or assisted by the CRD. The projects listed under the Resolution of Intention include all eligible projects and activities under the CRD legislation and are listed in Exhibit B to the Resolution of Intention (more specific projects will be delineated in the required Infrastructure Financing Plan prior to CRD formation). Examples of potential projects include water, sewer, flood control, renewable energy investments, projects to address extreme heat and other community facilities.

2. Use of Incremental Tax Revenue. The Resolution of Intention anticipates that a portion (not all) of the City’s future property tax increment revenue generated within the CRD will be allocated to the CRD. The exact amounts will be determined in a future resolution to be considered by the City Council. It is possible that the County of San Bernardino may additionally participate in the CRD, in which case, a portion of the County’s property tax increment revenue will also be allocated to the CRD.

3. Establishes a CRD Board to serve as the governing board of the CRD. Consistent with the CRD legislation, the CRD Board membership is proposed to be initially comprised of three members of the City Council and two members of the public appointed by the City Council. If another taxing entity, such as the County of San Bernardino, ultimately elects to partner with the City in the CRD, then the District Board would be revised in accordance with EIFD and CRD law, such as to include two members of the City Council, one member of that taxing entity’s legislative body (e.g., County Supervisor), one member of the public appointed by

4. Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 475 of 1055
the City Council, and one member of the public appointed by the legislative of that taxing entity (e.g., County Board of Supervisors).

Sets a time and place for the first public hearing on the CRD to be conducted by the CRD Board. There will be multiple public meetings and hearings required as part of the CRD process. The first formal CRD public hearing is tentatively scheduled for February 18, at 6:00 p.m., or as soon thereafter as the matter may be heard, in the City Hall Council Chambers, 35 Cajon Street, Redlands, California.

5. Approval of the Resolution of Intention and appointments to the CRD Board begin a series of activities that will take place over the next several months, primarily by the CRD Board. The following schedule outlines the various key tasks and milestones in the formation process. As the following proposed schedule indicates, the final City Council approvals are expected to follow in the first nine months of calendar year 2026.

Task Target
Date
Notes
Initial meeting of CRD Board. February
2026
CRD Board will review the proposed
CRD, potentially adopt bylaws,
direct the preparation of the draft
Infrastructure Financing Plan (IFP).

CRD Board meets to review
draft IFP
April 2026
City Council (and potentially
County Board of Supervisors)
considers resolution approving
the IFP and allocation of
property tax increment.

May 2026
CRD Board holds Public
Hearing #1.

June
2026
Additional comments taken; CRD
Board takes action to modify or
reject IFP or otherwise proceed to
Public Hearing #2.

CRD Board holds Public
Hearing #2 and Protest
Proceeding.

July 2026 If majority protest exists – CRD
Board takes action to terminate
CRD. If no majority protest, CRD
Board can propose adoption of the
IFP and formation of the CRD.

Staff / Consultant files CRD
with State Board of Equalization
(BOE).

August
2026
The IFP referenced in the timeline above becomes the roadmap for the work to be accomplished by the CRD. The IFP will analyze the tax increment anticipated to be generated by the properties in the CRD boundary, consider the cost of various infrastructure options to be considered for investment, evaluate the bonding capacity created by the tax increment generated, estimated general Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 476 of 1055
fund fiscal impacts, and provide a plan for how the CRD will capture tax increment to fund infrastructure investments. The IFP contents are currently under development and will be provided in draft format to the public, CRD Board and City Council (and potentially County Board of Supervisors) in accordance with the schedule above.

Public information is an important part of the CRD formation process. A web page will be developed that will serve as a resource to interested stakeholders.

Landowners and residents within the CRD boundaries will also receive mailed notifications of public meetings and hearings throughout the formation process, and public hearings will additionally be advertised via local newspaper. In the event of a majority protest by property owners or residents within the boundaries, the formation proceedings would be discontinued.

The City Council’s adoption of the Resolution of Intention and establishment of the CRD Board are exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) as they are actions solely related to the creation of a government funding mechanism and the administrative or organizational activities of the City.

Therefore, these actions do not constitute a “project” pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Sections 15378(b)(4) and 15378(b)(5). Neither of these actions could result in a physical change in the environment because the City has not committed itself to any specific project(s) that could be funded by the CRD.

ALTERNATIVES:

The Council may choose to modify, reject or table this item for future discussion.

STRATEGIC PLAN:

Priority A. Quality of Life — 2. Economic Vitality:

Encourage redevelopment efforts in the transit corridor (i.e. University Village and mall site).

SUBMITTED BY:

Danielle Garcia, Management Services/Finance Director
RECOMMENDED BY:

Charles M. Duggan Jr., City Manager
REVIEWED BY:

Yvette M. Abich Garcia, City Attorney
Janice McConnell, Assistant City Manager
Christopher Boatman, Assistant City Manager
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 477 of 1055
Fiscal Impact
Fiscal Year: FY 2026
Discussion:

There is no immediate fiscal impact for establishing the Redlands CRD or CRD Board. If ultimately established, the CRD would create the opportunity to use tax increment financing to fund targeted infrastructure investments in the City.

Further information regarding fiscal impact will be analyzed as part of the development of the IFP, which will be presented to the CRD Board and City Council as noted in the timeline above.

Attachments
Resolution No. 8738 Resolution of Intent to Form CRD
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 478 of 1055
RESOLUTION NO. 8738

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF REDLANDS

DECLARING ITS INTENTION TO ESTABLISH THE REDLANDS CLIMATE

RESILIENCE DISTRICT TO FINANCE THE CONSTRUCTION, REPAIR,

ACQUISITION, OPERATION, AND/OR MAINTENANCE OF CAPITAL
IMPROVEMENTS AND FACILITIES; ESTABLISH A DISTRICT BOARD;

AND AUTHORIZING CERTAIN OTHER ACTIONS RELATED THERETO
WHEREAS, pursuant to Chapter 2.99 of Part 1 of Division 2 of Title 5 of the California Government Code (commencing with Section 53398.50) (“EIFD Law”) and Division 6 of Title 6 of the California Government Code (commencing with Section 62300) (“CRD Law”), the City Council of the City of Redlands (“City”) is authorized to initiate the process to establish a Climate Resilience District (“CRD”); and
WHEREAS, in 2022 the Legislature of the State of California added Division 6 to Title 6 of the California Government Code to allow for the establishment of CRDs, deeming any CRD to also be an Enhanced Infrastructure Financing District (“EIFD”) and subjecting CRDs and their establishment to EIFD Law; and
WHEREAS, in accordance with California Government Code section 53398.54, the City has complied with the prerequisites prior to initiating the creation of or participating in the governance of the CRD and will provide the required certification to the Department of Finance in accordance with EIFD and CRD Law; and
WHEREAS, on April 19, 2022, the City Council unanimously supported, by roll call vote, the University of Redlands' request for the City to establish an EIFD, directed staff to work with the University and consultants to prepare the necessary documents and reports to establish an EIFD to support the University Village project, to meet with representatives of the County of San Bernardino to request its participation, and authorized the City Manager to sign and submit a letter of support for grant funding to the University of Redlands; and
WHEREAS, the City Council proposes the potential establishment of a CRD to help finance various public facilities and other projects authorized by the CRD law within the established CRD boundaries or outside of the established CRD boundaries if there is a tangible connection to the work of the CRD, including but not limited to infrastructure such as water, sewer, flood control, renewable energy investments, projects to address extreme heat or other community facilities; and WHEREAS, the proposed boundaries of the CRD are identified on a map entitled "Proposed Boundaries of Redlands Climate Resilience District" (Exhibit “A”); a copy which is on file in the office of the City Clerk; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to CRD Law and EIFD Law, the City Council is required to establish the Redlands Climate Resilience District Board (“District Board”) to act as the governing board of the proposed CRD at the same time the City Council adopts its intention to form the CRD; and WHEREAS, the CRD will be formed by the District Board which will be responsible for implementing the governing Infrastructure Financing Plan (“IFP”); and Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 479 of 1055
WHEREAS, this action is exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”) as an action solely related to financing and is not in-and-of itself a “project” (pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15378) since it does not result in a physical change in the environment because the City has not committed itself to fund any specific projects through the CRD. However, future actions (such as the funding and/or approval of infrastructure improvements using funding from the CRD) will be subject to environmental review in accordance with CEQA.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF REDLANDS AS FOLLOWS:

Section 1. Recitals. The above recitals are true and correct and incorporated into this Resolution by this reference.

Section 2. Intention and Proposal to Establish Climate Resilience District. The City Council proposes and intends to cause the establishment of the CRD under the provisions of CRD Law and EIFD Law.

Section 3. Name of Climate Resilience District. The name proposed for the CRD is the “Redlands Climate Resilience District.”
Section 4. Boundaries. The proposed boundaries of the EIFD are as shown on Exhibit “A” attached hereto, which are preliminarily approved and on file in the office of the City Clerk and incorporated herein by reference.

Section 5. Description of Facilities. The types of public facilities and development proposed to be financed or assisted by the CRD pursuant to the CRD Law are those listed on Exhibit “B”, attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

Section 6. Necessity of CRD and Goals. The City Council hereby finds that the CRD is necessary for the area within the boundaries of the CRD and the City. The City Council's stated goals for the CRD are to create a means by which to assist in the provision of public facilities or other specified projects of communitywide significance that provide significant benefits to the area within boundaries of the CRD or the surrounding community, including promotion of climate resilience, economic development and quality of life.

Section 7. Use of Incremental Tax Revenues for CRD Funding. The City Council hereby declares that, pursuant to the EIFD and CRD Law and if approved by resolution pursuant to Government Code Section 53398.68, incremental property tax revenue from the City (and potentially other taxing entities that elect to participate in the CRD in the future) within the CRD may be used to finance the activities described in Section 5 and listed on Exhibit “B.” The incremental property tax financing will be described in an IFP to be prepared for approval by the District Board, the City Council, and the legislative bodies of all participating taxing entities under EIFD and CRD Law.

Section 8. Use of Incremental Sales Tax for CRD Funding. The City or County are authorized to allocate tax revenues derived from local sales and use taxes imposed pursuant to the Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 480 of 1055
Bradley-Burns Uniform Local Sales and Use Tax Law (Part 1.5 (commencing with Section 7200) of Division 2 of the Revenue and Taxation Code) or transactions and use taxes imposed in accordance with the Transactions and Use Tax Law (Part 1.6 (commencing with Section 7251) of Division 2 of the Revenue and Taxation Code) to the CRD pursuant to Government Code Section 53398.75.5, if applicable. The City Council does not intend to contribute sales and use taxes or transactions and use taxes to the CRD.

Section 9. Establishment of the District Board. The City Council hereby establishes the Redlands Climate Resilience District Board to act as the governing board of the proposed CRD.

The District Board shall be initially comprised of three members of the City Council and two members of the public appointed by the City Council. If another taxing entity, such as the County of San Bernardino, ultimately elects to partner with the City in the CRD, then the District Board will be reorganized in accordance with EIFD and CRD law, for example to include two members of the City Council, one member of that taxing entity’s legislative body (e.g., County Supervisor), one member of the public appointed by the City Council, and one member of the public appointed by the legislative of that taxing entity (e.g., County Board of Supervisors).

Section 10. Public Hearing. The Council hereby establishes February 18, 2026, at 6:00 p.m., or as soon as possible thereafter as the matter may be heard, at Redlands City Council Chambers, Civic Center, 35 Cajon Street, Redlands, California, as the time and place, when and where the District Board will conduct a public hearing on the proposed establishment of the CRD and the IFP.

Section 11. Mailing and Publication of Notice. Pursuant to California Government Code sections 53398.60 and 53398.61, the City Clerk is hereby directed to mail a copy of this Resolution to the District Board and each owner of land (as defined in the EIFD and CRD Law), or alternatively with respect to the owners of land, may mail a single-page notice of intention described in California Government Code section 53398.60(b), within the CRD and to each affected taxing entity (as defined in the EIFD and CRD Law).

Section 12. Successor Agency Findings of Completion. The City solely in its capacity as the designated successor agency to the former Redlands Redevelopment Agency (“Successor Agency”), has received a finding of completion from the State Department of Finance as specified in California Health and Safety Code section 34179.7.

Section 13. Department of Finance Certification. In accordance with California Government Code section 53398.54, the City certifies to the California Department of Finance (DOF) and to the District Board that no former Redlands Redevelopment Agency assets that are the subject of litigation involving the State of California, where the City or the Successor Agency are a named plaintiff, have been or will be used to benefit any efforts of the CRD. The City Clerk is authorized and directed on behalf of the City to provide or make this certification to the DOF within 10 days after the City Council’s action to participate in the CRD pursuant to Government Code Section 53398.68 or the City Council’s action to form the CRD pursuant to Government Code Section 53398.69, by delivery of a copy of the appropriate Resolution or signing a separate certification, if and as required by the DOF.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 481 of 1055
Section 14. State Controller Review. The State Controller has completed its review as specified in California Health and Safety Code section 34167.5 of asset transfers between the Former Redevelopment Agency, the City or any other public agency. The Successor Agency and the City have complied with all the State Controller's findings and orders stemming from such review.

Section 15. Current CRD Law. It is the intent of the Council that the formation of the CRD shall proceed under the now existing and current CRD Law, including but not limited to its incorporation of EIFD Law, as effective on the date of this Resolution.

Section 16. No Obligation to Establish CRD. This Resolution in no way obligates the District Board to establish any CRD.

Section 17. Severability. If any section, subsection, phrase, or clause of this Resolution is for any reason found to be invalid, such section, subsection, phrase or clause shall be severed from, and shall not affect the validity of all remaining portions of this Resolution that can be given effect without the severed portion.

Section 18. General Authorization. The City Clerk and all other officers and agents of the City are hereby authorized and directed to take all actions necessary or advisable to give effect to the transactions contemplated by this Resolution.

Section 19. Effective Date. This resolution shall be effective immediately upon its adoption.

Section 20. Certify. The City Clerk shall certify the adoption of this resolution.

ADOPTED, SIGNED AND APPROVED this 16th day of December, 2025. ________________________
Mario Saucedo, Mayor
ATTEST:
____________________________
Jeanne Donaldson, City Clerk
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 482 of 1055
I, Jeanne Donaldson, City Clerk of the City of Redlands, hereby certify that the foregoing resolution was duly adopted by the City Council at a regular meeting thereof held on the 16th day of December, 2025, by the following vote:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

ABSTAIN:
______________________________
Jeanne Donaldson, City Clerk
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 483 of 1055

EXHIBIT A

PROPOSED REDLANDS CLIMATE RESILIENCE DISTRICT (CRD) BOUNDARIES The Redlands CRD boundary is initially proposed as the area within teal boundaries above, encompassing approximately 232 acres.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 484 of 1055

EXHIBIT B

CITY OF REDLANDS CLIMATE RESILIENCE DISTRICT (CRD) LIST OF AUTHORIZED

PUBLIC FACILITIES
The Redlands CRD may finance or assist eligible projects that are designed and implemented to address climate change mitigation, adaptation or resilience, including, but not limited to all of the following:
• A project that addresses river, bay, or sea level rise, or rising groundwater, including wetlands or marsh restoration, vegetated dunes, living shorelines, erosion control, or levees. • A project that addresses extreme heat or the urban heat island effect, including increasing shade, deploying cool building and surface materials, using cool pavements; constructing, improving, or modifying new or existing facilities; or increasing access to cooling opportunities.
• A project that addresses extreme cold, rain, or snow, including constructing, improving or modifying new or existing facilities.
• A project that addresses the risk of wildfire, including establishing fire breaks, prescribed burning, structure hardening or vegetation control.
• A project that addresses drought, including multi-use land repurposing, groundwater replenishment, groundwater storage or conjunctive use.
• A project that addresses the risk of flooding, including structure elevation or relocation, wetlands restoration, flood easements or bypasses, or levees. • A project that intends to improve air quality.

The CRD may raise and allocate funding for eligible projects and the operating expenses of eligible projects, where operating expenses may include any of the following:
• The expenses of operating the district.
• The planning of eligible projects.
• The operational expenses of any eligible project.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 485 of 1055
City Council Meeting J. 2.

DATE: 12/16/2025
TO: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members
SUBJECT: Consideration of the Sole Source invoice payment to Systems & Software, Inc. for support of the enQuesta Utility Database for Customer Management in an amount of $291,207 for annual software hosting, maintenance and support (Management
Services/Finance Director Garcia)
MOTION(S):

If the City Council determines that staff's recommendation is appropriate, the following motion is provided:

I move to approve payment of the invoice to Systems & Software, Inc. (“S&S”), providers of the City’s utility billing software, in an amount of $291,207 for annual software hosting, maintenance and support for the calendar year 2026.

RECOMMENDATION:

Staff recommends that the City Council approve payment of an invoice to Systems & Software, Inc. (“S&S”), providers of the City’s utility billing software, in an amount of $291,207 for annual software hosting, maintenance and support to provide technical support for all areas related to the operation of City’s utility database and customer management software.

DISCUSSION:

Since 2004, the City has used the enQuesta Utility Database and Customer Management software. Version upgrades were performed in 2008, 2015 and a recent completion in August 2025 to the newest software Version 6. The enQuesta Version 6 software includes functional improvements and enhancements, necessary security features and conversion of data to a hosted solution. It provides billing, collections and cash receipting functionality for the customer service and revenue offices, in addition to managing over 80,000 customer utility accounts for water, wastewater, solid waste, household Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 486 of 1055
hazardous waste and street fees. This system is not only vital for the accurate and timely production of 130,000 utility bills annually, it is also critical to the operational efficiencies and integrity of the records contained therein.

S&S supports this proprietary software in the form of technical assistance, troubleshooting, quarterly meetings, no-cost attendance at annual enQuesta user conferences, monthly webcasts and an assigned account manager.

S&S has been investing in their product and service levels to improve experience for City staff and the ability to serve City customers. This is a sole source purchase due to the fact that the enQuesta software hosts the City customer data as a Software as a Service (SaaS) solution, and is proprietary making software programming and maintenance protocols unavailable on the general market. These services are only available through S&S, owner of the software product.

Paying for support and maintenance for this hosted SaaS solution is a necessary investment to ensure continued system performance, security, and scalability. The expertise and ongoing updates provided through these services mitigate risks, reduce downtime, and enhance the long-term value of the SaaS solution.

ALTERNATIVES:

City Council may choose not to approve the payment with Systems & Software and provide alternative direction to staff.

STRATEGIC PLAN:

Not Applicable
SUBMITTED BY:

Danielle Garcia, Management Services/Finance Director
RECOMMENDED BY:

Charles M. Duggan, Jr., City Manager
REVIEWED BY:

Janice McConnell, Assistant City Manager
Dana Abramovitz-Daniel, Procurement Manager
PREPARED BY:

Aimee Hoover, Revenue Manager
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 487 of 1055
Fiscal Impact
Fiscal Year: FY 2026
Revenue Generating: No
Appropriation Required Y/N: No
Amount: $291,207
Budgeted Y/N: Y
Discussion:

Funding for this expense is included in the IT Division’s Fiscal Year 2025-26 budget.

Attachments
Support and Maintenance Guidelines 2026
S&S Annual Renewal Invoice 2026
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 488 of 1055
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 489 of 1055
2026 S&S Support Guidelines
2 Our Model.......................................................................................................................... 4 Our Supporting Cast........................................................................................................ 5 After Hours Support ........................................................................................................ 5 Escalation Paths................................................................................................................ 5 Submission of Issues ....................................................................................................... 6 What to Include in Your Ticket Submissions .............................................................. 7 Included in Your Annual Maintenance & Support .................................................... 8 Modifications and Enhancements................................................................................ 9 Understanding Ticket Flow..........................................................................................10 Deployment of Releases ..............................................................................................10 Quality Assurance ..........................................................................................................11 2026 S&S Holiday Calendar........................................................................................11 Hardware Requirements ..............................................................................................11 Managed Services (hosted customers).....................................................................12 Security and Disaster Recovery ..................................................................................14 Privacy Policy ..................................................................................................................15 Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 490 of 1055
2026 S&S Support Guidelines
3 Our Commitment
At S&S, we are dedicated to delivering prompt responses and effective solutions to support our customers.

To uphold this commitment, we’ve invested heavily in building a knowledgeable team and robust support infrastructure—offering multiple channels for you to reach us quickly and efficiently.

We work closely with our customers to understand their evolving business needs, address incidents, and ensure smooth, consistent system performance. As your business grows and changes, S&S is here to provide scalable solutions and ongoing support.

We value your partnership and appreciate your continued trust in S&S.

With appreciation,
Adam Smith
Adam Smith
Executive Vice-President
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 491 of 1055
2026 S&S Support Guidelines
4 Our Model
Customer Support Portal - Customer Support Portal allows your employees to manage & track tickets and engage directly with the Triage Team.

Phone - Our Customer Support Team is ready to provide phone and online support Monday - Friday, from 8 AM – 6 PM ET. After-hours emergency pager support is also available from 6 PM – 8 AM ET. Showstoppers submitted online after 6 PM ET will be addressed the following business day. For immediate support for a Showstopper, please call the support line at 1-800-655-8810 Documentation - enQuesta products continue to evolve. Each release of new or improved functionality comes with detailed documentation. This provides our customers with the ability to identify and test product enhancements quickly & easily
Training Videos - S&S provides access to custom-designed training videos, focusing on a variety of subjects. Our video library is kept current with product enhancements.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 492 of 1055
2026 S&S Support Guidelines
5 Our Supporting Cast
S&S proudly employs more than 100 professionals across the U.S. and Canada, bringing together the depth of knowledge and experience needed to solve even the most complex challenges.

Our diverse team includes chartered accountants, engineers, developers, utility experts, billing specialists, and seasoned project professionals—each dedicated to delivering high-quality service and support.

With over 50 years of industry leadership, S&S continues to attract and retain top talent. Many of our team members have been with us for decades, reflecting our strong culture of expertise and continuity.

You can rely on S&S—both our people and our proven processes—to resolve issues efficiently and help drive your long-term success.

After Hours Support
S&S On-Call Team Members are available 24/7 for critical system issues and address them within a response time of 15 minutes. Showstoppers submitted via the Customer Support Portal outside business hours will be addressed on the next day. To escalate an after-hours showstopper, please call the Support Desk, and you’ll be routed to our Paging Service. An S&S Team Member will reach out within 15 minutes.

Escalation Paths
In the rare event where you are not getting the required support, please follow the escalation path below:

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 493 of 1055
2026 S&S Support Guidelines
6 PATH CHANNEL CONTACT RESPONSE
TIME
LEVEL 1 S&S Support Desk
1-800-655-8810
OR
[email protected]
Target Response: 2 Hrs
Showstopper Response: <15 Min
LEVEL 2 Customer Support
Supervisor
Robert Barr
802-755-7331
[email protected]
Target Response: 1 Hr
Showstopper Response: <15 Min
LEVEL 3 Customer Success
Managers
Christine Nicholson
[email protected]
Nat Bond
[email protected]
Target Response: 1 Hr
Showstopper Response: <15 Min
LEVEL 4 Director of
Customer Success
Courtney R. Musella
802-497-8741
[email protected]
Target Response: 1 Hr
Showstopper Response: <15 Min
Submission of Issues
ISSUE
TYPE

DESCRIPTION INITIAL REVIEW TARGET

LOW PRIORITY
The issue is cosmetic or requested functionality that will be considered for future versions/releases (Ex. Columns displayed on a particular screen)
24 HRS
MEDIUM

PRIORITY
The issue has workaround that can be used until the issue is resolved • A particular work order cannot be updated
• Document Designer template changes
• Work Queues
8 HRS

HIGH PRIORITY
A business-critical issue but not preventing all users from getting their work done.
• Discrepancy in the collection run sheet
• Processing credit refunds
• Handheld Upload/Download
• Deposits
• System errors that have workarounds
• Calculate errors impacting a small # of records
2 HRS
SHOW

STOPPER
A reported issue is considered a Showstopper when the utility cannot continue with their daily processes until the issue is resolved. Examples may include-
• Daily Process has been halted by a critical error
15 MINS
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 494 of 1055
2026 S&S Support Guidelines
7 • Application and/or Database Server is down
• Web Portal is down
• enQuesta Reporting Center (ERC) is down
• Out of Balance Messages preventing an update to continue • Job Scheduler Failures
• Bill Print is incorrect
What to Include in Your Ticket Submissions
To best support you, please include the following when you submit a ticket:

The Customer Support Team has a list of “Must Gathers” that they require from you to ensure there is enough information to diagnose your issue.

Screenshots:
o Include full page including the URL
o Error message
o Account info
Important Details:

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 495 of 1055
2026 S&S Support Guidelines
8 o Scope of impact
o Is this impacting one, more than one, or all users?
o How many accounts are involved?
o Is there a workaround?
Process:
o What was the user doing when this happened?
o Menu name or fast path
o Criteria entered on screen (a screenshot is awesome here too!) If something is PC related, we may also ask you the following questions:
• Edge version
o Is the user using the desktop icon?
o When is the last time the impacted user restarted enQuesta? o When is the last time the impacted user rebooted their PC? o Is the PC provisioned by Group Policies or the Edge script? • Windows version
o Does it work on another PC?
Included in Your Annual Maintenance &
Support
The following services are included in the 2026-2027 Annual Maintenance & Support Contract:
o Guaranteed support for the current versions of our applications. o 24x7 Access to the Customer Support Portal for logging issues. o 24x7 Emergency support coverage.
o My eSpace for Utilities, accessible on the Customer Support Portal, includes release notes, functional and custom documentation. o Webinars on new features, “how-to’s,” and new integration options. o Direct access to our knowledgeable support staff.
o Technical troubleshooting and issue resolution.
o Database patching, as applicable.
o Monthly O/S patching for hosted environments.
o One-stop support for contracted third parties.
o Access to training opportunities designed to help your team succeed.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 496 of 1055
2026 S&S Support Guidelines
9 o Internal System Monitoring.
o An invitation to our annual HCTC conference, taking place in Denver, CO in December 2026.
o Automated train refreshes.
o Regular releases for v6 and above.
o Quarterly customer newsletters.
o Periodic user & product advisory groups.

Modifications and Enhancements
Occasionally, your business needs will require a quote for services and development. Requests for modifications and enhancements should be addressed with your Customer Success Manager. Examples of billable quotes include, but are not limited to:
• Reporting Requests
• Requests for new table/view/model changes for custom needs • Security – additions and changes
• Basic administration functions such as scheduling via Cognos, or email distribution set-up.
• Deployments of new or additional Cognos functionality such as reports, dashboards, auditing, DR, managed alerts, detailed documentation, performance monitoring, SQL optimization
• Training or archive content stores/environment
• Bill Print changes
• Business process changes or reviews
• New configurations/criteria set-up
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 497 of 1055
2026 S&S Support Guidelines
10 • Doc Designer – new letters
• Rate changes
• Training (remote or onsite options)
• Upgrades and support of third-party software/interfaces • Recovering data resulting from customer error
• Complex data hits
• Third party integrations – net new and changes to live integrations The 2026 hourly rate for this work will remain the same at $285/Hour. This rate is deemed effective January 1st, 2026, through to and including December 31st, 2026, unless otherwise indicated and is subject to change.

Understanding Ticket Flow
Ticket resolution will follow this general pattern. If a ticket does need development work, you will see the additional status of “With Development”. If a ticket requires assistance from our 3rd party partners, the status will display “With 3rd Party”:

Deployment of Releases
Customers must provide a secure VPN connection to S&S. Customers should plan to receive updated releases not less than once a quarter, dependent on client testing, requirements, etc. Your Customer Success Manager will discuss the scope and content of releases during your regular calls and together create a schedule for deployment to Train for your testing. It is essential that you stay current on releases to ensure that you receive timely fixes. Hotfixes will only be performed in Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 498 of 1055
2026 S&S Support Guidelines
11 emergency situations. Once you have thoroughly tested and approved the release to Production, our developers will deploy it at the agreed date and time Quality Assurance
All code changes made by S&S developers are run through our automated testing after being individually tested by internal QA resources. Once this QA process is complete, releases are made available to our customers. The internal testing is documented and traceable in our Jira system.
2026 S&S Holiday Calendar
S&S offices will be closed during the dates listed below.

Date Holiday
January 1st 2026 New Year’s Day
May 25th 2026 Memorial Day
July 3
rd 2026 Independence Day
September 7th 2026 Labor Day
November 11th 2026 Veterans’ Day
November 26th and 27th Thanksgiving
December 25th Christmas
*After-Hours pager support for showstoppers will be available, if required.

Hardware Requirements
Workstation Minimum
Requirements
Recommended
System
Operating System Windows 10 Windows 11
Processor 2 Cores, 2.5GHz 4 Cores, 3.0 GHz
RAM 4GB 8GB
Screen Resolution FHD 1080p QHD 1440p
Disk Space 100MB (free) 100MB (free)
LAN Speed 100 Mbps 100 Mbps
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 499 of 1055
2026 S&S Support Guidelines
12 Browser* MS Edge MS Edge
PDF Viewer Acrobat Reader Acrobat Reader
(*) Microsoft Edge with IE mode enabled and enQuesta settings configured, including the Enterprise Mode Site List. Scripts and/or group policy rules will be provided by S&S for properly configuring these settings on client machines.

Customers must provide a secure VPN connection to S&S.

Managed Services (hosted customers)
• General infrastructure maintenance of enQuesta solutions is included with your managed services. This includes systems availability monitoring, systems availability troubleshooting and resolution, resource capacity management, data backups, Internet and networking service at the hosting facility, storage redundancy, disaster recovery, OS maintenance, and database maintenance. For detailed information about included services please refer to your Hosted Services Agreement. S&S offers enhanced services for data backup, disaster recovery/support and auditing support. • S&S will from time to time modify the configuration of the managed services infrastructure to meet our SLA and compliance requirements for managed services. This includes modification of the underlying computer and network resources to meet cybersecurity requirements, performance objectives and capacity demands. This may include resource increases in the event of overutilization of resources or the decrease in resources in the event of underutilization of resources.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 500 of 1055
2026 S&S Support Guidelines
13 • S&S will occasionally introduce additional management tools to the managed services infrastructure to maintain manageability, monitoring, and security of the infrastructure to meet our SLA and compliance obligations.

This may include additional monitoring agents or scripts, additional security tools, and automated processes.
• We will make every effort to schedule planned changes to the environment with the customer during non-business hours. However, in emergency situations S&S may have to proceed without prior notification to the customer. An example of this might be an active security breach or system down event.
• Systems security patching events will occur on a scheduled basis in the following maintenance windows. Systems will not be available during the maintenance windows. Customers may choose one of two production systems maintenance times to accommodate production workloads.

Non-production systems:

Date: First Tuesday of each month
Time: 5:00AM ET – 7:00AM ET
Production systems:

Date: Second Tuesday of each month
Time: 3:00AM ET – 5:00AM ET
-OrTime: 9:00PM ET – 11:00PM ET
Notifications will be sent no later than 3 business days prior to the patching event and a follow up notice will be sent when patching is completed.

Below is an example of a notification:

TechOps Notification – OS security patching (Prod)
What is changing and why?
This is a reminder of a standard scheduled patching event for the production enQuesta environment servers. The reason for this change is to keep the enQuesta and other associated servers up-to-date with the most recent security patches to mitigate risk of vulnerabilities.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 501 of 1055
2026 S&S Support Guidelines
14 When will it happen?
Start date/time: Tuesday 11/12, 9PM ET
End date/time: Tuesday 11/12, 11PM ET
Expected duration: 120 minutes
Who/What is impacted?
If you have any of the following services, the Production environments will be offline during this maintenance window:
• enQuesta Application
• enQuesta Analytics
• enQuestaLink
• Capricorn
• GCC Portal
• EAP Portal
What action do I need to take?
Please make sure that you have no pending work to be completed during this time.

If you need to cancel this maintenance due to an emergency, please create a Showstopper Jira so we see it as soon as possible or call the support line.

Who do we contact?
Please create a Jira ticket or call the support line: 800-655-8810 Security and Disaster Recovery
Disaster Recovery
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 502 of 1055
2026 S&S Support Guidelines
15 When the client has purchased Extended DR service, the service will be used to sync a live copy of the production database server from the client’s primary data center region to a geographically dispersed secondary datacenter region.

All storage volumes from each server are backed up from the client’s primary data center region to a geographically dispersed secondary datacenter region for offsite storage. In the event of disaster in the primary data center, your production environments can be recreated alongside the synced copy of the database server in the secondary region when Extended DR services have been purchased.

Otherwise, they will be rebuilt with the most recent production database backup.

Availability Domains are used within Oracle data centers as well to provide higher levels of fault tolerance and redundance even within regions; more here:
(https://docs.oracle.com/enus/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htmhttps://docs.oracle.com/enus/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm).

Privacy Policy
S&S is committed to protecting your privacy and ensuring transparency in how we handle your personal information. As part of this commitment, we have updated our privacy policy to provide you with more detailed information about our PII data practices and your rights. Please review the updated privacy policy: Systems & Software Privacy Policy - Systems & Software. These changes reflect our ongoing efforts to enhance your experience and safeguard your data. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ We appreciate your continued partnership and look forward to supporting your team’s success in 2026 and beyond.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 503 of 1055
2026 S&S Support Guidelines
16 Building smarter utility solutions for tomorrow — together.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 504 of 1055
City of Redlands
Cindy Tryon
35 Cajon Street Suite 15A
Redlands, CA 92373
United States
Invoice No. SSIMN0000278A
Description
City of Redlands
35 Cajon Street Suite 15A
Redlands, CA 92373
United States
Date
Due Date
Item Number Quantity Unit Price Amount
Bill To Ship To
Customer No. RED100

Page 1 of 1 ends

Contract/Project Number Purchase Order Payment Terms Currency Receipt USD
11/13/2025
01/01/2026
ENQUESTA enQuesta Support: 1/1/2026 to 12/31/2026 1.00 187,421.63 187,421.63 TPM Third Party Maintenance: 1/1/2026 to 12/31/2026 1.00 22,462.29 22,462.29 LEAS & HOST Extended Backups (90 Days): 1/1/2026 to 12/31/2026 1.00 8,631.48 8,631.48 LEAS & HOST Hosting: 1/1/2026 to 12/31/2026 1.00 65,000.00 65,000.00 TPM v6 Third Party Maintenance: 1/1/2026 to 12/31/2026 1.00 7,691.53 7,691.53 Thank you for your business!
Subtotal
Taxes
Total
291,206.93
291,206.93

0.00 Tax Exempt? Please send your exemption certificate to the email below.

Please remit to: Systems and Software Inc.
62130 Collections Center Drive
Chicago, IL 60693-0621
Invoice Questions? Please call Danieh Massalkhi at +1 778 600-1319 or at our toll-free number +1 (888) 847-7747 extension 500197. You can also reach us by email at [email protected] Misc 0.00
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 505 of 1055
City Council Meeting J. 3.

DATE: 12/16/2025
TO: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members
SUBJECT: Consideration of a Public Works Construction Contract with Matich Corporation for the Pavement Management Program (PMP) 2025 Street Resurfacing Project for an amount not-to-exceed
$5,566,094, approval of an additional appropriation in the amount of $1,566,094, and determination that the Project is categorically exempt from environmental review pursuant to Section 15301 of the State's Guidelines for Implementing the California Environmental Quality Act (Interim Municipal Utilities and Engineering Director Casey)
MOTION(S):

If the City Council determines that staff recommendation is appropriate, the following motions are provided:

I move that the City Council determine approval of the contract and construction of the PMP 2025 Street Resurfacing Project as categorically exempt from environmental review in accordance with Section 15301 of the State’s guidelines implementing the California Environmental Quality Act;

1. I move that the City Council approve the PMP 2025 Street Resurfacing Project Plans and Specifications, and award a Public Works Construction Contract to Matich Corporation for an amount not-to-exceed $5,566,094; and

2. I move that the City Council approve an additional appropriation in the amount of $1,566,094.

3. Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 506 of 1055
RECOMMENDATION:

Staff recommends that City Council determine approval of a Public Works Construction Contract and construction of the PMP 2025 Street Resurfacing Project as categorically exempt from environmental review in accordance with Section 15301 of the State’s guidelines implementing the California Environmental Quality Act. Staff further recommends City Council approve the PMP 2025 Street Resurfacing Project Plans and Specifications, award a Public Works Construction Contract to Matich Corporation for an amount not-to-exceed $5,566,094, and approve an additional appropriation of $1,566,094 from the unassigned PARIS Fund balance.

DISCUSSION:

The City's 2020 Pavement Management Program (PMP 2020) identifies the scheduled maintenance and reconstruction of City streets at the appropriate time intervals in order to extend their overall life expectancy in the most efficient and economical manner. In addition, the PMP 2020 establishes a comprehensive process to prioritize the rehabilitation of the City’s street system and is a powerful tool to determine how best to utilize the City’s available financial resources. The PMP 2020 includes a project forecasting strategy that follows the PMP maintenance and rehabilitation project budgets and addresses the specific needs of each street. Since completion of the PARIS program, the City has completed paving of approximately one hundred forty (140) lane miles of streets.

Staff utilized the PMP 2020 to prepare plans and specifications for the PMP 2025 Street Resurfacing Project (Project), which includes resurfacing approximately forty (40) lane miles of streets, selective replacement of curb, gutter and striping replacement. All known utility agencies operating within the City have been contacted to coordinate construction activities within the Project's limits.

Staff prepared plans and specifications and advertised the Project for bidding.

On October 28, 2025, the City Clerk’s Office received and opened the following seven (7) bids for the Project:

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 507 of 1055

BID OPENING REPORT SUMMARY
Bidders Bid Amount
Matich Corporation, San Bernardino, CA $5,566,094.00
Vance Corporation, Beaumont, CA $6,659,065.22
All American Asphalt, Corona, CA $6,875,372.20
Onyx Paving Company Inc., Yorba Linda, CA $6,963,000.00 R.J. Noble Company, Orange, CA $7,164,142.76
Hardy & Harper, Inc., Lake Forest, CA $7,200,000.00
Romero General Construction Corp., Escondido, CA $7,588,888.00 Each bid was reviewed by staff to determine responsiveness to bid requirements, and Matich Corporation was determined to be the lowest responsive bidder. Staff recommends awarding a Public Works Contract to Matich Corporation for an amount not-to-exceed $5,566,094. The Project will be completed within one hundred (100) working days after the date of issuance of a Notice to Proceed to the Contractor.

This project is categorically exempt from environmental review in accordance with Section 15301 of the State's guidelines implementing the California Environmental Quality Act, as the Project involves rehabilitation and maintenance of existing streets and there is no expansion to the existing use.

ALTERNATIVES:

City Council may deny the staff recommendation and provide alternate direction.

STRATEGIC PLAN:

Priority D:

Objective 3. Infrastructure - Engineer and construct transportation facilities to accommodate all potential users – motorists, cyclists and pedestrians.

SUBMITTED BY:

John R. Harris, Municipal Utilities and Engineering Director RECOMMENDED BY:

Charles M. Duggan Jr., City Manager
REVIEWED BY:

Yvette M. Abich Garcia, City Attorney
Janice McConnell, Assistant City Manager
Danielle Garcia, Management Services/Finance Director
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 508 of 1055
Goutam K. Dobey, City Engineer
PREPARED BY:

Veronica Noriega, Associate Engineer
Fiscal Impact
Fiscal Year: FY 25/26
Appropriation Required Y/N: Yes
Amount: $1,566,094
Budgeted Y/N: Yes
Account No.: 211910
Discussion:

The total cost for the Project is $5,566,094. The Fiscal Year 25/26 MUED budget includes an allocation of $4,000,000 toward this Project. To fully fund the required amount, staff recommends City Council authorize an additional appropriation of $1,566,094 from the unassigned balance of the PARIS Fund (Fund 211) to cover the remaining project costs.

Attachments
A. Matich Public Works Contract
B. Bid Opening Report
C. Bid Analysis
D. Location Map
E. Additional Appropriation Form
PMP 2025 Plans
PMP 2025 Specifications
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 509 of 1055

PUBLIC WORK CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
This Public Work Construction contract (“Contract”) is made and entered into this 16th day of December, 2025, by and between the City of Redlands, a municipal corporation, organized and existing under the laws of the State of California (hereinafter “City”), and Matich Corporation (hereinafter "Contractor"). City and Contractor are sometimes individually referred to herein as a “Party” and, together, as the “Parties.”
In consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, City and Contractor agree as follows:

1. SCOPE OF WORK: Contractor shall furnish all materials and will perform all of the work for the following: PMP 2025 Street Resurfacing Project, complete all items as required by the Contract Documents (as herein defined) and Specifications for the City’s PMP 2025 Street Resurfacing Project, Project No. 211013 (the “Work”).

2. CONTRACT SUM: City shall pay Contractor the sum of Five Million Five Hundred Sixty-Six Thousand Ninety-Four dollars ($5,566,094) as consideration for its performance of the Work in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Contract Documents. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300, Contractor has the option to deposit securities with an escrow agent as a substitute for retention of earnings required to be withheld by City pursuant to an escrow agreement as set forth in Public Contract Code section 22300.

3. TIME FOR COMPLETION: The Work shall be completed within one hundred (100) working day(s) as defined in Section 1-2 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction “Greenbook” from and after the date of City’s issuance of a Notice to Proceed to Contractor.

4. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: Contractor’s failure to complete the Work within the time allowed will result in damages being sustained by City. Such damages are, and will continue to be, impracticable and extremely difficult to determine. Accordingly, Contractor shall pay to City, or have withheld from monies due to Contractor, the sum of one thousand dollars ($1,000) for each working day as defined in Section 1-2 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction “Greenbook” in excess of the specified time for completion of the Work. Execution of this Contract shall constitute agreement by City and Contractor that one thousand dollars ($1,000) per day is the estimated damage to City caused by the failure of Contractor to complete the work within the allowed time. Such sum is liquidated damages and shall not be construed as a penalty, and may be deducted from payments due Contractor if such delay occurs.

5. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: This Contract incorporates by reference the following: Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Contractor’s Proposal, Bid Bond, Agreement, Performance Bond, Labor and Material Bond, Plans, General Conditions, Special Provisions and Specifications, and any addenda thereto (collectively, the “Contract Documents”).

6. ATTORNEYS' FEES: In the event any action is commenced to enforce or interpret the terms or conditions of this Contract, or the Contract Documents, the prevailing Party in such action, in addition to any costs and other relief, shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees, including fees for use of in-house counsel by a Party.

7. RESOLUTION OF CONSTRUCTION CLAIMS: Claims by Contractor in the amount of three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000) or less shall be made by Contractor and processed by the City pursuant to the provisions of Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 of the Public Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 510 of 1055
Contract Code (commencing with Section 20104). All claims shall be in writing and include the documents necessary to substantiate the claim. Nothing in subdivision (a) of Public Contract Code Section 20104.2 shall extend the time limit or supersede the notice requirements provided in this case from filing claims by Contractor.

8. ELIGIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR/SUBCONTRACTOR: Contractor and all of its subcontractors shall abide by California Public Contract Code, Section 6109, and California Labor Code Sections 1777.1 and/or 1777.7, and certify that they are not debarred and are eligible to work on this project.

9. ASSIGNMENT OF AGREEMENT: No assignment by a Party of any rights or interests under this Contract shall be binding on another Party without the written consent of the Party sought to be bound.

10. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS: City and Contractor each binds itself and their respective successors and assigns in respect to all covenants, agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents.

11. SEVERABILITY: Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be void or unenforceable under any law or regulation shall be deemed stricken, and all remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon City and Contractor.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 511 of 1055
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Contract the day and year first written above.

CITY OF REDLANDS
(SEAL)
By:____________________________________
Mario Saucedo, Mayor
ATTEST:
____________________________________
Jeanne Donaldson, City Clerk
(SEAL)

Matich Corporation_________________________
Name of Contractor
By:_______________________________________
Signature of Authorized Agent
Jason G. Jones, Vice President_________________
Title
__________________________________________
Signature of Authorized Agent (if necessary)
__________________________________________
Title
__________________________________________
Contractor's License No.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 512 of 1055

WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE CERTIFICATION
Description of Contract: City of Redlands
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department
PMP 2025 Street Resurfacing Project
Project No. 211013

Every employer, except the State, shall secure the payment of compensation in one or more of the following ways:
a. By being insured against liability to pay compensation by one or more insurers duly authorized to write compensation insurance in this State. b. By securing from the Director of Industrial Relations, a certificate of consent to selfinsure, either as an individual employer, or as one employer in a group of employers, which may be given upon furnishing proof satisfactory to the Director of Industrial Relations of ability to self-insure and to pay any compensation that may become due to his or her employees.

CHECK ONE
_____I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which requires every employer to be insured against liability for Workers’ Compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that Code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work and activities required or permitted under this Agreement. (Labor Code §1861).
_____I affirm that at all times, in performing the work and activities required or permitted under this Agreement, I shall not employ any person in any manner such that I become subject to the workers’ compensation laws of California. However, at any time, if I employ any person such that I become subject to the workers’ compensation laws of California, immediately I shall provide the City with a certificate of consent to self-insure, or a certification of workers’ compensation insurance.

I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the information and representations made in this certificate are true and correct.

Dated this day of , 2025.

Matich Corporation _____________________
(Contractor)
_____________________________________
(Signature)
Jason G. Jones, Vice President ____________
(Official Title)
(SEAL)
(Labor Code Section 1861 provides that the above certificate must be signed and filed by the Contractor with the Owner prior to performing the work of the contract.)
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 513 of 1055

FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND
Whereas, the City of Redlands (“City”), State of California, and Matich Corporation (hereinafter designated as "Principal") have entered into an agreement dated December 16th, 2025 (“Agreement”) whereby Principal agrees to install and complete certain public improvements (the “Work”), which said Agreement is identified as PMP 2025 Street Resurfacing Project, Project No. 211013 and is hereby referred to and made a part hereof; and Whereas, said Principal is required under the terms of the Agreement to furnish a bond for the faithful performance of the Work, now, therefore, we, the Principal and, _____________________________, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City in the penal sum of Five Million Five Hundred Sixty-Six Thousand Ninety-Four dollars ($5,566,094) lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum we bind ourselves, and our heirs, successors, executors and administrators, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

The condition of this obligation is such that if the above bounded Principal, his or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions and provisions in the Agreement and any alteration thereof made as therein provided, on his or its part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and shall faithfully fulfill the one-year guarantee of all materials and workmanship, and shall defend, indemnify and save harmless the City and its elected officials, officers, agents and employees, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect.

As a part of the obligation secured hereby and in addition to the face amount specified therefor, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the City in successfully enforcing such obligations, all to be taxed as costs and included in the judgment rendered.

As a condition precedent to the satisfactory completion of the Work, the above obligation shall hold good for a period of one (1) year or longer if required by the Agreement after the acceptance of the work by the City, during which time if the Principal shall fail to make full, complete, and satisfactory repair and replacements and totally protect the City from loss or damage made evident during this period from the date of completion of the Work, and resulting from or caused by defective materials or faulty workmanship, the above obligation in penal sum thereof shall remain in full force and effect. The obligations of Surety hereunder shall continue so long as any obligation of the Principal remains.

Whenever the Principal shall be, and is declared by the City to be, in default under the Agreement, the City having performed the City obligations thereunder, the Surety shall promptly remedy the default, or shall promptly, at the City’s option:

1. Complete the Work in accordance with its terms and conditions; or

2. Obtain a bid or bids for completing the Work in accordance with its terms and conditions, and upon determination by Surety of the lowest responsive and responsible bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder and the City, and make available as work progresses sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion of the Work less the balance of the Agreement price, but not exceeding, including other costs and damages for which Surety may be liable hereunder, the Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 514 of 1055
amount set forth above. The term “balance of the Agreement price,” as used in this paragraph, shall mean the total amount payable to the Principal by the City under the Agreement and any modifications thereto, less the amount previously properly paid by the City to the Principal.

Surety expressly agrees that the City may reject any contractor or subcontractor which may be proposed by Surety in fulfillment of its obligations in the event of default by the Principal.

Surety shall not utilize the Principal in completing the Work nor shall Surety accept a bid from the Principal for completion of the Work if the City, when declaring the Principal in default, notifies Surety of the City’s objection to the Principal’s further participation in the completion of the Work.

No right of action shall accrue on the bond to or for the use of any person or corporation other than the City named herein or the successors or assigns of the City. Any suit under this bond must be instituted within the applicable statute of limitations period.

The said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the work or to the specifications.

No final settlement between the City and the Principal shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder whose claim may be unsatisfied.

The Principal and Surety agree that if the City is required to engage the services of any attorney in connection with the enforcement of this bond, each shall pay the City’s reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred, with or without suit, in addition to the above sum.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 515 of 1055

LABOR AND MATERIAL BOND
Whereas, the City Council of the City of Redlands, State of California, and Matich Corporation (hereinafter designated as “Principal”) have entered into an agreement (the “Agreement”) whereby Principal agrees to install and complete certain designated public improvements (the “Work”), which said agreement, dated December 16th, 2025, and identified as PMP 2025 Street Resurfacing Project, Project No. 211013 is hereby referred to and made a part hereof; and
Whereas, under the terms of the Agreement, Principal is required before commencing the performance of the Work, to file a good and sufficient Labor and Material bond with the City of Redlands to secure the claims to which reference is made in Title 3 (commencing with Section 9550) of Part 6 of Division 4 of the Civil Code of the State of California.

Now, therefore, said Principal and the undersigned as corporate surety, are held firmly bound unto the City and all contractors, subcontractors, laborers, material men and other persons employed in the performance of the Agreement and referred to in the aforesaid Code of Civil Procedure in the sum of Five Million Five Hundred Sixty-Six Thousand Ninety-Four dollars ($5,566,094) for materials furnished or labor thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Act with respect to such work or labor, that said surety will pay the same in an amount not exceeding the amount hereinabove set forth, and also in case suit is brought upon this bond, will pay, in addition to the face amount thereof, costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the City in successfully enforcing such obligation, to be awarded and fixed by the court, and to be taxed as costs and to be included in the judgment therein rendered.

It is hereby expressly stipulated and agreed that this bond shall insure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies and corporations entitled to file claims under Title 3 (commencing with Section 9550) of Part 6 of Division 4 of the Civil Code, so as to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon this bond.

Should the condition of this bond be fully performed, then this obligation shall become null and void, otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect.

The surety hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any manner affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition.

In witness whereof, this instrument has been duly executed by the Principal and surety above named, on _______________________, 2025.
(SEAL) (SEAL)
(Contractor) (Surety)
BY:
(Signature) (Signature)
Address:_____________________________
(Seal and Notarial Acknowledgement of Surety) ____________________________________ Telephone: ( )___________________
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 516 of 1055
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 517 of 1055
PROJECT NO. 211013 BID DATE: 28-Oct-2025
PMP 2025 Street Resurfacing Project EST. START DATE: 12-Jan-2025 Unit Price Item Price Unit Price Item Price Unit Price Item Price 1 Mobilization (Maximum 5% of total bid price) 1 LS $278,000.00 $278,000.00 $288,178.00 $288,178.00 $320,000.00 $320,000.00 2 SWPPP 1 LS $30,000.00 $30,000.00 $35,000.00 $35,000.00 $12,000.00 $12,000.00 3 Survey 1 LS $150,000.00 $150,000.00 $182,000.00 $182,000.00 $165,000.00 $165,000.00 4 0.1’ AC Grind and 0.1’ AC Overlay 340,607 SY $8.10 $2,758,916.70 $10.16 $3,460,567.12 $10.60 $3,610,434.20 5 1-1/2" AC Grind and 1-1/2" AC Overlay 95,164 SY $8.70 $827,926.80 $12.50 $1,189,550.00 $12.05 $1,146,726.20 6 Leveling 2,000 TON $105.00 $210,000.00 $158.00 $316,000.00 $145.00 $290,000.00 7 R/R PCC Curb and Gutter 626 LF $77.00 $48,202.00 $100.00 $62,600.00 $115.00 $71,990.00 8 R/R PCC Gutter Pan 941 LF $70.00 $65,870.00 $95.00 $89,395.00 $110.00 $103,510.00 9 Construct Cross Gutter w/ Spandrel 1,002 LF $35.00 $35,070.00 $30.00 $30,060.00 $55.00 $55,110.00 10 Adjust Manhole w/ Concrete Collar 354 EA $1,000.00 $354,000.00 $675.00 $238,950.00 $1,030.00 $364,620.00 11 Adjust Valve Can & Cover (circular lid) 511 EA $97.00 $49,567.00 $50.00 $25,550.00 $85.00 $43,435.00 12 Replace Valve Can, Gate Well & Cover (triangular lid) 4 EA $147.00 $588.00 $1,500.00 $6,000.00 $820.00 $3,280.00 13 Install Blue/yellow RPM 151 EA $7.90 $1,192.90 $9.00 $1,359.00 $8.00 $1,208.00 14 Replace Traffic Loops 116 EA $530.00 $61,480.00 $600.00 $69,600.00 $535.00 $62,060.00 15 STOP & Misc. Legend (Thermo) 546 EA $185.00 $101,010.00 $205.00 $111,930.00 $190.00 $103,740.00 16 24" Solid White/Yellow Stripe (Thermo) 985 LF $6.20 $6,107.00 $7.00 $6,895.00 $6.50 $6,402.50 17 12" Solid White/Yellow Stripe (Thermo) 10,450 LF $3.10 $32,395.00 $3.50 $36,575.00 $3.15 $32,917.50 18 8" Solid White Stripe (Thermo) 3,487 LF $1.07 $3,731.09 $1.20 $4,184.40 $1.10 $3,835.70 19 6" Double Yellow Stripe (Thermo) 40,200 LF $1.27 $51,054.00 $1.40 $56,280.00 $1.30 $52,260.00 20 6" Solid White Stripe (Thermo) 47,812 LF $0.67 $32,034.04 $0.75 $35,859.00 $0.70 $33,468.40 21 6" Skip White/Yellow Stripe (Thermo) 17,326 LF $0.67 $11,608.42 $0.75 $12,994.50 $0.70 $12,128.20 22 4" Solid White/Yellow Stripe (Thermo) 43,344 LF $0.47 $20,371.68 $0.55 $23,839.20 $0.50 $21,672.00 23 4" Skip White/Yellow Stripe (Thermo) 5,200 LF $0.47 $2,444.00 $0.55 $2,860.00 $0.50 $2,600.00 24 Two-way Left Turn D-32 6,140 LF $2.47 $15,165.80 $2.75 $16,885.00 $2.50 $15,350.00 25 Green Bike Lane 22,659 SF $5.40 $122,358.60 $6.00 $135,954.00 $5.50 $124,624.50 26 Unforeseen work not covered in all other bid items 1 LS $200,000.00 $200,000.00 $200,000.00 $200,000.00 $200,000.00 $200,000.00 27 Demobilization 1 LS $97,000.97 $97,000.97 $20,000.00 $20,000.00 $17,000.00 $17,000.00 Last Minute Additions/Deductions $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Total Bid Price
License Status
Sub's License Status
Bid Bond Company
Submitted Entire Bid Package
Submitted Sub's Qualification Statement
DIR Status
Error in Bid
$5,566,094.00 $6,659,065.22 $6,875,372.20
Yes Yes
Active
Active
Active
Active
Yes
Liberty Mutual Insurance Old Republic Surety Company
Active
Active
Fidelity and Deposit Co. of Maryland

CITY OF REDLANDS

MUNICIPAL UTILITIES & ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT

BID ANALYSIS
Item
No.

All American Asphalt Bid Item Matich Corporation Quantity Unit Vance Corporation No No
Yes Yes Yes
Active Active Active
No
Sheet 1 of 3
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 518 of 1055
PROJECT NO. 211013 BID DATE: 28-Oct-2025
PMP 2025 Street Resurfacing Project EST. START DATE: 12-Jan-2025 Unit Price Item Price Unit Price Item Price Unit Price Item Price 1 Mobilization (Maximum 5% of total bid price) 1 LS $342,757.24 $342,757.24 $340,000.00 $340,000.00 $350,000.00 $350,000.00 2 SWPPP 1 LS $100,000.00 $100,000.00 $50,000.00 $50,000.00 $108,099.15 $108,099.15 3 Survey 1 LS $233,000.00 $233,000.00 $170,000.00 $170,000.00 $150,000.00 $150,000.00 4 0.1’ AC Grind and 0.1’ AC Overlay 340,607 SY $9.63 $3,280,045.41 $11.00 $3,746,677.00 $10.35 $3,525,282.45 5 1-1/2" AC Grind and 1-1/2" AC Overlay 95,164 SY $11.50 $1,094,386.00 $13.00 $1,237,132.00 $12.70 $1,208,582.80 6 Leveling 2,000 TON $133.00 $266,000.00 $150.00 $300,000.00 $130.00 $260,000.00 7 R/R PCC Curb and Gutter 626 LF $80.00 $50,080.00 $110.00 $68,860.00 $115.00 $71,990.00 8 R/R PCC Gutter Pan 941 LF $73.00 $68,693.00 $80.00 $75,280.00 $85.00 $79,985.00 9 Construct Cross Gutter w/ Spandrel 1,002 LF $37.00 $37,074.00 $60.00 $60,120.00 $35.00 $35,070.00 10 Adjust Manhole w/ Concrete Collar 354 EA $1,050.00 $371,700.00 $950.00 $336,300.00 $1,250.00 $442,500.00 11 Adjust Valve Can & Cover (circular lid) 511 EA $700.00 $357,700.00 $150.00 $76,650.00 $350.00 $178,850.00 12 Replace Valve Can, Gate Well & Cover (triangular lid) 4 EA $1,025.00 $4,100.00 $300.00 $1,200.00 $3,000.00 $12,000.00 13 Install Blue/yellow RPM 151 EA $8.25 $1,245.75 $8.00 $1,208.00 $10.00 $1,510.00 14 Replace Traffic Loops 116 EA $545.00 $63,220.00 $550.00 $63,800.00 $550.00 $63,800.00 15 STOP & Misc. Legend (Thermo) 546 EA $193.00 $105,378.00 $190.00 $103,740.00 $190.00 $103,740.00 16 24" Solid White/Yellow Stripe (Thermo) 985 LF $6.40 $6,304.00 $6.50 $6,402.50 $6.25 $6,156.25 17 12" Solid White/Yellow Stripe (Thermo) 10,450 LF $3.23 $33,753.50 $3.20 $33,440.00 $3.25 $33,962.50 18 8" Solid White Stripe (Thermo) 3,487 LF $1.15 $4,010.05 $1.10 $3,835.70 $1.25 $4,358.75 19 6" Double Yellow Stripe (Thermo) 40,200 LF $1.35 $54,270.00 $1.30 $52,260.00 $1.35 $54,270.00 20 6" Solid White Stripe (Thermo) 47,812 LF $0.70 $33,468.40 $0.70 $33,468.40 $0.70 $33,468.40 21 6" Skip White/Yellow Stripe (Thermo) 17,326 LF $0.70 $12,128.20 $0.70 $12,128.20 $0.70 $12,128.20 22 4" Solid White/Yellow Stripe (Thermo) 43,344 LF $0.50 $21,672.00 $0.49 $21,238.56 $0.50 $21,672.00 23 4" Skip White/Yellow Stripe (Thermo) 5,200 LF $0.50 $2,600.00 $0.49 $2,548.00 $0.50 $2,600.00 24 Two-way Left Turn D-32 6,140 LF $2.55 $15,657.00 $2.60 $15,964.00 $2.50 $15,350.00 25 Green Bike Lane 22,659 SF $5.55 $125,757.45 $5.60 $126,890.40 $5.50 $124,624.50 26 Unforeseen work not covered in all other bid items 1 LS $200,000.00 $200,000.00 $200,000.00 $200,000.00 $200,000.00 $200,000.00 27 Demobilization 1 LS $78,000.00 $78,000.00 $25,000.00 $25,000.00 $100,000.00 $100,000.00 Last Minute Additions/Deductions $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Total Bid Price
License Status
Sub's License Status
Bid Bond Company
Submitted Entire Bid Package
Submitted Sub's Qualification Statement
DIR Status
Error in Bid
Yes Yes Yes
No No No
Yes Yes Yes
Active Active Active
Active Active Active
Swiss Re Corporate Solutions America Insurance Corporation Western Surety Company Fidelity and Deposit Co. of Maryland $7,200,000.00
Active Active Active

CITY OF REDLANDS

MUNICIPAL UTILITIES & ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT

BID ANALYSIS
Item
No. Bid Item Quantity Unit Onyx Paving Company Inc. R.J. Noble Company Hardy & Harper, Inc. $6,963,000.00 $7,164,142.76
Sheet 2 of 3
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 519 of 1055
PROJECT NO. 211013 BID DATE: 28-Oct-2025
PMP 2025 Street Resurfacing Project EST. START DATE: 12-Jan-2025 Unit Price Item Price
1 Mobilization (Maximum 5% of total bid price) 1 LS $375,000.00 $375,000.00 2 SWPPP 1 LS $10,000.00 $10,000.00
3 Survey 1 LS $95,260.00 $95,260.00
4 0.1’ AC Grind and 0.1’ AC Overlay 340,607 SY $11.50 $3,916,980.50 5 1-1/2" AC Grind and 1-1/2" AC Overlay 95,164 SY $14.25 $1,356,087.00 6 Leveling 2,000 TON $145.00 $290,000.00
7 R/R PCC Curb and Gutter 626 LF $90.00 $56,340.00
8 R/R PCC Gutter Pan 941 LF $85.00 $79,985.00
9 Construct Cross Gutter w/ Spandrel 1,002 LF $27.00 $27,054.00 10 Adjust Manhole w/ Concrete Collar 354 EA $995.00 $352,230.00 11 Adjust Valve Can & Cover (circular lid) 511 EA $675.00 $344,925.00 12 Replace Valve Can, Gate Well & Cover (triangular lid) 4 EA $975.00 $3,900.00 13 Install Blue/yellow RPM 151 EA $7.92 $1,195.92
14 Replace Traffic Loops 116 EA $625.00 $72,500.00
15 STOP & Misc. Legend (Thermo) 546 EA $185.00 $101,010.00 16 24" Solid White/Yellow Stripe (Thermo) 985 LF $6.15 $6,057.75 17 12" Solid White/Yellow Stripe (Thermo) 10,450 LF $3.07 $32,081.50 18 8" Solid White Stripe (Thermo) 3,487 LF $1.07 $3,731.09 19 6" Double Yellow Stripe (Thermo) 40,200 LF $1.27 $51,054.00 20 6" Solid White Stripe (Thermo) 47,812 LF $0.67 $32,034.04 21 6" Skip White/Yellow Stripe (Thermo) 17,326 LF $0.67 $11,608.42 22 4" Solid White/Yellow Stripe (Thermo) 43,344 LF $0.47 $20,371.68 23 4" Skip White/Yellow Stripe (Thermo) 5,200 LF $0.47 $2,444.00 24 Two-way Left Turn D-32 6,140 LF $2.47 $15,165.80
25 Green Bike Lane 22,659 SF $5.35 $121,225.65
26 Unforeseen work not covered in all other bid items 1 LS $200,000.00 $200,000.00 27 Demobilization 1 LS $10,646.65 $10,646.65
Last Minute Additions/Deductions $0.00
Total Bid Price
License Status
Sub's License Status
Bid Bond Company
Submitted Entire Bid Package
Submitted Sub's Qualification Statement
DIR Status
Error in Bid
Yes
No
Yes
Active
Active
Great Midwest Insurance Company
Active

CITY OF REDLANDS

MUNICIPAL UTILITIES & ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT

BID ANALYSIS
Item
No. Bid Item Quantity Unit
Romero General
Construction Corp.
$7,588,888.00
Sheet 3 of 3
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 520 of 1055
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 521 of 1055
DATE OF REQUEST:

An additional appropriation is hereby requested as follows:

Department:

JUSTIFICATION:

Requested By:

Recommended By Finance Director: Recommended:

Yes No Signed
Comments: Approved by City Council:

Date:

Signed:

City Clerk
REVENUE APPROPRIATION INCREASE (if applicable)
EXPENDITURE APPROPRIATION INCREASE (if applicable)
$ -
$ -
TRANSACTION NO:

ACCOUNTING PERIOD:

Account Description Orgkey Object Code Job Ledger (If
applicable) Amount
Job Ledger (If
applicable) Account Description Orgkey Object Code Amount Department Head
City Manager

CITY OF REDLANDS

REQUEST FOR ADDITIONAL APPROPRIATION

FINANCE USE ONLY

Page 1 of 1 ends

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 522 of 1055
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 523 of 1055
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 524 of 1055
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 525 of 1055
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 526 of 1055
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 527 of 1055
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 528 of 1055
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 529 of 1055
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 530 of 1055
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 531 of 1055
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 532 of 1055
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 533 of 1055
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 534 of 1055
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 535 of 1055

CITY OF REDLANDS

MUNICIPAL UTILITIES &

ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
Bid Proposal, Contract Documents and Specifications
For
PMP 2025 STREET RESURFACING PROJECT
PROJECT No. 211013
OCTOBER 2025
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 536 of 1055
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 537 of 1055

CITY OF REDLANDS

MUNICIPAL UTILITIES & ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
Bid Proposal, Contract Documents and Specifications
for
PMP 2025 STREET RESURFACING PROJECT
PROJECT No. 211013
For use in conjunction with specifications entitled: “Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Greenbook)” 2021 Edition; “Standard Plans for Public Works Construction” 2021 Edition; Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department’s Water Systems Standard Specifications and Sanitary Sewer System Standard Specifications, latest editions; and General Permit Conditions and Trench Specifications.

City Council:

Mario Saucedo, Mayor
Marc Shaw, Mayor Pro Tem
Paul T. Barich, Councilmember
Eddie Tejeda, Councilmember
Denise Davis, Councilmember
City Clerk:

Jeanne Donaldson, City Clerk
City Staff:

Charles M. Duggan Jr., City Manager
OCTOBER 2025
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 538 of 1055

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 539 of 1055
TOC 2
PMP 2025 STREET RESURFACING PROJECT
PROJECT No. 211013

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(XX) REFLECTS PAGE IDENTIFICATION FOOTER ABBREVIATION

NOTICE INVITING SEALED PROPOSALS (NIB)

BID DOCUMENTS (BD)
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS.......................................................................................... 1 PROPOSAL…..................................................................................................................... 10 BID CERTIFICATION........................................................................................................ 15 BID BOND…...................................................................................................................... 16 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT ...................................................................................... 17 STATEMENT BY BIDDER............................................................................................... 18 OFFICERS OF CORPORATION (Members of Firm)....................................................... 18 SUB-CONTRACTORS LIST............................................................................................. 19 QUALIFICATION AND EXPERIENCE STATEMENT.................................................. 20 GENERAL INFORMATION ............................................................................................. 21

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS (CD)
PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT........................................................... 2

GENERAL CONDITIONS (GC)
SECTION 1 – GENERAL, TERMS, DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS, UNITS OF MEASURE, AND SYMBOLS...................................................................... 1 SECTION 2 - SCOPE OF THE WORK ............................................................................... 2 SECTION 3 - CONTROL OF THE WORK......................................................................... 3 SECTION 4 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS....................................................................... 7 SECTION 5 – LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITES ...................................... 8 SECTION 6 – PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK .............................. 30 SECTION 7 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ......................................................... 32 SECTION 8 - FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL.............................................. 33 SECTION 9 - ASSIGNMENT OF UNFAIR BUSINESS PRACTICES CLAIMS ........... 33 SECTION 10 - TRENCHING AND EXCAVATION........................................................ 33 SECTION 11 - REMOVAL, RELOCATION OR PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES................................................................................................... 34 SECTION 200 - ROCK MATERIALS............................................................................... 35 SECTION 201 - CONCRETE, MORTAR AND RELATED MATERIALS..................... 36 SECTION 203 - BITUMINOUS MATERIALS................................................................. 36 SECTION 206 - MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS..................................................... 37 Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 540 of 1055
TOC 3
SECTION 207 – GRAVITY PIPE...................................................................................... 38 SECTION 211 - MATERIAL TESTS ................................................................................ 38 SECTION 214 - TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS, AND PAVEMENT MARKERS ........................................................................... 38 SECTION 300 - EARTHWORK ........................................................................................ 39 SECTION 301 - TREATED SOIL, SUBGRADE PREPARATION AND PLACEMENT OF BASE MATERIALS ............................................................................. 43 SECTION 302 - ROADWAY SURFACING ..................................................................... 48 SECTION 303 - CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION .............................. 58 SECTION 304 - METAL FABRICATION AND CONSTRUCTION .............................. 62 SECTION 314 - TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS, AND PAVEMENT MARKERS ........................................................................... 62

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 01110 COORDINATION OF WORK
SECTION 01112 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
SECTION 01200 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
SECTION 01251 CHANGE ORDER REQUESTS
SECTION 01254 CHANGE ORDERS
SECTION 01298 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
SECTION 01321 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
SECTION 01322 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHY
SECTION 01323 CONSTRUCTION STATUS REPORTS
SECTION 01330 SUBMITTALS
SECTION 01571 STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN
SECTION 01581 CONSTRUCTION INFORMATION SIGNS
SECTION 01721 MOBILIZATION
SECTION 01722 SURVEYING
SECTION 01732 POTHOLING
SECTION 01740 DEMOBILIZATION

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 02222 PROTECTING EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES

STREETBOND CL STREETBONDCL COATING APPLICATION TO NON-TEXTURED

ASPHALT PAVEMENT SPECIFICATION

APPENDIX

APPENDIX A CHECKLIST OF LABOR LAW REQUIREMENTS

APPENDIX B CITY OF REDLANDS WORKDAY CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 541 of 1055
TOC 4

APPENDIX C STANDARD DRAWINGS

APPENDIX D PERMITS

APPENDIX E TRASH COLLECTION SCHEDULE

APPENDIX F SCHOOL CALENDAR

APPENDIX G CITY OF REDLANDS CONTRACTOR SAFETY PROGRAM
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 542 of 1055

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 543 of 1055
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 544 of 1055
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 545 of 1055

BID DOCUMENTS
(BD)
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 546 of 1055

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 547 of 1055
BD 1

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
For
PMP 2025 STREET RESURFACING PROJECT
PROJECT No. 211013
Bids to receive consideration shall be made in accordance with the following instructions:

1. PROPOSALS:
a. Bids shall be made upon the form of proposal furnished by the City. All Bids shall be properly executed with all items filled in; the signatures of all persons signing shall be in longhand. If the unit price and the total amount named by a Bidder for any item are not in agreement, the unit price shall be considered as representing the Bidder's intention, and the totals may be corrected by the Engineer to conform thereto. If the sum of the individual bid item’s and the total amount named by a Bidder are not in agreement, the sum of the bid item’s shall be considered as representing the Bidder’s intention, and the totals may be corrected by the Engineer to conform thereto. If the total price written in words and the total price written in figures are not in agreement, then the total price written in words will be considered as representing the Bidder’s intention, and the totals will be corrected by the Engineer to conform thereto.
b. Proposals may be rejected if they show any alterations of form, additions not called for, conditional or alternative bids, incomplete Bids, erasures, or irregularities of any kind.

Mistakes shall be lined through and the correct amount written above and initialed by the authorized agent of the Bidder.
c. Bids shall be accompanied by a cashier's or a certified check or Bidder's admitted corporate surety bond, in an amount not less than ten percent (10%) of the bid, made payable to the City of Redlands. Said check or bond shall be given as a guarantee that the Bidder will enter into a contract if awarded the work. In the case of refusal or failure to enter into said Contract, within fourteen (14) days after Notice of Award by the City in writing, the security shall be applied by the City to the difference between such bid and next lowest acceptable bid and surplus, if any, shall be returned to Bidder if cash or check is used, or to Surety if bid bond is used.
d. Before submitting a bid, Bidders shall carefully examine the Plans; read the Specifications; read all other Contract documents; shall visit the site of the work; shall fully inform themselves as to all existing conditions and limitations; and include in the bid a sum to cover the cost of all items included in the Contract. No allowance will be made due to lack of examination or knowledge. The submission of a bid shall be conclusive evidence that the bidder has investigated and is satisfied as to the conditions to be encountered as to character, quality and scope of work to be performed; the quantities of materials to be furnished; and as to the requirements of the Bid Proposal, plans and specifications.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 548 of 1055
BD 2
e. Pursuant to CA Labor Code Section 1770 et seq., the successful bidder shall pay not less than the prevailing rate of per diem wages as determined by the Director of the California Department of Industrial Relations. Copies of such prevailing rate of per diem wages are available at http://www.dir.ca.gov/OPRL/PWD/. Copies of the prevailing wage determination are also on file at the City of Redlands and shall be made available to any interested party upon request.
f. The bid must be submitted on or before the date and time specified in the Notice Inviting Sealed Proposals (Bids). The bid shall be submitted in a sealed envelope marked in the lower left corner as follows:

BID FOR: PMP 2025 STREET RESURFACING
PROJECT, PROJECT No. 211013
g. Bids will be opened and publicly read aloud at the time set in the Notice Inviting Sealed Proposals (Bids), in the Office of the City Clerk, Civic Center, 35 Cajon Street, Suite 4, Redlands, California.

2. AGREEMENT AND BONDS:

The form of Contract which the successful Bidder, as Contractor, will be required to execute is included in the Contract Documents (CD) of these specifications and should be carefully examined by the Bidder. The Agreement, admitted Corporate Surety Bonds and other documents to be executed by the Contractor shall be executed in original-duplicates stamped according to law, one of which original-duplicates shall be filed with the City Clerk of the City of Redlands. The successful Bidder, simultaneously with the execution of the Agreement, will be required to furnish a faithful performance bond and a labor and material bond, each in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract price. Said bonds shall provide that if the Contractor or their Subcontractor fails to pay for any materials, provision, provender or other supplies or items used in, upon, for or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any work of labor thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Act or Workman's Compensation, with respect to such work or labor, that the surety or sureties will pay for the same. The amount shall not exceed the sum specified in the bond, and also, in case suit is brought upon the bond, a reasonable attorney's fee to be fixed by the court. All bonds shall be secured from surety companies satisfactory to the City of Redlands and whose name is on file with the County Clerk of San Bernardino County, as an approved and financially sound surety company authorized to transact business in this state.

3. WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS:
a. Any Bidder may withdraw his Bid, only by written request, at any time prior to the scheduled time for Bid Opening.
b. No Bidder may withdraw his Bid for a period of sixty (60) days after the time of Bid Opening except as allowed by the California Public Contract Code.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 549 of 1055
BD 3

4. INSURANCE AND HOLD HARMLESS REQUIREMENTS:

Before entering into a Contract, the Bidder to whom the Contract has been awarded shall furnish satisfactory evidence that they have secured all required insurance from a responsible insurance company authorized to do business in California and satisfactory to the City, and such insurance shall be maintained in full force and effect at the Contractor's own expense during the life of the Contract. Contractor shall furnish the City with the customary Certificates of Insurance for all required insurance listed below. General Liability Insurance shall name the City and the Consultant, as an additional insured and shall be primary and non-contributing to any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City. All liability insurance policies shall bear an endorsement or shall have attached a rider whereby it is provided that, in the event of expiration or proposed cancellation of such policies for any reason whatsoever, the City shall be notified by registered mail, return receipt requested, giving sufficient time before the date thereof to comply with any applicable law or statute, but in no event less than forty five (45) days before expiration or cancellation is effective.

The coverage shall provide the following minimum limits based on the type of work proposed under this Contract. The Contractor shall determine if the proposed work requires Tier 1 or Tier 2 Insurance Requirements as follows:

CONTRACTED OPERATIONS DESIGNATED AS TIER 1
Air Conditioning (HVAC)
Systems (installation)
Electric Light or Power Line
Construction Pipeline Construction
Airport Runways (paving,
repaving, etc.) Elevator Work Roofing
Blasting Operations Excavation Sandblasting
Bridge or Elevated Highway
Construction
Fire Suppression Systems
(installation)
Sewer and Water Main
Construction
Buildings Structural Work
(including elevators)
Gas Mains or Connections
Construction Sign Erection (streets)
Building Structure (raising or
moving) Geophysical Exploration Solar Energy
Cable Installation in Conduits
and Conduit Construction
(streets)
Grading of Land Street Cleaning
Caisson or Cofferdam Work Hazardous Materials
Contractors Street or Road Construction
Dam or Reservoir Construction Irrigation or Drainage
Construction
Tank Construction, Installation,
Erection or Repair
Demolition (structures) Landscape Construction (street
or street medians)
Telephone or Cable Line
Construction
Drilling Painting (exterior greater than
single story)
Tree Pruning, Dusting,
Spraying or Removal
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 550 of 1055
BD 4
TIER 1 DESIGNATED INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
a. Commercial General Liability
➢ $1 Million Per Occurrence/ $2 Million Aggregate
▪ City listed as an Additional Insured on the coverage
▪ Coverage is primary and non-contributory
▪ If scope of work is within 50 feet of any railroad, endorsement citing inclusion of liability associated with this work is required
▪ If any policy forms of endorsements are cited to grant extension of coverage, they must be included with the Certificate of Insurance submission b. Business Auto Liability
➢ $1 Million Combined Single Limit
▪ City listed as an Additional Insured on the coverage
▪ Must include liability arising from all owned, leased, hired, and non-owned autos ▪ If any policy forms of endorsements are cited to grant extension of coverage, they must be included with the Certificate of Insurance submission ➢ If Contractor or its subcontractors or suppliers haul hazardous material (including, without limitation, waste), Auto Liability insurance must be applicable to all hazardous waste hauling vehicles, and include MCS 90 and CA9948 Endorsements. c. Commercial Umbrella/ Excess Liability
➢ $5 Million Per Occurrence/ Aggregate
▪ City listed as an Additional Insured on the coverage
▪ Coverage is primary and non-contributory
▪ If any policy forms of endorsements are cited to grant extension of coverage, they must be included with the Certificate of Insurance submission d. Workers Compensation
➢ $1 Million Per Occurrence for Bodily Injury by Accident ➢ $1 Million Each Employee for Bodily Injury by Disease ➢ $1 Million Policy Limit for Bodily Injury by Accident ▪ Waiver of Subrogation in favor of City
▪ If any policy forms of endorsements are cited to grant extension of coverage, they must be included with the Certificate of Insurance submission e. Pollution Policy (Hazardous Materials) [If Applicable] ➢ Required of Projects that involve Demolition and/or Excavation Activities ➢ $1 Million Per Occurrence/ $2 Million Aggregate
➢ City listed as an Additional Insured on the coverage
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 551 of 1055
BD 5
TIER 2 DESIGNATED INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
a. Commercial General Liability
➢ $1 Million Per Occurrence/ $2 Million Aggregate
▪ City listed as an Additional Insured on the coverage
▪ Coverage is primary and non-contributory
▪ If scope of work is within 50 feet of any railroad, endorsement citing inclusion of liability associated with this work is required
▪ If any policy forms of endorsements are cited to grant extension of coverage, they must be included with the Certificate of Insurance submission b. Business Auto Liability
➢ $1 Million Combined Single Limit
▪ City listed as an Additional Insured on the coverage
▪ Must include liability arising from all owned, leased, hired, and non-owned autos ▪ If any policy forms of endorsements are cited to grant extension of coverage, they must be included with the Certificate of Insurance submission ➢ If Contractor or its subcontractors or suppliers haul hazardous material (including, without limitation, waste), Auto Liability insurance must be applicable to all hazardous waste hauling vehicles, and include MCS 90 and CA9948 Endorsements. c. Workers Compensation
➢ $1 Million Per Occurrence for Bodily Injury by Accident ➢ $1 Million Each Employee for Bodily Injury by Disease ➢ $1 Million Policy Limit for Bodily Injury by Accident ▪ Waiver of Subrogation in favor of City
▪ If any policy forms of endorsements are cited to grant extension of coverage, they must be included with the Certificate of Insurance submission d. Pollution Policy (Hazardous Materials) [If Applicable] ➢ Required of Projects that involve Demolition and/or Excavation Activities ➢ $1 Million Per Occurrence/ $2 Million Aggregate
➢ City listed as an Additional Insured on the coverage
CONTRACTED OPERATIONS DESIGNATED AS TIER 2
Air Conditioning (HVAC)
Systems (service and repair) Carpentry (building interiors) Fire Suppression Systems (service and repair) Alarms and Alarm Systems Communications Equipment
Installation (interior) Landscape Construction
Building Interior Work (service,
repair and non-structural
remodeling)
Driveway, Parking Area or
Sidewalk (paving or repaving) Painting (exterior)
Cable Installation in Conduits
(buildings) Fence Erection All Other Job Types including Vendors Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 552 of 1055
BD 6
Contractor expressly waives all rights to subrogation against the City, its officers, employees and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by Contractor for City by expressly waiving Contractor’s immunity for injuries to Contractor’s employees and agrees that the obligation to indemnify, defend and hold harmless provided for in this Agreement extend to any claim brought by or on behalf of any employee of Contractor. This waiver is mutually negotiated by the parties. This shall not apply to any damage resulting from the sole negligence of City, its agents and employees. To the extent any of the damages referenced herein were caused by or resulted from the concurrent negligence of City, its agents or employees, the obligations provided herein to indemnify, defend and hold harmless are valid and enforceable only to the extent of the negligence of contractor, its officers, agents and employees.

Subcontractors. The prime contractor shall include all subcontractors as insureds under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements from each subcontractor.

The Contractor shall not assign or sublet the contract, in whole or in part, without the written consent of the City, nor shall the contractor assign any monies due to, or to become due to, Contractor hereunder without prior written consent of the City.

The Contractor shall be fully responsible to the City for the acts and omissions of the subcontractor and persons either directly or indirectly employed by the Contractor. Consent to subcontracting part of the work shall, in no way, release the Contractor from responsibility for performance of the work, and Contractor will be held, in all respects, accountable for the same as if no consent had been given. The Contractor shall give personal attention to this work which is sublet. Nothing contained in the contract documents shall create any contractual relation between any subcontractor and the City.

Hold Harmless and Indemnification. Contractor shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend City and its elected officials, agents and employees and the Consultant from and against any and all claims, losses or liability, including attorney’s fees, arising from injury or death to persons or damage to property occasioned by any act, omission or failure to act of Contractor, its subcontractors, and any officers, agents and employees in performing the work required by this Agreement. Contractor’s obligations under this provision shall not be limited in any way by any terms of this Agreement, or the insurance limits.

5. LICENSES AND PERMITS:

No bid will be accepted from a Contractor who is not licensed in accordance with the law under the provisions of Division III, Chapter 9 of the Business and Professions Code of the State of California.

The Contractor shall, at the time of bid opening, possess a valid "Class A" Contractor's license, and provide its California State Contractor’s License number to the City.

All subcontractors listed at the time of bid opening shall possess a valid Contractor’s license for the work in which they are specified to complete within the Bid Submittal Package.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 553 of 1055
BD 7
The Contractor shall, prior to Notice to Proceed, procure all other permits and licenses as stipulated in the GENERAL CONDITIONS.

In addition, no contractor or subcontractor may be listed on a bid proposal for a public works project (submitted on or after March 1, 2015 or awarded on or after April 1, 2015) unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5.

Contractors shall submit proof of registration status with their bid submission to the City of Redlands. This project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations.

6. SUBSTITUTION OF SECURITIES:

In accordance with applicable provisions of State law, the Contractor will be permitted to substitute qualified securities in lieu of retention of withheld progress payments by the Owner.

7. SUBCONTRACTORS:

Pursuant to Section 4105 of the California Public Contract Code, the bidder may not circumvent the requirement to list subcontractors by the device of listing one subcontractor, who in turn sublets portions constituting a majority of the work covered by the contract.

A. Pursuant to California Government Code section 4106, subcontractors who will perform work or labor or render services in an amount in excess of one-half of one percent of the Contractor’s total bid shall be set forth in a list of subcontractors within the bid documents. Such list shall be accompanied by an experienced statement with pertinent information regarding similar projects and other evidence of qualifications for each such subcontractor, supplier, individual, or entity if requested by City. If City or engineer, after doing an investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed subcontractor, supplier, individual, or entity, City may, before the notice of award is given, request the apparent successful bidder to submit a substitute, without an increase in the bid.

B. If the apparent successful bidder declines to make any such substitution, City may award the contract to the next lowest bidder that proposes to use acceptable subcontractors, suppliers, individuals, or entities declining to make the request and substitutions will not constitute grounds for forfeiture of the bid security of any bidder. Any subcontractor, supplier, individual or entity so listed and against which City makes no written objection prior to the giving of the notice of award will be deemed acceptable by City subject to verification of such assessments after the effective date of the agreement as provided herein.

8. NON DEBARRED CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS
The Contractor and all of its subcontractors shall, at the time of bid opening and for performance of this public works contract, be non-debarred contractors and not be ineligible Contractors pursuant to Public Contract Code section 6109 and Labor Code sections 1777.1 and 1777.7.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 554 of 1055
BD 8

9. LABOR LAW REQUIREMENTS
Prior to the start of construction, the Contractor and each subcontractor shall submit to the City an executed Checklist of Labor Law Requirements, included within Appendix A, certifying that each Contractor and Subcontractor will comply with the foregoing Labor Law requirements; and fully understands that failure to comply with these requirements will subject it to the penalties cited herein.

By submitting a bid, the prime contractor and subcontractors involved in this project assure that they intend to comply with the labor law requirements noted within Appendix A, fully understanding that failure to comply may subject them to penalties as noted.

10. BID PROTEST PROCEDURES
Any bid protest must be in writing and received by the City Clerk’s Office at 35 Cajon Street, Suite 4, Redlands, CA 92373, before 5:00 p.m. no later than two working days following the bid opening (the “Bid Protest Deadline”) and must comply with the following requirements:

10.1 General. Only a bidder who has actually submitted a Bid Proposal is eligible to submit a bid protest against another bidder. Subcontractors are not eligible to submit bid protests. A bidder may not rely on the bid protest submitted by another bidder, but must timely pursue its own protest. If required by City, the protesting bidder must submit a nonrefundable fee in the amount specified by City, based upon City’s reasonable costs to administer the bid protest. Any such fee must be submitted to City no later than the Bid Protest Deadline, unless otherwise specified. For purposes of this Section, a “working day” means a day that City is open for normal business, and excludes weekends and holidays as observed by the City.

10.2 Protest Contents. The bid protest must contain a complete statement of the basis for the protest and all supporting documentation. Material submitted after the Bid Protest Deadline will not be considered. The protest must refer to the specific portion or portions of the Contract Documents upon which the protest is based. The protest must include the name, address, email address, and telephone number of the person representing the protesting bidder if different from the protesting bidder.

10.3 Copy to Protested Bidder. A copy of the protest and all supporting documents must be concurrently transmitted by fax or by email, by or before the Bid Protest Deadline, to the protested bidder and any other bidder who has a reasonable prospect of receiving an award depending on the outcome of the protest.

10.4 Response to Protest. The protested bidder may submit a written response to the protest, provided the response is received by the City Clerk’s Office before 5:00 p.m., within two working days after the Bid Protest Deadline or after actual receipt of the bid protest, whichever is sooner (the “Response Deadline”). The response must include all supporting documentation. Material submitted after the Response Deadline will not be considered. The response must include the name, address, email address, and telephone number of the person representing the protested bidder if different from the protested bidder.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 555 of 1055
BD 9

10.5 Copy of Protesting Bidder. A copy of the response and all supporting documents must be concurrently transmitted by fax or by email, by or before the Bid Protest Deadline, to the protesting bidder and any other bidder who has a reasonable prospect of receiving an award depending upon the outcome of the protest.

10.6 Exclusive Remedy. The procedure and time limits set forth in this section are mandatory and are the bidder’s sole and exclusive remedy in the event of a bid protest. A bidder’s failure to comply with these procedures will constitute a waiver of any right to further pursue a bid protest, including filing a Government Code Claim or initiation of legal proceedings.

10.7 Right to Award. The City Council reserves the right to award the Contract to the bidder it has determined to be the responsible bidder submitting the lowest responsive bid, and to issue a notice to proceed with the Contract notwithstanding any pending or continuing challenge to its determination.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 556 of 1055
BD 10

PROPOSAL
TO: THE CITY OF REDLANDS, SAN BERNARDINO COUNTY, CALIFORNIA herein called the “City”.

Pursuant to and in compliance with your Notice Inviting Bids, and the other documents relating thereto, the undersigned Bidder, having familiarized themselves with the terms of the Contract, the local conditions affecting the performance of the Contract and the cost of the work at the place where the work is to be done, and with the plans thereto, hereby proposes and agrees to perform within the time stipulated, the Contract, including all of its component parts and everything required to be performed, and to provide and furnish any and all of the labor, materials, tools, equipment and all utility and transportation services necessary to perform the contract, and complete in a workmanlike manner, all of the work covered by the contract in connection with the City’s Project identified as PMP 2025 STREET RESURFACING PROJECT
PROJECT No. 211013
NOTE: Bidders must bid each item in this schedule. All entries in the entire PROPOSAL must be made clearly and in ink. Mistakes shall be lined through and the correct amount written above and initialed by the authorized agent of the Bidder.

BID SCHEDULE
(See “Section 01200 – Measurement and Payment” for Bid Item description) Item
No. Brief Description Estimated Quantity
Unit Price
(If Applicable) Total Price in Figures
1 Mobilization (Maximum 5%
of Total Bid Price)
LUMP
SUM N/A $______________________
2 SWPPP LUMP
SUM N/A $______________________
3 Survey LUMP
SUM N/A $______________________
4 0.1’ AC Grind and 0.1’ AC
Overlay
340,188
SY $_________/SY $______________________
5 1-1/2" AC Grind and 1-1/2"
AC Overlay
95,164
SY $_________/SY $______________________
6 Leveling Course 2,000
TON $_________/TON $______________________
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 557 of 1055
BD 11

BID SCHEDULE (CONTINUED)
(See “Section 01200 – Measurement and Payment” for Bid Item description) Item
No. Brief Description Estimated Quantity
Unit Price
(If Applicable) Total Price in Figures
7 R/R PCC Curb & Gutter 626
LF $_________/LF $______________________
8 R/R PCC Gutter Pan 941
LF $_________/LF $______________________
9 Construct Cross Gutter w/
Spandrel
1,002
SF $_________/SF $______________________
10 Adjust Manhole Ring/Cover
w/ Concrete Collar 354 EA $_________/EA $______________________ 11 Adjust Valve Can & Cover
(circular lid) 511 EA $_________/EA $______________________ 12 Replace Valve Can, Gate
Well & Cover (triangular
lid)
4 EA $_________/EA $______________________
13 Install Blue RPM 151 EA $_________/EA $______________________ 14 Replace Traffic Loops 116 EA $_________/EA $______________________ 15 STOP and Misc. Legend
(Thermoplastic) Sheet No. 3 535 EA $_________/EA $______________________ 16 24" Solid White/Yellow
Stripe (Thermoplastic) 985 LF $_________/LF $______________________ 17 12" Solid White/Yellow
Stripe (Thermoplastic)
10,340
LF $_________/LF $______________________
18 8" Solid White Stripe
(Thermoplastic) 3,369 LF $_________/LF $______________________ 19 6” Double Yellow Stripe
(Thermoplastic)
40,200
LF $_________/LF $______________________
20 6” Solid White Stripe
(Thermoplastic)
47,757
LF $_________/LF $______________________
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 558 of 1055
BD 12

BID SCHEDULE (CONTINUED)
(See “Section 01200 – Measurement and Payment” for Bid Item description) Item
No. Brief Description Estimated Quantity
Unit Price
(If Applicable) Total Price in Figures
21 6” Skip White/Yellow Stripe
(Thermoplastic)
17,326
LF $_________/LF $______________________
22 4” Solid White/Yellow Stripe
(Thermoplastic)
43,148
LF $_________/LF $______________________
23 4” Skip White/Yellow Stripe
(Thermoplastic)
5,200
LF $_________/LF $______________________
24 Two-Way Left-Turn D-32 6,140 LF $_________/LF $______________________ 25 Green Bike Lane 22,659
SF $_________/SF $______________________
26 Unforeseen work not covered
within all other bid items
LUMP
SUM N/A $ 200,000.00 _
27 Demobilization LUMP
SUM N/A $______________________
BID SCHEDULE TOTAL PRICE (ITEMS 1-31) $______________________ Last Minute Additions/Deductions*__________________________________________ Bid Item No.________ Last Minute Additions/Deductions*__________________________________________ Bid Item No.________ Last Minute Additions/Deductions*__________________________________________ Bid Item No.________ BID SCHEDULE TOTAL PRICE: $_______________________________________________________ BID SCHEDULE TOTAL PRICE WRITTEN IN WORDS: ________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ * Provision is made here for the Bidder to include an addition or deduction in its bid, if it wishes, to reflect any last-minute adjustments in prices. The addition or deduction, if made, will be proportionately applied to the Progress Payments total for the respective item in the Schedule of Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 559 of 1055
BD 13
Prices, the amount being added or deducted for each monthly payment. The unit prices entered in the Schedule of Prices will not be affected.

LOW BID DETERMINATION:

The low bid will be determined pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 20103.8 as the lowest bid price on the Bid Schedule Total Price on page BD 12. A responsible bidder who submits the lowest bid as determined by the above method shall be awarded the contract, if it is awarded, by the City Council of the City of Redlands.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 560 of 1055
BD 14

ADDENDA
Receipt of the following addenda is hereby acknowledged and the same is included in the Bid Price:

Addendum #1___________ Addendum #2___________ Addendum #3____________ (initials) (initials) (initials)
Addendum #4___________ Addendum #5___________ Addendum #6____________ (initials) (initials) (initials)
Addendum #7___________
(initials)
ATTEST: (if Corporation)
(Corporation Seal)
___________________________________ _____________________________________ Company Name Signature
____________________________________ _____________________________________ Address Name
____________________________________ _____________________________________ City, State, Zip Title
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 561 of 1055
BD 15

BID CERTIFICATION
The undersigned certifies that they are familiar with the various State and local laws affecting labor, length of working days, employer's liabilities, Sunday work, alien labor, domestic materials, Subcontractors, etc.

It is understood and agreed that the work under the contract will be commenced by the undersigned Bidder, if awarded the contract, within ten (10) calendar days from the date in the Notice to Proceed and will be completed by the Contractor in the time set forth in the CONTRACT.

Enclosed find Bidders bond or certified or cashier's check No. _________________ on the __________________________________ Bank, in the amount of ______________________ _______________________ which is not less than ten percent (10%) of the Bid submitted by the undersigned, made payable to the City of Redlands, California and which is given as a guarantee that the Bidder agrees that in case of their default in executing said contract with necessary bonds, the bond or check accompanying this Bid and the money made payable shall become and remain the property of the City of Redlands.

It is understood and agreed that the City of Redlands has the right to waive defects or irregularities and to accept or reject any or all Bids. No Bidder may withdraw their Bid for a period of sixty (60) days after the time of the Bid Opening except as allowed by the California Public Contract Code.

The following information, required by State law under penalty of perjury, is true and correct. Failure to complete this information renders the bid non-responsive, and the bid must be rejected. ____________________________________ _______________________________________ Company Name Signature
____________________________________ _______________________________________ Address Signatory's Title
____________________________________ _______________________________________ City, State, Zip State License Number and Class
____________________________________ _______________________________________ Telephone Number License Expiration Date
Dated this ________________ day of ___________________, 20___.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 562 of 1055
BD 16

BID BOND

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS,
That ______________________________________________________________ as Principal, and ______________________________________ as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Redlands, hereinafter called City, in the sum of ______________________________________ dollars, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

WHEREAS, said Principal has submitted a bid to said City to perform all work required under the PROJECT No. 211013.

NOW, THEREFORE, if said Principal is awarded a contract by said City and, within the time and in the manner required under the heading "Instructions to Bidders" bound with said Specifications, enters into a written contract on the form of agreement bound with said Specifications and furnishes the required bonds, one to guarantee faithful performance and the other to guarantee payment for labor and materials; then this obligations shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. In the event suit is brought upon this bond by said City and Judgment is recovered, said Surety shall pay all costs incurred by said City in such suit, including a reasonable attorney's fee to be fixed by the court.

SIGNED AND SEALED, this _________ day of _____________________________, 20____. ______________________________(SEAL) _______________________________(SEAL) (Principal) (Surety)
By:_________________________________ By:__________________________________ (Signature) (Signature)
Address:______________________________
_____________________________________
Telephone (___)________________________
(Seal and Notarial Acknowledgment of Surety)
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 563 of 1055
BD 17

STATEMENT BY BIDDER

NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT

STATE OF )
) ss

COUNTY OF )
, being first duly sworn, deposes and says that

he is
(Sole Owner, a Partner, President, Secretary, etc.)
of
(Contractor)
the party making the foregoing bid on PROJECT No. 211013 that such bid is not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any Bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that the Bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the Bidder or of any other Bidder or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price or of that of another bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the Contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in such bid are true; and further, that the Bidder has not directly or indirectly, submitted his bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company, association organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid.

By: ______________________________ Title: ________________________________ Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of __________________________, 20 .

Signature of Officer Administering Oath
(Notary Public)
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 564 of 1055
BD 18

STATEMENT BY BIDDER
OFFICERS OF CORPORATION (Members of Firm)
The names of all persons interested in the foregoing proposals as principals, are as follows:
(IMPORTANT NOTICE - if Bidder or other interested person is a corporation, state legal name of corporation, also names of the president, secretary, treasurer and manager thereof; if a co-partnership, state true name of firm, also names of all individual co-partners composing firm; if Bidder or other interested person is an individual, state first and last names in full). _____________________________________ _____________________________________ _____________________________________ _____________________________________ _____________________________________ _____________________________________ Licensed in accordance with an act providing for the Registration of Contractors, License No. ______________________________________.

Signature of Bidder Dated
NOTE: If Bidder is a corporation, the legal name of the corporation shall be set forth above, together with the signature of the officer(s) authorized to sign contracts on behalf of the corporation; if Bidder is a co-partnership, the true name of the firm shall be set forth above, together with the signature of the partner or partners authorized to sign contracts in behalf of the co-partnership, and if the Bidder is an individual, that signature shall be placed above.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 565 of 1055
BD 19

STATEMENT BY BIDDER

SUB-CONTRACTORS LIST
Bidder supplies the following information for any Subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render services to the prime contractor, etc. to be used on PROJECT No. 211013, all in accordance with Section 4104 of the California Public Contract Code.

LICENSED SUBCONTRACTOR’S NAME

AND BUSINESS ADDRESS
LICENSE #

SPECIFIC

DESCRIPTION

OF SUBCONTRACT
& BID ITEM #
% OF BID

ITEM TO BE

PERFORMED
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 566 of 1055
BD 20

STATEMENT BY BIDDER

QUALIFICATION AND EXPERIENCE STATEMENT
The following outline is a record of the undersigned Bidder's experience in construction of three (3) projects of a type similar in magnitude and character to that contemplated under PROJECT No. 211013 within the past two years. Include the location of each project as well as the name, address, and phone number of the owner, and name of individual to contact.

Subcontractors performing in excess of one half of one percent of the prime Contractor’s total bid, or in the construction of streets or highways, one half of one percent of the prime contractor’s total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater shall provide a similar outline.

Additional pages outlining this portion of the Bid may be attached. Failure to provide this statement may result in rejection of the bid by the City of Redlands.

1. Owner's Name:

Contact Person: Phone: ( )
Address of Owner:

Project Description:

Amount of Contract: Completion Date:

2. Owner's Name:

Contact Person: Phone: ( )
Address of Owner:

Project Description:

Amount of Contract: Completion Date:

3. Owner's Name:

Contact Person: Phone: ( )
Address of Owner:

Project Description:

Amount of Contract: Completion Date:

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 567 of 1055
BD 21

STATEMENT BY BIDDER

GENERAL INFORMATION

1. Bidder's Mailing Address

2. Number of years engaged in the contracting business under your present firm or trade name:

3. Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to you? (Yes or No) . If yes, provide details in the space provided in Item 10.

4. Have you ever defaulted on a contract? (Yes or No) . If yes, provide details in the space provided in Item 10.

5. Have you ever been a party to a lawsuit or gone to arbitration during the last 5 years? (Yes or No) . If yes, provide details in the space provided in Item 10.

6. Has any Stop Notice been filed against you during the last 5 years? (Yes or No) . If yes, provide details in the space provided in Item 10.

7. Has your contractor's license ever been suspended, revoked, or subject to disciplinary action? (Yes or No) . If yes, provide details in the space provided in Item 10.

8. Contracts currently on hand:

Agency Name Amount of Contract Start Date Completion Date

9. Enter the name of person(s) who inspected the site of the proposed work for your firm and the date of said site inspection.

Name: Date:

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 568 of 1055
BD 22

10. In the space provided, the Bidder shall provide details concerning any "Yes" answers provided in this "General Information" section. Details shall include, but not be limited to, the nature of dispute, name of the agency involved and the final outcome. If requested by the City, the Bidder shall supply additional information, sufficiently detailed, to permit evaluation of the Bidder's ability to perform the work.

Question
Number Details
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 569 of 1055

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
(CD)
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 570 of 1055

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 571 of 1055
K:\Capital Projects\211400 PARIS RESURFACING\PMP 2025 Street Resurfacing Project\6 DESIGN\6-10 SPECIFICATIONS\Public Work Contract.PW-3.1(Work Days).doc

PUBLIC WORK CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
This Public Work Construction contract (“Contract”) is made and entered into this ___ day of ____________, 20__, by and between the City of Redlands, a municipal corporation, organized and existing under the laws of the State of California (hereinafter “City”), and __________________ (hereinafter "Contractor"). City and Contractor are sometimes individually referred to herein as a “Party” and, together, as the “Parties.”
In consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, City and Contractor agree as follows:

1. SCOPE OF WORK: Contractor shall furnish all materials and will perform all of the work for the following: PMP 2025 Street Resurfacing Project, complete all items as required by the Contract Documents (as herein defined) and Specifications for City’s PMP 2025 Street Resurfacing Project, Project No. 211013 (the “Work”).

2. CONTRACT SUM: City shall pay Contractor the sum of ___________________ dollars ($___________) as consideration for its performance of the Work in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Contract Documents. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300, Contractor has the option to deposit securities with an escrow agent as a substitute for retention of earnings required to be withheld by City pursuant to an escrow agreement as set forth in Public Contract Code section 22300.

7. RESOLUTION OF CONSTRUCTION CLAIMS: Claims by Contractor in the amount of three hundred seventy five thousand dollars ($375,000) or less shall be made by Contractor and processed by the City pursuant to the provisions of Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 of the Public Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 572 of 1055
K:\Capital Projects\211400 PARIS RESURFACING\PMP 2025 Street Resurfacing Project\6 DESIGN\6-10 SPECIFICATIONS\Public Work Contract.PW-3.1(Work Days).doc Contract Code (commencing with Section 20104). All claims shall be in writing and include the documents necessary to substantiate the claim. Nothing in subdivision (a) of Public Contract Code Section 20104.2 shall extend the time limit or supersede the notice requirements provided in this case from filing claims by Contractor.

9. ASSIGNMENT OF AGREEMENT: No assignment by a Party of any rights or interests under this Contract shall be binding on another Party without the written consent of the Party sought to be bound.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 573 of 1055
K:\Capital Projects\211400 PARIS RESURFACING\PMP 2025 Street Resurfacing Project\6 DESIGN\6-10 SPECIFICATIONS\Public Work Contract.PW-3.1(Work Days).doc IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Contract the day and year first written above.

CITY OF REDLANDS
(SEAL)
By:____________________________________
Mario Saucedo, Mayor
ATTEST:
____________________________________
Jeanne Donaldson, City Clerk
(SEAL)
__________________________________________
Name of Contractor
By:_______________________________________
Signature of Authorized Agent
__________________________________________
Title
__________________________________________
Signature of Authorized Agent (if necessary)
__________________________________________
Title
__________________________________________
Contractor's License No.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 574 of 1055
K:\Capital Projects\211400 PARIS RESURFACING\PMP 2025 Street Resurfacing Project\6 DESIGN\6-10 SPECIFICATIONS\Public Work Contract.PW-3.1(Work Days).doc

WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE CERTIFICATION
Description of Contract: City of Redlands
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department
PMP 2025 Street Resurfacing Project
Project No. 211013
Every employer, except the State, shall secure the payment of compensation in one or more of the following ways:
a. By being insured against liability to pay compensation by one or more insurers duly authorized to write compensation insurance in this State. b. By securing from the Director of Industrial Relations, a certificate of consent to selfinsure, either as an individual employer, or as one employer in a group of employers, which may be given upon furnishing proof satisfactory to the Director of Industrial Relations of ability to self-insure and to pay any compensation that may become due to his or her employees.

I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the information and representations made in this certificate are true and correct.

Dated this day of , 2025.
_____________________________________
(Contractor)
_____________________________________
(Signature)
_____________________________________
(Official Title)
(SEAL)
(Labor Code Section 1861 provides that the above certificate must be signed and filed by the Contractor with the Owner prior to performing the work of the contract.)
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 575 of 1055
K:\Capital Projects\211400 PARIS RESURFACING\PMP 2025 Street Resurfacing Project\6 DESIGN\6-10 SPECIFICATIONS\Public Work Contract.PW-3.1(Work Days).doc

FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND
Whereas, the City of Redlands (“City”), State of California, and ______________ (hereinafter designated as "Principal") have entered into an agreement dated _____, 2025 (“Agreement”) whereby Principal agrees to install and complete certain public improvements (the “Work”), which said Agreement is identified as _________________ and is hereby referred to and made a part hereof; and
Whereas, said Principal is required under the terms of the Agreement to furnish a bond for the faithful performance of the Work, now, therefore, we, the Principal and, _____________________________, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City in the penal sum of ________________________________ dollars ($_______________) lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum we bind ourselves, and our heirs, successors, executors and administrators, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

1. Complete the Work in accordance with its terms and conditions; or

2. Obtain a bid or bids for completing the Work in accordance with its terms and conditions, and upon determination by Surety of the lowest responsive and responsible bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder and the City, and make available as work progresses sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion of the Work less the balance of the Agreement price, but not exceeding, including other costs and damages for which Surety may be liable hereunder, the Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 576 of 1055
K:\Capital Projects\211400 PARIS RESURFACING\PMP 2025 Street Resurfacing Project\6 DESIGN\6-10 SPECIFICATIONS\Public Work Contract.PW-3.1(Work Days).doc amount set forth above. The term “balance of the Agreement price,” as used in this paragraph, shall mean the total amount payable to the Principal by the City under the Agreement and any modifications thereto, less the amount previously properly paid by the City to the Principal.

Surety expressly agrees that the City may reject any contractor or subcontractor which may be proposed by Surety in fulfillment of its obligations in the event of default by the Principal.

No final settlement between the City and the Principal shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder whose claim may be unsatisfied.

In witness whereof, this instrument has been duly executed by the Principal and Surety above named, on , 2025.
(SEAL) (SEAL)
(Contractor) (Surety)
BY:
(Signature) (Signature)
Address:___________________________________
__________________________________________
(Seal and Notarial Acknowledgment of
Surety)
Telephone ( )___________________________
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 577 of 1055
K:\Capital Projects\211400 PARIS RESURFACING\PMP 2025 Street Resurfacing Project\6 DESIGN\6-10 SPECIFICATIONS\Public Work Contract.PW-3.1(Work Days).doc

LABOR AND MATERIAL BOND
Whereas, the City Council of the City of Redlands, State of California, and ________________ (hereinafter designated as “Principal”) have entered into an agreement (the “Agreement”) whereby Principal agrees to install and complete certain designated public improvements (the “Work”), which said agreement, dated ____________, 2025, and identified as PMP 2025 Street Resurfacing Project, Project No. 211013 is hereby referred to and made a part hereof; and
Whereas, under the terms of the Agreement, Principal is required before commencing the performance of the Work, to file a good and sufficient Labor and Material bond with the City of Redlands to secure the claims to which reference is made in Title 3 (commencing with Section 9550) of Part 6 of Division 4 of the Civil Code of the State of California.

Now, therefore, said Principal and the undersigned as corporate surety, are held firmly bound unto the City and all contractors, subcontractors, laborers, material men and other persons employed in the performance of the Agreement and referred to in the aforesaid Code of Civil Procedure in the sum of ______________ dollars ($_____) for materials furnished or labor thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Act with respect to such work or labor, that said surety will pay the same in an amount not exceeding the amount hereinabove set forth, and also in case suit is brought upon this bond, will pay, in addition to the face amount thereof, costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the City in successfully enforcing such obligation, to be awarded and fixed by the court, and to be taxed as costs and to be included in the judgment therein rendered.

Should the condition of this bond be fully performed, then this obligation shall become null and void, otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect.

GENERAL CONDITIONS
(GC)
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 580 of 1055

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 581 of 1055
GC 1

GENERAL CONDITIONS
The Standard Specifications for Public Works Constructions, 2021 Edition (Greenbook), together with supplements as published by Building News, Inc., are modified herein and comprise the Standard Specifications. For convenience, the section and subsection numbering system used in these modifications correspond to those used in the Greenbook. Unless specifically deleted or modified herein, all requirements of the Greenbook shall prevail.

SECTION 1 – GENERAL, TERMS, DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS,

UNITS OF MEASURE, AND SYMBOLS
1-2 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS.

Agency - Amend as follows:
“The legal entity (City) for which the Work is being performed.” Bidder - Amend as follows:
“Any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof, licensed in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 9, Division III of the Business and Professions Code, submitting a Bid for the Work, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative.” City. The City of Redlands, San Bernardino County, California, being the legal entity for which the Work is being performed. Also referred to as Agency or Owner.

City Council. The City Council of the City of Redlands, San Bernardino County, California, being the body authorizing entrance into legal agreements and allowing work in public right-ofway or on public property controlled by the City of Redlands. Also referred to as Board.

Engineer - Amend as follows:
“The City Engineer of the Agency, or other person designated by the City Engineer, acting either directly or through authorized agents.”
Fabricated. An item specifically assembled or made out of selected materials to meet individual design requirements.

Guarantee. See Warranty.

Laboratory. The designated laboratory authorized by the City of Redlands to test materials and work involved in the Contract.

Manufactured. A standard mass-produced unit or item meeting design requirements.

Owner. The City of Redlands, San Bernardino County, California.

Pavement. The uppermost layer of material placed on the traveled way or shoulder. Also referred to as surfacing.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 582 of 1055
GC 2
Rain Day. A scheduled working day when you cannot perform work on the controlling activity for at least 50 percent of the day with at least 50 percent of the normal labor and equipment due to adverse weather-related conditions that cause the Contractor to dismiss the crew.

Street - Delete and replace with the following:
“Any road, highway, parkway, freeway, avenue, street, lane, alley, crossing, intersection, court, place, circle, walk, way, or any public right-of-way within the jurisdiction of the Agency.” Surety - Delete and replace with the following:
“An admitted corporate surety as listed by the United States Department of Treasury and duly licensed to conduct business in the State of California and County of San Bernardino and acceptable to the City of Redlands, bound with and for the Contractor for the acceptable performance, execution, and completion of the Work, and for the satisfaction of all obligations incurred.”
Warranty. An extended insurance by the Contractor, of any product or item of work installed as a part of this project for replacement and/or repair for the time period specified, including but not limited to, all parts, labor, materials, tools, equipment costs, etc. necessary for the product or item of work to be in proper and acceptable working condition after completion of the project. For the purposes of this Contract, the period of coverage shall begin on the date of the Notice of Completion filed by the Owner.

Working Hours. Unless specified otherwise, working hours shall be from 7:00 AM to 4:00 PM, Monday through Friday, inclusive. Saturdays, Sundays, and City Holidays, as shown on the current year Construction Schedule, are excluded unless authorized by the City. 1-7.2 CONTRACT BONDS. - Add the following sentence to paragraph 1:

The warranty provisions set forth in Section 7-18 shall be secured by the Contract Performance Bond required under this section and said Bond shall remain in full force and effect for a period of one year from the date of completion as specified in the Notice of Completion.

SECTION 2 - SCOPE OF THE WORK
2-2 PERMITS. - Amend the following:

Amend the first sentence of paragraph 1 as follows:
“The Contractor will obtain all permits necessary to perform the work in streets, highways, railways or other rights-of-way.”
Add the following sentence between the first and second sentences of paragraph 1:

For all work within Caltrans right-of-way, the Contractor shall obtain their own Caltrans Encroachment Permit and pay all necessary permit and inspection fees as required by Caltrans.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 583 of 1055
GC 3
Add the following paragraph:

The Contractor shall, prior to the start of work, procure all permits and licenses, including but not limited to, a City Business License for itself, subcontractors, and all parties performing actions associated with this contract within the City of Redlands, City Truck Route Permit, City Street/Lane Closure Permit, City Encroachment Permit, USA Verification Number, DOSH Excavation Permit, other permits required by agencies and/or utilities having jurisdiction on the work, pay all charges and fees required by the City, other agencies and utilities, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the due and lawful prosecution of the work. All City permits associated with this project are no fee to the Contractor.

SECTION 3 - CONTROL OF THE WORK
3-7 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
3-7.1 General. – Add the following paragraphs:

Contractor’s working drawings or plans for any structure not included in the plans shall be approved by the Engineer before any work is performed. It is mutually agreed that approval by the Engineer of the Contractor’s working plans does not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility for accuracy of dimensions and details, and that the Contractor shall be responsible for agreement and conformity of their working plans with the approved plans and specifications.

Finished surfaces in all cases shall conform with the lines, grades, cross sections, and dimensions shown on the approved plans. Deviations from the approved plans will be determined by the Engineer and approved in writing. In the event of a discrepancy between any drawing and the figures written thereon, the figures shall be taken as correct.

Should it appear that the work to be done or any matter thereto is not sufficiently detailed or explained by the plans and specification, the Contractor shall apply to the Engineer for such further explanation as may be necessary and shall conform to such explanation or interpretation as part of the Contract so far as may be consistent with the intent of the original plans and specifications. 3-7.1.1 Preconstruction Meeting. The Contractor to whom the contract is awarded, and all his major subcontractors, shall attend a pre-construction meeting. The time and location of said meeting will be set by the City. Contractor will be given adequate notice of such meeting. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to notify his subcontractors of the time and location of the meeting. All submittals as required under the General Requirements shall be submitted by the Contractor at the time of the meeting.

The Contractor will be provided with an electronic (.PDF file) of the conformed plans and specifications for their use throughout the project. Contractor is responsible for all costs of reproduction.

Progress meetings will be scheduled by the City. The Contractor will be given at least five working days notice of the time and location of said meetings. The Contractor has the responsibility of notifying his subcontractors, suppliers, and fabricators of the time and location of said meetings.

Meetings will be held either at the job site, at the offices of the City of Redlands, or at any other Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 584 of 1055
GC 4
location approved by the City. The Contractor may request, in writing, that a meeting be held.

The City will schedule a meeting at the Contractor’s request not more than five working days after receiving said written notice.
3-7.2 Precedence of Contract Documents. – Replace paragraph 2 with the following:

The precedence shall be (A. being highest, O. being lowest):

A. Permits from other Agencies as may be required by law.

B. Change Orders.

C. Contract.

D. Addenda.

E. Bid Schedule/Proposal.

F. General Requirements.

G. Technical Specifications.

H. Plans.

I. MUED General Permit Conditions and Trench Specifications.

J. City of Redlands Water & Sewer Systems Standard Specifications.

K. General Conditions.

L. City of Redlands Standard Specifications and Detail Drawings for Design and Construction of Public Improvements and all Supplements
M. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC), 2018 Edition N. Standard Plans for Public Works Construction, 2012 Edition O. Reference Specifications.
3-8.7 Record Drawings. The Contractor shall maintain at the job site, a set of record drawings for the work showing: exact location information of all existing underground utilities encountered, final locations determined in the field, any deviations from the plans and specifications and new work performed within the work area; and all differences between the work as drawn and as installed for all concealed work as well as work added which is not shown on the drawings. Concealed work shall mean all work installed underground or in an area which cannot be readily inspected by use of access panels, inspection plates or other removable features. When vacuum excavation (potholing) services are required, contractor to provide report that identifies depth and alignment of underground utilities.

These record drawings shall be kept current and legible, and shall be available for inspection at all times by the Engineer, Architect and Contractor. All information, changes in the work or work added on these record drawings shall be marked in red. All markings shall use the same legends that are used on the drawings. Indicate locations by exact dimensions and elevations. Give dimensions and elevations from a permanent reference point and prepare all changes to scale.

At the end of construction, the contractor shall prepare one set of marked-up prints of the record drawings indicating any and all revisions and changes to the drawings reflecting As-Built conditions.

The drawings shall also contain a listing of all subcontractors who worked on the construction project.

The As-Built drawings will be submitted to the Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department for review and approval by the City Inspector and Engineer.

The design engineer or City staff shall prepare the final As-Built drawings for record purposes in one of the following two ways: (1) Check out the original drawings from the City and manually revise the Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 585 of 1055
GC 5
drawings to reflect the As-Built condition; or (2) Re-plot the original drawings electronically on 4 mil mylars and make revisions electronically to reflect the As-Built conditions. The final As-Built drawings will be reviewed and approved by the City Inspector and Engineer The construction related bonds will not be released by the City until the As-Built drawings are accepted by the Engineer and all City stipulated conditions for the release of the bonds have been satisfied.
3-10 SURVEYING.
3-10.3 Line and Grade. - Add the following sentences to paragraph 1:

All distances and measurements shown are and will be made in a horizontal plane. Construction line and grade staking shall be set at maximum intervals of 25 feet when the grade is 0.50 percent or greater. Construction line and grade staking shall be set at maximum intervals of 12 feet when the grade is less than 0.50 percent.
3-10.4 Permanent Survey Markers.

The Registered (licensed) Land Surveyor or Registered Civil Engineer authorized to practice land surveying in accordance with all provisions of Section 8771 of the Business and Profession Code shall be hired as a subcontractor or employed by the Contractor. 3-10.5 Survey Service.

Contractor shall be responsible for: furnishing all surveying and staking, horizontal and vertical, as shown on the plans and in accordance with the specifications; furnishing all staking for sub-grade and base course grades per typical sections; replacing any existing monuments and ties which have been destroyed by construction; identifying, locating and tying out all monuments and ties necessary within the work area; and shall reinstall all disturbed monuments and ties, supplying the Engineer with copies of monument and tie sheets recorded with the County Surveyor in accordance with applicable State law. Monuments shall be approved by the Engineer.

Surveying and staking shall be done by a Registered (licensed) Land Surveyor or Registered Civil Engineer authorized to practice land surveying in accordance with all provisions of Section 8771 of the Business and Professions Code.

Unless otherwise specified, stakes will be set and stationed by the Contractor’s surveyor for curbs, headers, sewers, storm drains, structures, rough grade and all other staking necessary for the construction of the work. A corresponding cut or fill to finished grade (or flowline) will be indicated on a grade sheet to be supplied to the Engineer. The Contractor shall dig all holes necessary for line and grade stakes.
3-13 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANTY.
3-13.2 Acceptance. - Add the following paragraphs:

The Contractor shall submit written assertion that the work has been completed prior to the Engineer making final inspection. The Engineer will have 48 hours to inspect the work. If the Engineer determines that the work is not complete, written notice will be given.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 586 of 1055
GC 6
Until final acceptance of work by the Engineer, the Contractor shall have charge and care thereof from damage caused by the action of the elements or from any other cause, whether arising from the execution or from the non-execution of the work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good all injuries or damage to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the above causes before final acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof.

All work which has been rejected shall be remedied or removed and replaced by the Contractor at their expense with work conforming to the plans and specifications. Any defective material or workmanship which may be discovered before final acceptance or within one year from the date of final acceptance shall be immediately corrected by the Contractor at their expense, notwithstanding that it may have been overlooked in previous inspections and estimates. Failure to inspect work at any stage shall not relieve the Contractor from any obligation to perform sound and reliable work as herein described. It is the Contractor’s ultimate responsibility to deliver a complete, operational project that complies in all details with these specifications, at the time of final acceptance.

Any omission or failure on the part of the City to discover or notify the Contractor of or to condemn defective work or material at the time of construction shall not be deemed as acceptance, and the Contractor will be required to correct defective work or material prior to final acceptance.

The City will endeavor to locate any errors or defective materials or workmanship and call them to the attention of the Contractor prior to subsequent work being performed. However, the City is under no obligation to do so and shall not be held liable because errors or defective material or workmanship by the Contractor are not discovered prior to subsequent work.

Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit the rights of the City to immediately correct conditions which are unsafe or which pose a public health nuisance. Should said corrections later be found to be caused by defective material and/or workmanship, the Contractor and their surety shall reimburse the City for costs reasonably incurred while attending the situation.

In the event it is necessary for the City to file suit to enforce any liability of the Contractor pursuant to this Section, the City shall be entitled to recover from the Contractor, in addition to all other amounts found due and owing, costs of suit and reasonable expenses and fees including reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by the City in successfully enforcing the Contractor’s obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered.
3-13.3 Warranty. - Amend the following:

Amend the first sentence of the paragraph 3:
“The warranty period for specific items covered under manufacturers’ or suppliers’ warranties shall commence from the date of the final acceptance, except where longer warranty periods are specified.” Add the following paragraphs:

All start-up and testing shall be complete, approved and accepted before final acceptance, substantial completion, or beneficial occupancy.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 587 of 1055
GC 7
The warranty provided herein shall not be in lieu of, but shall be in addition to any warranties or other obligations otherwise imposed by the specifications or by law. The remedies provided herein shall not be exclusive and the City shall be entitled to any and all remedies provided by law. 3-14 INSPECTION.

The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance before inspection is required.

Whenever the Contractor varies the period during which work is carried on each day, due notice shall be given to the Engineer so that proper inspection may be provided. Varied working hours may be allowed only upon written authorization from the Engineer.

Work financed in whole or in part with funds from another public entity or performed within the jurisdiction of another public entity shall be subject to inspection at all times by authorized representatives of that entity.

The work shall be ready for inspection, whether by City, other public entities or independent testing laboratories, at the scheduled times arranged by the Contractor. If, in the City’s sole judgment, the work is not ready and the inspection must be rescheduled, the Contractor shall be notified. The Contractor shall reschedule the inspection and provide the proper 24 hour notification for the rescheduled inspection. Any costs incurred by the City for rescheduled inspections shall be reimbursed prior to the release of Bonds.

In order to allow for inspection, the Contractor shall notify the City’s inspector sufficiently in advance of the permanent concealment of any materials or work. The City’s inspector shall make the appropriate notifications to other public entities and independent testing laboratories for inspections.

All inspections required in the specifications for this project shall be coordinated through the City’s inspector.

If any work is concealed or performed without the prior notice specified, the work shall be subject to such tests or exposure as may be necessary to prove to the City, Architect and Engineer, that the materials used and the work performed are in conformity with the drawings and specifications. All labor, tools, materials and equipment necessary for exposing and testing shall be furnished by the Contractor at their expense. The Contractor shall replace at their expense, any materials or work damaged by exposure or testing.

Overtime inspection may be requested by the Contractor. Overtime inspection includes but is not limited to, any hours worked outside of the inspector’s normal working hours including weekends and holidays. Such requests shall be on a case-by-case basis as determined by the Engineer. If the Engineer so determines and approves, overtime inspection shall be paid for by the Contractor at the current City billing rate at the time of request or as billed by other public entities or independent testing laboratories. Any costs incurred by the City for overtime inspection shall be reimbursed prior to the release of Bonds.

SECTION 4 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS
4-1 GENERAL. - Delete and replace with the following:

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 588 of 1055
GC 8
Should any work performed or material furnished under the Contract prove defective or not in accordance with the Plans and Specifications and in the opinion of the Engineer such defect is not of sufficient magnitude or importance to make the work dangerous or unusable, or if the removal of such work is impracticable or will create dangerous or undesirable conditions, the Engineer at his discretion shall have the right and authority to retain such work instead of requiring it to be removed and reconstructed, but he shall make such deductions therefore in the payment due the Contractor as may be just and reasonable.
4-1.1 Warranty of Title. No materials, supplies or equipment for the work under this Contract shall be purchased subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contract or other agreement by which an interest therein or any part thereof is retained by the seller or supplier. The Contractor warrants clear and good title to all materials supplied and equipment installed and incorporated in the work and agrees, upon completion of all work, to deliver the premises, together with all improvements and appurtenances constructed or placed thereon by him, to the Owner free from any claims, liens, encumbrances or charges, and further agrees that neither he nor any person, firm, or corporation furnishing any material or labor for work covered by the Contract shall have any right to a lien upon the premises or any improvement or appurtenance thereon, provided that this shall not preclude the Contractor from installing metering devices or other equipment of utility companies the title of which is commonly retained by the utility company. Nothing contained in this article, however, shall defeat or impair the right of such persons furnishing materials or labor under any bond given by the Contractor for their protection, or any right under any law permitting such persons to look to funds due the Contractor, which are in the hands of the Owner. 4-1.2 Clayton Act. In submitting a bid to the City, if the bid is accepted the Contractor agrees it will assign to the City all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C.

Section 15) or under the Cartwright Act (chapter 2 [commencing with Section 16700] of Part 2 Division 7 of the Business and Professionals Code), arising from purchases of goods, materials, or services by the Bidder for sale to the City pursuant to the bid. Such assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the City tenders final payment to the Bidder.

SECTION 5 – LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITES
5-1.1 CONTRACTOR’S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES.

A noise level limit of 86 dbA at a distance of 15 m (50 feet) shall apply to all construction equipment on or related to the work whether owned by the Contractor or not. The use of excessively loud warning signals shall be avoided, except in those cases required for the protection of personnel. 5-1.2 General.

The enclosed toilets required by this section shall be located within an approved yard, if one is acquired by the Contractor. If a yard is not acquired by the Contractor or the project is not within a City owned property, the toilets must be installed on a trailer and removed from the jobsite each day.

At no times shall toilets be stored within the public right of way outside of working hours. 5-3 LABOR. - Amend the following:

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 589 of 1055
GC 9
5-3.1 General. - Add the following paragraphs:

Employment of apprentices are required on projects of $30,000 or more. Provisions in Sections 1777.5 of the California Labor Code fixes responsibility of compliance with that section for all apprenticeable occupations with the Contractor. Section 1777.5 provides that the Contractor and every Subcontractor shall submit contract award information to the applicable joint apprenticeship committee. One apprentice hour for every five journeymen hours worked is the minimum State requirement applicable to each apprenticeable trade. Section 1777.7 of said Labor Code provides that the Contractor shall forfeit as a civil penalty the sum of one hundred dollars ($100.00) for each calendar day of noncompliance with provision of said Section 1777.5.

The Contractor will observe all applicable health and safety requirements, including, but not limited to the California and Federal Occupational Safety and Health Acts. The Contractor shall submit for review by the City a Site Specific Health and Safety Plan prior to the commencement of construction activities. This Plan shall meet or exceed the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.120. 5-3.2 Prevailing Wages. - Add the following paragraphs:

Contractors are hereby notified that pursuant to Section 1770 of the Labor Code of the State of California, the City Council of the City of Redlands, California, by Resolution No. 2326, has ascertained the general prevailing rate of hourly wages and rates for legal holidays and overtime work in the locality where this work is to be performed, for each craft or type of workman or mechanic needed to execute the Contract which will be awarded to the successful Bidder. The Contractor shall comply with Sections 1770 to 1780 inclusive of the Labor Code and Master Labor Agreement of Southern California.

The Contractor and each of his subcontractors shall pay each of his employees engaged in work on the project under this Contract in full less legally required deductions and also deductions made pursuant to the regulations prescribed under the so-called “Kick- Back Statute” (48 Sta. 948; U.S.C. 875; 40 U.S.C. 276c).

In accordance with Section 1775 of the California Labor code, Contractor shall forfeit to City, as a penalty, a minimum of $40 for each day, or portion thereof, and a maximum of $200 for each day, or portion thereof, for each worker paid, either by Contractor, or any subcontractor, less than the prevailing rates as determined by the Director of the California Department of Industrial Relations for the work.

Contractor further agrees to fully comply with all applicable provisions of the California Labor Code including but not limited to Sections 1771, 1775, 1776, 1777.5, 1813 and 1815. Failure to abide by prevailing wages and laws by Contractor will be enforced.

The Contractor or subcontractor shall, as a penalty, to the State or political subdivision on whose behalf the contract is made or awarded forfeit twenty-five ($25) dollars for each worker employed in the execution of the contract by the respective contractor or subcontractor for each calendar day during which the worker is required or permitted to work more than 8 hours in any calendar day and 40 hours in any calendar work in violation of Labor Code section 1813. 5-3.3 Payroll Records. – Delete and replace with the following:

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 590 of 1055
GC 10
The contractor and subcontractors shall submit electronic certified payroll on a weekly basis to the City of Redlands through LCPtracker. LCPtracker is a web-based labor compliance management system. The Prime Contractor and Subcontractors and lower-tier Subcontractors will receive an email from LCPtracker providing their log-on identification and temporary password. The Contractors will need to follow the instructions in the email to set-up their permanent password and activate their account. Once their account is setup, LCPtracker Inc. provides either computer based or web based training. Training can be accessed via the “Book Now” button located under the “Projects” tab. The prime contractor shall submit their certified payroll, along with any subcontractor who is performing any labor, on a weekly basis. The prime contractor is responsible for all communication with their subcontractors and shall submit their subcontractor’s certified payroll as part of their weekly payroll packet. All labor compliance correspondence and submissions will be made through the LCPtracker software.

All certified payroll shall be submitted no later than 7 days from the close of the pay period. The payroll records shall set out accurately and completely the name, social security number, classification and hourly wage rate of each employee, hours worked by employee during the payroll period and a full weekly wages and the actual weekly wages paid to the employee. Such certified payroll records shall be made available at all time for inspection by the City, the Department of Industrial Relations, the Department of Labor or authorized representatives within ten days of request. The contractor and subcontractor shall preserve weekly payroll records for a period of three (3) years from the date of completion of the Contract. In case on noncompliance with said Section 1776 and after a ten-day period following receipt of written notice, the Contractor shall forfeit to the California Department of Industrial Relations one hundred dollars ($100.00) for each calendar day or portion thereof, for each worker in non-compliance, until compliance is effectuated.

In order to meet labor compliance requirements, all contractors will be required to complete eDocuments which are accessed, submitted and approved through LCPtracker. All eDocuments are required to be signed by an owner/officer or authorized signer. The Prime Contractor and each Subcontractor and every lower-tier Subcontractor and any Vendors subject to this provision shall comply with Title 8, Section 16404 of the California Code of Regulations.

A Fringe Benefit Statement shall be submitted with the first payroll and is required for both the prime contractor and any subcontractors. A new Fringe Benefit Statement will be required when general determinations are issued in February and August. Please refer to the DIR website for additional details. Any weeks where no work was performed must be represented by the submittal of a Statement of Non-Performance covering the 7 day pay period where no hours were worked on the site. Final payroll on the project should state “Final” on the certified payroll, and must be marked as such in the LCPtracker system.

Failure by the Contractor to comply with the aforementioned requirements shall result in withheld progress payments until such time certified payroll documents have been received, reviewed, and accepted by the City. The City reserves the right to seek assistance from the State Department of Industrial Relations in determining the acceptability of certified payroll submittals before release of withheld progress payments. Prior to the release of retention monies, all certified payroll must be submitted on the project and any outstanding issues that may have occurred throughout the project must be resolved.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 591 of 1055
GC 11
5-4 INSURANCE. - Delete Section 5-4.1, Section 5-4.2 and replace with the following:

Contractor shall furnish the City with the customary Certificates of Insurance for all required insurance listed below. General Liability Insurance shall name the City and the Consultant, as an additional insured and shall be primary and non-contributing to any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City. All liability insurance policies shall bear an endorsement or shall have attached a rider whereby it is provided that, in the event of expiration or proposed cancellation of such policies for any reason whatsoever, the City shall be notified by registered mail, return receipt requested, giving sufficient time before the date thereof to comply with any applicable law or statute, but in no event less than forty five (45) days before expiration or cancellation is effective.

TIER 1 DESIGNATED INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
a. Commercial General Liability
➢ $1 Million Per Occurrence/ $2 Million Aggregate
▪ City listed as an Additional Insured on the coverage
▪ Coverage is primary and non-contributory
CONTRACTED OPERATIONS DESIGNATED AS TIER 1
Air Conditioning (HVAC)
Systems (installation)
Electric Light or Power Line
Construction Pipeline Construction
Airport Runways (paving,
repaving, etc.) Elevator Work Roofing
Blasting Operations Excavation Sandblasting
Bridge or Elevated Highway
Construction
Fire Suppression Systems
(installation)
Sewer and Water Main
Construction
Buildings Structural Work
(including elevators)
Gas Mains or Connections
Construction Sign Erection (streets)
Building Structure (raising or
moving) Geophysical Exploration Solar Energy
Cable Installation in Conduits and
Conduit Construction (streets) Grading of Land Street Cleaning Caisson or Cofferdam Work Hazardous Materials Contractors Street or Road Construction Dam or Reservoir Construction Irrigation or Drainage
Construction
Tank Construction, Installation,
Erection or Repair
Demolition (structures) Landscape Construction (street or street medians)
Telephone or Cable Line
Construction
Drilling Painting (exterior greater than
single story)
Tree Pruning, Dusting, Spraying
or Removal
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 592 of 1055
GC 12
▪ If scope of work is within 50 feet of any railroad, endorsement citing inclusion of liability associated with this work is required
▪ If any policy forms of endorsements are cited to grant extension of coverage, they must be included with the Certificate of Insurance submission b. Business Auto Liability
➢ $1 Million Combined Single Limit
▪ City listed as an Additional Insured on the coverage
▪ Must include liability arising from all owned, leased, hired, and non-owned autos ▪ If any policy forms of endorsements are cited to grant extension of coverage, they must be included with the Certificate of Insurance submission ➢ If Contractor or its subcontractors or suppliers haul hazardous material (including, without limitation, waste), Auto Liability insurance must be applicable to all hazardous waste hauling vehicles, and include MCS 90 and CA9948 Endorsements. c. Commercial Umbrella/ Excess Liability
➢ $5 Million Per Occurrence/ Aggregate
▪ City listed as an Additional Insured on the coverage
▪ Coverage is primary and non-contributory
▪ If any policy forms of endorsements are cited to grant extension of coverage, they must be included with the Certificate of Insurance submission d. Workers Compensation
➢ $1 Million Per Occurrence for Bodily Injury by Accident ➢ $1 Million Each Employee for Bodily Injury by Disease ➢ $1 Million Policy Limit for Bodily Injury by Accident ▪ Waiver of Subrogation in favor of City
▪ If any policy forms of endorsements are cited to grant extension of coverage, they must be included with the Certificate of Insurance submission e. Pollution Policy (Hazardous Materials) [If Applicable] ➢ Required of Projects that involve Demolition and/or Excavation Activities ➢ $1 Million Per Occurrence/ $2 Million Aggregate
➢ City listed as an Additional Insured on the coverage
CONTRACTED OPERATIONS DESIGNATED AS TIER 2
Air Conditioning (HVAC) Systems
(service and repair) Carpentry (building interiors) Fire Suppression Systems (service and repair) Alarms and Alarm Systems Communications Equipment
Installation (interior) Landscape Construction
Building Interior Work (service,
repair and non-structural
remodeling)
Driveway, Parking Area or
Sidewalk (paving or repaving) Painting (exterior)
Cable Installation in Conduits
(buildings) Fence Erection All Other Job Types including Vendors Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 593 of 1055
GC 13
TIER 2 DESIGNATED INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
a. Commercial General Liability
➢ $1 Million Per Occurrence/ $2 Million Aggregate
▪ City listed as an Additional Insured on the coverage
▪ Coverage is primary and non-contributory
▪ If scope of work is within 50 feet of any railroad, endorsement citing inclusion of liability associated with this work is required
▪ If any policy forms of endorsements are cited to grant extension of coverage, they must be included with the Certificate of Insurance submission b. Business Auto Liability
➢ $1 Million Combined Single Limit
▪ City listed as an Additional Insured on the coverage
▪ Must include liability arising from all owned, leased, hired, and non-owned autos ▪ If any policy forms of endorsements are cited to grant extension of coverage, they must be included with the Certificate of Insurance submission ➢ If Contractor or its subcontractors or suppliers haul hazardous material (including, without limitation, waste), Auto Liability insurance must be applicable to all hazardous waste hauling vehicles, and include MCS 90 and CA9948 Endorsements. c. Workers Compensation
➢ $1 Million Per Occurrence for Bodily Injury by Accident ➢ $1 Million Each Employee for Bodily Injury by Disease ➢ $1 Million Policy Limit for Bodily Injury by Accident ▪ Waiver of Subrogation in favor of City
▪ If any policy forms of endorsements are cited to grant extension of coverage, they must be included with the Certificate of Insurance submission d. Pollution Policy (Hazardous Materials) [If Applicable] ➢ Required of Projects that involve Demolition and/or Excavation Activities ➢ $1 Million Per Occurrence/ $2 Million Aggregate
➢ City listed as an Additional Insured on the coverage
Contractor expressly waives all rights to subrogation against the City, its officers, employees and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by Contractor for City by expressly waiving Contractor’s immunity for injuries to Contractor’s employees and agrees that the obligation to indemnify, defend and hold harmless provided for in this Agreement extend to any claim brought by or on behalf of any employee of Contractor. This waiver is mutually negotiated by the parties. This shall not apply to any damage resulting from the sole negligence of City, its agents and employees.

To the extent any of the damages referenced herein were caused by or resulted from the concurrent negligence of City, its agents or employees, the obligations provided herein to indemnify, defend and hold harmless are valid and enforceable only to the extent of the negligence of contractor, its officers, agents and employees.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 594 of 1055
GC 14
Subcontractors. The prime contractor shall include all subcontractors as insureds under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements from each subcontractor.

The Contractor shall give personal attention to this work which is sublet. Nothing contained in the contract documents shall create any contractual relation between any subcontractor and the City.

A. Contractor shall have worker’s compensation and employer’s liability insurance in force throughout the duration of the contract in an amount which meets the statutory requirement with an insurance carrier acceptable to the City. The insurance policy shall include a provision prohibiting cancellation of said policy except upon forty-five (45) days prior written notice to City. Certificates of Insurance shall be delivered to the City at the time of the Contractors’ execution of the agreement.

B. Contractor expressly waives all rights to subrogation against the City, its officers, employees and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by Contractor for City by expressly waiving Contractor’s immunity for injuries to Contractor’s employees and agrees that the obligation to indemnify, defend and hold harmless provided for in this Agreement extend to any claim brought by or on behalf of any employee of Contractor. This waiver is mutually negotiated by the parties. This shall not apply to any damage resulting from the sole negligence of City, its agents and employees. To the extent any of the damages referenced herein were caused by or resulted from the concurrent negligence of City, its agents or employees, the obligations provided herein to indemnify, defend and hold harmless are valid and enforceable only to the extent of the negligence of contractor, its officers, agents and employees. 5-6 PATENT FEES OR ROYALTIES. Delete and replace with the following:

The Contractor shall include in its Bid the patent fees or royalties on any patented article or process which may be furnished or used in the Work. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the City Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 595 of 1055
GC 15
harmless from any legal action that may be brought for infringement of patents. The Contractor’s attention is directed to “Notice of Patents, Data, and Copyright Regulations” of the Federal Labor Standards.

The Contractor shall bear all costs arising from the use of patented goods and/or processes used on and/or incorporated into the Work. When use of these goods and/or processes is judged to be an infringement and the use is banned, the Contractor, at its own expense, shall, with concurrence of the Engineer, do one of the following:

A. Secure for the City the right to continue using goods and/or processes by suspension of the injunction or by procuring a license(s);
B. Replace said goods and/or processes with non-infringing goods and/or processes; C. Modify said goods and/or processes so that they become non-infringing; or D. Remove said goods and/or processes and refund the sum paid therefore without prejudice to any other rights of the City.

The preceding shall not apply to any goods manufactured to the detailed design of the City contained in the Contract Documents.
5-7 SAFETY.
5-7.1 Work Site Safety.
5-7.1.1 General. - Amend the following:

Add the following sentences to paragraph 1:

Should watering be the sole method utilized for roadway dust abatement purposes, the maximum time interval that shall elapse between applications thereof shall be no greater than 3 hours during normal working day, supplemented by an additional application thereof immediately prior to the conclusion of the workday and at such other times as may be required, including evenings, weekends and holidays as required by the Engineer. Should the Contractor be unable to furnish dust abatement as specified, the City may perform or cause to be performed the necessary service, the expense of which will be deducted from the payment due the Contractor.

Add the following paragraphs:

To insure the protection of storm drain inlets, Best Management Practices (BMPs) shall be employed during cleanup and dust control operations. Refer to Section 7-8.6.

Compliance with this section is of extreme importance to the City and its citizens. The City may fine the Contractor $1,000 per incident if there are issues with dust, mud, unused equipment or materials and rubbish within the construction area that result in citizen complaints. A 24 hour notice shall be issued to the Contractor and failure to correct the problems will result in the fine being levied. This fine will be in addition to those fines potentially charged for NPDES violations.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 596 of 1055
GC 16
5-8 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL.

Dust control shall be performed in accordance with Subsection 7-8 of the Standard Specifications, South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule 403, the general Provisions and the following Provision.

Dust resulting from the Contractor’s performance of the work, either inside or outside, the right-ofway shall be controlled by the Contractor. Dust control includes the action necessary to prevent, reduce or control dust within the work area as required to complete the work. The Contractor shall carry out proper and efficient measures to prevent his operations from producing dust in amounts damaging to property or causing a nuisance, or harm to persons living nearby or occupying buildings in the vicinity of the work. The Contractor shall control dust 24 hours a day, seven days a week. The methods to be used for controlling dust in the construction area and along haul roads shall be approved by the Engineer prior to starting any work. The Rule 403 Implementation Handbook published by the SCAQMD, contains a detailed listing of reasonably available dust control measures.

Dust control ordered by the Engineer to be applied on Saturdays, Sundays or holidays will be included in the Contract price for dust control and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.

The full compensation for all direct and indirect costs incurred for work performed or materials used to control dust resulting from the Contractor’s performance of the work and caused by public traffic, either inside or outside the right-of-way shall be considered as included in the Contract prices paid for the various items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. 5-9 STORAGE OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS.

The Contractor shall be required to provide and maintain as necessary, any additional property required for storage of equipment, materials, etc., to perform work on this project. Should the additional property be located within the city limits of the City of Redlands, the Contractor shall obtain written approval from the City of Redlands Development Services Department and comply with all conditions set therein prior to use. When private property is used for a yard area, the Contractor shall also secure written authorization from the private property owner and supply a copy of such to the City before any monthly progress payment is submitted. Contractor to propose designated areas of the project site, upon approval by the Engineer, suitable for material delivery, storage, and waste collection.

The Contractor shall ensure the construction yard adheres to all local, State and Federal regulations, ordinances, codes and maintained in a neat and orderly manner throughout the duration of the project.

The contractor shall include the construction yard in the Erosion Control Plan or SWPPP and shall be inspected and approved prior to use of the yard. If at any time during the project the location of the construction yard changes from the approved site, the City shall be notified prior to relocation for inspection and approval. Should the Contractor fail to comply with these conditions, the Engineer may suspend the work per SSPWC section 6-3 until the condition is corrected.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 597 of 1055
GC 17
At the end of the project or as required, the Contractor shall: clean up and remove all trash and debris, including all organic trash and debris; clean up and remove all hazardous and biochemical wastes from the property to the satisfaction of the agency (City, County, State, or Federal) charged with overseeing these items; and provide to the City a written release from the private property owner that they are satisfied with all clean up and removal work.
5-9.1 Storage in Public Streets.

Construction materials and equipment shall not be stored within public streets or right of way without prior approval from the City. In order to seek approval, Contractor shall submit a location map with all equipment or materials identified including size, duration and any BMP’s installed and provide at least 7 days for review by the City.
5-10 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL.

The Contractor shall follow the City's guidelines for Storm Water Pollution Prevention in providing storm water pollution control at the project site, including the implementation of approved Erosion/Sediment Control Plans during construction as well as the implementation of approved Water Quality Management Plans.

Construction activities disturbing 1 acre or more of land shall comply with the State Water Resources Control Board’s NPDES General Construction Storm Water Permit. A copy of the Notice of Intent (NOI) to include the Waste Discharge Identification (WDID) number shall be submitted as part of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) to the Engineer for review. Call (909) 782- 4130 for NOI/WDID information.

All projects requiring grading shall submit to the City for review and approval an Erosion/Sediment Control Plan and a Grading Plan. Permit(s) will not be issued until plans are approved and may be revoked if work required in these specifications are not complied with.

Construction sites shall be maintained by implementation of BMPs in such manner that pollutants are not discharged from the site to the maximum extent practicable. A few references available to help with selection and implementation of applicable BMPs are:

1. California Storm Water Best Management Practice Handbook, American Public Works Association, March 1993;

2. The Construction Site Best Management Practices Manual, November 2000;

3. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan and Water Pollution Control Program Preparation Manual, November 2000;

4. California Regional Water Quality Control Board’s San Francisco Bay Region, Guidelines for Construction Projects; and

5. California Regional Water Quality Control Board’s San Francisco Bay Region, Erosion and Sediment Control Field Manual, July 1999.

All discharges into the storm drain system are prohibited except for potable water, properly treated discharge, and those discharges specifically approved by the Engineer. The following are some of the prohibited discharges:

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 598 of 1055
GC 18

1. Discharges that could have an impact on human health or the environment, cause or threaten to cause pollution, contamination, or nuisance;

2. Discharges that exceed any applicable water quality standard contained in a statewide Water Quality Control Plan or local Basin Plan; and

3. Discharges containing hazardous substances equal to or in excess of a reportable quantity listed in Federal regulations 40 CFR, Parts 117 and 302.

Materials that can cause or contribute to pollution or a violation of any applicable water quality standard include, but are not limited to: sediments; solid or liquid chemical spills; wastes from paints, stains, sealants, glues, limes, pesticides or herbicides and wood preservatives or solvents; asbestos fibers, paint flakes or stucco fragments; fuels, oils, lubricants or hydraulic, radiator and battery fluids; fertilizers; vehicle and equipment wash water or concrete wash water; concrete, detergent or floatable wastes; wastes from any engine and equipment steam cleaning or chemical degreasing; and chlorinated potable water line flushings.

Unless exempted or authorized by an NPDES permit, all non-storm water discharges require prior approval by the Engineer or the State Water Resources Control Board with Engineer approval.

During construction, temporary storage of such materials as identified above, must occur in a designated area physically separated from potential storm water runoff, with ultimate disposal in accordance with local, state and federal requirements.

De-watering of contaminated groundwater or discharging contaminated soils via surface erosion is prohibited.

Unless indicated otherwise by the Engineer, all projects, regardless of size, shall submit for review and approval, a Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP). The WQMP shall consist of post construction BMPs which shall remain in effect throughout the life of the facility. Refer to WQMP guidelines.
5-11 TEMPORARY LIGHTS, POWER AND WATER.

Any water drawn from a City fire hydrant shall be via a City owned water meter. Said meter may be obtained from the Municipal Utilities & Engineering Department. Contractor is responsible for payment of a $1200 deposit fee. Said meter shall be returned in a condition like received, less normal wear and tear. All meters are loaned subject to the conditions of the Fire Hydrant Construction Meter Water Service Application. Contractor must provide proposed location of meter and notify Customer Service at (909) 798-7516 each time the meter is relocated during construction. Water reasonably used in connection with the construction contract will be provided at no cost to the Contractor. Water use determined to be wasteful or unreasonable will be charged for at the prevailing rate. 5-12 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 599 of 1055
GC 19
The Contractor shall relocate, re-establish, repair or replace all existing improvements within the work limits or right-of-way which are not designated for removal (e.g., sprinkler systems, curbs, sidewalks, driveways, fences, walls, signs, utility installations, pavement, structures, etc.) which are damaged or removed as a result of its operations.

Relocations, re-establishments, repairs and replacements shall be at least equal to existing improvements and shall match them in finish and dimension.

All costs to the Contractor for protecting, removing, restoring, relocating, repairing, replacing or reestablishing existing improvements shall be included in the Bid.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of the streets and roadways to be used by public and local traffic through and adjacent to the construction zone, from the date of "Notice to Proceed" until the date of acceptance of the completed construction improvements.

Street maintenance shall include filling of potholes, grading of subgrade and base, replacing signs, installing interim pavement striping and markers on the project streets and other side streets within the construction zone. Street maintenance shall also include sweeping and washing of streets, adjacent and connected to the construction zone on a weekly, or more frequent schedule, to prevent the accumulation of dust, dirt, gravel or other deleterious materials, all as necessary to maintain the construction roadways and adjacent streets in a safe, clean and drivable condition for use by public and local traffic.

Upon request from the City for information pertaining to a claim against the contractor, contractor shall provide a written/email response, including all requested information, within 14 calendar days of City’s request. If a response with all requested information is not provided to the City within 14 calendar days, a penalty of $500 per calendar day will be assessed to the Contractor by the City. 5-13 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY.
5-13.1 General.

The Contractor may be allowed to close the roadway, or a portion thereof, to traffic during normal work hours upon approval from the Engineer. During any closure, the Contractor shall allow access for residents, schools, trash service trucks, churches and businesses within the affected portion of roadway, except as required for construction for a reasonable period of time. The Contractor shall notify residents as noted within Section 5-18.

The Contractor shall provide and install barricades, delineators, warning devices and construction signs in accordance with the Work Area Traffic Control Handbook (WATCH) prepared by the Southern California Chapter of the American Public Works Association. During adverse weather or unusual traffic or working conditions additional devices shall be placed as directed by the engineer.

All traffic signs and devices shall conform to the current State of California, Department of Transportation (CALTRANS), "Manual of Warning Signs, Lights, and Devices for Use in Performance of Work upon Highways", unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 600 of 1055
GC 20
Fences, barriers, lights and signs shall be furnished, erected and maintained as necessary to give an adequate warning to the public at all times that the work is under construction and of dangerous conditions to be encountered as a result thereof, and warning and directional signs shall also be erected and maintained as may be required by the City. Should the Contractor fail to furnish a sufficient number of traffic and/or pedestrian safety devices within three (3) hours after being notified, the Owner will place such necessary items and the Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for providing such devices in accordance with the following provisions:

1. For placing of barricades - $15.00 per barricade for each day or part thereof.

For flashers - $15.00 per flasher for each day or part thereof.

For traffic cones - $7.50 per cone for each day or part thereof.

2. In the event that the services of the Owner are required outside the normal working hours and/or days or items not noted above are furnished by the City, all costs incurred by the City shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.

The Contractor shall relocate, preserve and maintain the visibility of all signs within the project limits which affect the flow of traffic, as directed by the engineer. Any signs that are missing or found damaged shall be replaced immediately by the Contractor at his expense.

The Contractor shall provide and maintain Class II barricades along excavation edges parallel to the flow of traffic at a spacing of twenty-five feet (25'). Class II barricades mounted with flashers shall be installed around work areas in parkways. Class II barricades shall have alternating black and reflectorized white (or yellow) stripes at an angle of 45 degrees. The stripe with shall be four to six inches.

During paving operations barricades may be supplemented with minimum size eighteen-inch (18") high traffic cones and delineators such that spacing between barricades and/or cones or delineators is no greater than twenty-five feet (25"). At all access points such as intersecting streets, alleys and driveways, barricades and/or cones shall be provided at five-foot (5') intervals so as to prevent vehicular access to the paving area. Where access from an intersecting street is prohibited, a "Road Closed" sign shall be provided. "No Left Turn" sign shall be provided wherever required by the Engineer.

Clearances from traffic lanes shall be 5 feet to the edge of any excavation and 2 feet to the face of any curb, pole, barricade, delineator or other vertical obstruction.

A 4 foot wide pedestrian walkway shall be maintained in the parkway area on each side of all streets, unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. The minimum clearance from: the edge of pedestrian walkways to any traffic lane shall be 5 feet; the edge of pedestrian walkways to any work zone shall be 3 feet; and the surface of pedestrian walkways to any overhead obstruction shall be 7 feet.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 601 of 1055
GC 21
The Contractor shall, at the end of each work day, have backfilled, compacted and placed a temporary drivable roadway surface on all work areas within traveled roadways prior to leaving the job site. Failure to comply to the satisfaction of the Engineer shall result in immediate correction by City forces, and all costs shall be borne by the Contractor.

Traffic control devices shall be marked with the Contractor’s name as appropriate. At no time shall any traffic control devices marked with companies or agencies other than the Contractor or subcontractors, be utilized within the work area.

All said traffic controls and safety devices shall be maintained in clean condition, with any and all graffiti removed by the end of workday on which the graffiti was first reported to the Contractor.

If the traffic control devices are deemed unacceptable by the Engineer due to being damaged, dirty, or marked incorrectly, the Contractor shall replace the traffic control devices immediately. Should the Contractor fail to furnish traffic control devices within three (3) hours after being notified, the Owner will place such necessary items and the Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for providing such devices in accordance with the provisions above.
5-13.1.1 Vehicular Access.

At such times as driveways are inaccessible due to the Contractor's work they shall be blocked by two (2) Class II barricades or one (1) Class II barricades and two (2) delineators. Driveways that are ramped or planked for temporary access shall be provided with a delineator at each side. 5-13.1.2 Signage. The Contractor shall furnish, erect and maintain all construction traffic signage as required and specified.

All construction traffic signage shall be in place prior to commencing any work, placed as needed during construction, moved as necessary and removed only upon completion of all work.

All construction traffic signage and controls shall comply with the State of California Manual of Traffic Controls, Warning Signs, Lights and Devices for use in Performance of Work Upon Highways. All construction traffic signage used in the performance of the work shall be a minimum of the encapsulated lens (high intensity) type. All traffic controls and safety devices, equipment and materials, including but not limited to cones, channelizers, delineators, flashing warning lights, barricades, high level warning devices, telescoping flag trees, flags, signs, markers, portable barriers, flashing arrow signs, changeable message signs, markings and flagging equipment shall be provided and maintained in like new condition.

When a Traffic Signal is constructed as a part of the project, the Contractor shall place and maintain for one calendar month, a message board for each approach leg to a new traffic signal. The message board shall read “CAUTION - NEW TRAFFIC SIGNAL”. The one month period shall begin from the day of activation. This requirement may be lessened or waived, on a case-by-case basis, by the Engineer.

The Contractor shall furnish and properly install, construct, erect, use and continuously inspect and maintain, twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, including holidays, all said Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 602 of 1055
GC 22
devices, equipment and materials and all temporary and permanent pedestrian and driving surfaces as necessary to provide for the safety and convenience of, and to properly warn, guide, control, regulate, channelize and protect the vehicular traffic, pedestrian traffic, project workers, and the public throughout the entire limits of the work activity and beyond said limits as necessary to include areas affecting or affected by the work, from the date of notice to proceed to the completion and acceptance of the work. Any corrective work required to be performed by City forces shall be charged to the Contractor and paid in full before release of any bonds on the project.

All traffic cones shall be no less than 28 inches in height, except that shorter cones, 12 inches minimum height, may be permitted during striping maintenance operations where the only function of the cone is to separate traffic from the wet paint. All barricades used to delineate traffic at night or placed in or adjacent to the traveled roadway at night, shall be equipped with flashing warning lights.

Channelizers shall be required when lane restrictions, detours or other work conditions need to be maintained for periods longer than normal work hours. Channelizers shall be surface-mounted type and shall be furnished, placed and maintained at the locations shown on the plans or as approved by the Engineer and shall conform to these specifications. Channelizers shall be, at the Contractor’s option, one of the following types, or approved equal: (1) Safe-Hit SH236SMA; (2) Repo “The Replaceable Post”; or (3) Carsonite, “Super Duck” SDF-436.SDF-436. 5-13.2 Traffic Control Plan
The Contractor shall provide a Traffic Control Plan to the agency for approval prior to the scheduled commencement of work. Comments and corrections shall be returned to the Contractor within five (5) working days.

The Contractor shall be required to maintain one lane in each direction when working on the roadway.

Access to schools, businesses, etc. shall be maintained as necessary for their operations. If closures are authorized by the Engineer, all detour signage shall be installed prior to closure of specified portion of roadway(s), and shall be maintained during closure.

The Contractor shall make provision to allow pedestrians full access across work areas at existing crosswalks, while working within those areas.

Traffic controls, including but not limited to vehicular and pedestrian traffic controls, maintenance of vehicular and pedestrian access, detours, and street closures shall be in accordance with Subsection 7-1, of the current edition of the "Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction," including all its subsequent amendments, and the current edition of the "Work Area Traffic Control Handbook." Traffic control and the Traffic Control Plan shall conform to the following:
a. All major streets shall remain open to through-traffic at all times, residential street will be closed to traffic only as long as it takes for material application and drying time.
b. The Traffic Control Plan shall indicate the traffic control requirements for the different types of work to be performed. The Contractor shall be Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 603 of 1055
GC 23
responsible for the preparation of Plans as necessary for specific items of work. These Plans shall be approved by the City's Engineer. c. All traffic controls and safety devices, equipment and materials, including but not limited to cones, delineators, flashing warning lights, barricades, high level warning devices (flag trees), flags, signs, markers, portable barriers, flashing arrow signs, markings, and flagging equipment shall be provided and maintained in "like new" condition.
d. The Contractor shall furnish and properly install, construct, erect, use, and continuously inspect and maintain, twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, all said devices, equipment and materials and all temporary and permanent pedestrian and driving surfaces as necessary to provide for the safety and convenience of, and to properly warn, guide, control, regulate, channelize and protect the vehicular traffic, pedestrian traffic, project workers, and the public throughout the entire limits of the work activity and beyond said limits as necessary to include area affecting or affected by the work, from the start of work to the completion of the work.

In the event the slurry and cape seal ravels, a "loose gravel" (C6) sign shall be placed to adequately warn the public.
e. High-level warning devices (flag trees) are required at all times for any work being performed within the roadway unless otherwise specifically authorized by the City's Engineer.
f. All barricades shall be equipped with flashing warning lights, and all traffic cones shall be no less than twenty-eight inches (28") in height, except that shorter cones, twelve inches (12") high or higher, may be used during striping maintenance operations where the only function of the cones is to protect the wet paint from the traffic.
g. Type III barricades, no less than six feet (6') in length and equipped with two (2) Type "N" markers each and two (2) flashing warning lights each, shall be used to close streets, except as otherwise specifically authorized in advance by the City's Engineer for minor maintenance work of no more than one (1) working days duration on weekdays, or on holidays only, and between 8:00 a.m. and 3:30 p.m. only. Said barricades shall be placed across the full roadway at each point of closure with the distance between barricades or between barricades and curbs, not exceeding three feet (3'), except that one (1) eleven-foot (11')-wide gap between barricades shall be provided at the center of the street. Barricades to the right of the street's center, facing the inbound vehicular traffic, shall also be equipped with one (1) Type C2 "Road Closed" sign each or one (1) Type C3A "Road Closed to Thru Traffic" sign each.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 604 of 1055
GC 24
h. Except for residential streets, as otherwise directed and/or authorized by the City's Engineer, two-way vehicular traffic shall be maintained at all times within two (2) eleven foot (11')-wide lanes on streets, having an effective roadway width of forty-four feet (44') or more with restricted parking, and other streets of lesser widths may be reduced to one (1) twelve-foot (12') wide lane with work activity being limited to one side at a time, and with one-way vehicular traffic being maintained at all times by properly trained and experienced flaggers.

No reduction of the traveled way width shall be permitted on any City street before 8:00 a.m. nor after 3:30 p.m., on weekends or holidays, or when active work is not being done, unless prior authorization to do so is granted by the City's Engineer.

Arrow boards shall be required for all lane closures on major streets. i. Properly trained and experienced flaggers shall be provided to traffic when said traffic is to be interrupted, when two-way traffic is to be reduced to one-way traffic, and at such other times as is necessary to safely pass the traffic through or around the work area, and when so directed by the City's Engineer.
j. Vehicular access to occupied residential property may be restricted on weekdays other than holidays between the hours of 8:00 a.m. to 3:30 p.m. while essential work activity is taking place, with specific prior written approval from the City's Engineer, providing the Contractor gives the owner and/or resident at least forty-eight (48)-hour advance written and oral notice. See Part 2, "Notification of Residents," herein.

Convenient and safe pedestrian access to occupied residential property shall be maintained at all times. Access to mailboxes must be maintained at all time, such that the postal delivery service is not interrupted.

Access to vacant and unused property may be restricted at the Engineer's discretion. Both vehicular and pedestrian access shall be maintained at all times to all other property except as otherwise specifically authorized in writing by the City's Engineer.
k. Any traffic control and safety devices and equipment being used which becomes damaged, destroyed, faded, soiled, misplaced, worn out, inoperative, lost, or stolen shall be promptly repaired refurbished and/or replaced, and any traffic control and safety devices and equipment being used which are displaced or not in an upright position from any cause, shall be promptly returned or restored to their proper position.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 605 of 1055
GC 25
l. An unobstructed view of all signs and warning devices including but not limited to stop signs, stop ahead signs, street names signs, and other regulatory, warning and construction signs, markers, and warning devices shall be maintained at all times. No trucks or other equipment or materials shall be stopped, parked, or otherwise placed so as to obscure said signs, markers, and devices from the view of vehicular and/or pedestrian traffic to which it applies.
m. When entering or leaving roadways carrying public traffic, the Contractor's equipment, whether empty or loaded, shall yield to said public traffic at all times, except where the traffic is being controlled by police officers, fire officers, properly trained and experienced flaggers, or at traffic signalized intersections.
n. Stockpiling and/or storage of materials on any public right-of-way or parking areas will not be allowed without specific permission of the Engineer. Materials spilled along or on said right-of-way or parking areas shall be removed completely and promptly. All stockpile and/or storage areas shall be kept in a safe, neat, clean, and orderly fashion, and shall be restored to equal or better than original condition upon completion of the work.
o. Where vehicular access to abutting property must be restricted, the work shall be so selected, arranged, and scheduled that the person(s) requiring access to said abutting property and/or residents along said streets affected will be able to park within a reasonable distance of not more than five hundred feet (500') from their homes and/or destination. Residents must be supplied written notice of such restrictions a minimum of 48 hours in advance.
p. When work has been completed on a particular street or has been suspended or rescheduled, and said street is to be opened to vehicular traffic, all equipment, "NO PARKING" signs, other obstructions, and unnecessary traffic control devices and equipment shall be promptly removed from that street except as otherwise authorized or directed by the City's Engineer. q. Should the Contractor be neglectful, negligent, or refuse, fail, or otherwise be unavailable to promptly, satisfactorily, and fully comply with the provisions specified and referred to hereinabove, the City reserves the right to correct and/or mitigate any situation, which in the sole opinion of the City's Engineer constitutes a serious deficiency and/or serious case of noncompliance, by any means at its disposal at the Contractor's and/or permittee's expense, and will deduct the cost therefore from the Contractor's progress and/or final payment. Such corrective action taken by the City shall not reduce or abrogate the Contractor's legal obligations and liability for proper traffic control and safety measures, and shall not serve to transfer Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 606 of 1055
GC 26
said obligations and liabilities from the Contractor to the City or the City's agents.
r. Violations of any of the above Provisions and/or Provisions of the referenced publications, unless promptly and completely corrected to the satisfaction of the City's Engineer, shall at the sole discretion of the City, be grounds for termination of the Contract, or shut down or partial shutdown of the work, without compensation to the Contractor and/or permittee, or liability to the City, all as prescribed by Contractual obligation or State law, whichever is applicable.

Full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, flaggers, lights, channelizers (surface mounted), temporary striping, barricades, portable flashing lights, flashing arrow signs, traffic control and detour plan, and incidentals required to comply with the provisions specified and referred to herein above, to provide all required traffic and pedestrian control for the duration of this contract, all as shown and as specified, shall be paid as specified in Section 01200 of the General Requirements and no other compensation shall be made therefore.

5-13.3 Edison Energized Conductors. The Contractor hereby promises and agrees that in the performance of the Work, he will employ and utilize only qualified persons, as hereinafter defined, to work in proximity to Edison's secondary, primary and transmission facilities. The term "qualified person" is defined as follows:
"Qualified Person". A person by reason of experience or instruction is familiar with the operation to be performed and hazards involved.

Contractor further promises and agrees that the provisions of this paragraph shall be and are binding upon any Subcontractor or Subcontractors that may be retained by it, and that the Contractor shall take such steps as are necessary to insure compliance by said Subcontractor or Subcontractors with the requirements of this paragraph.
5-14 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE.
5-14.1 Responsibility for Damage. The Contractor agrees to and does hereby indemnify, defend and hold harmless the City, its elected officials and the Consultant and their officers, agents and employees from every claim or demand made, and every liability, loss, damage, or expense of any nature whatsoever, including attorney's fees and costs, which may be incurred by reason of:
(a) Liability for damages for (1) death or bodily injury to persons, (2) injury to loss or theft of property, (3) any other loss, damage or expense arising under either (1) or (2) above, sustained by the Contractor or any person, firm or corporation employed by the contractor upon or in connection with the work called for in this agreement, except for the liability resulting from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the City, its elected officials and their officers, employees and agents who are directly employed by the City and the Consultant; and Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 607 of 1055
GC 27
(b) any injury to or death of persons or damage to property caused by any fault, neglect, default or omission of the Contractor, or any person, firm or corporation employed by the Contractor, either directly or by independent contract, including all damages due to loss or theft, sustained by any person, firm or corporation, including the City, arising out of, or in any way connected with the work covered by this agreement, whether said injury or damage occurs either on or off City property, provided that any of the foregoing (1) is attributable to personal injury, bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the work itself), including the loss of use resulting there from, and (2) is caused in whole or in part by any act or omission of the Contractor, any subcontractor, any supplier, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose act or omissions any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any act or omission (active, passive, or comparative negligence included, excepting the active negligence of the District) of a party indemnified hereunder.
(c) The Contractor, at its own expense, cost, and risk shall defend any and all actions, suits or other proceedings that may be brought or instituted against the City, its elected officials, officers, agents and employees and the Consultant, against any such claim, demand or liability, and shall pay or satisfy any judgment that may be rendered against the City, its elected officials, officers, agents or employees, in any such action, suit or other proceedings as a result thereof.
5-15 NO PERSONAL LIABILITY. Neither the City Council, the Engineer, the Consultant, nor any other officer or authorized assistant or agent shall be personally responsible for any liability arising under the contract.
5-16 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK. Except as provided above, until the formal acceptance of the Work by the City, the Contractor shall have the charge and care thereof and shall bear the risk of injury or damage to any part thereof by the action of the elements or from any other cause, whether arising from the execution or from the non-execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good all injuries or damages to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the above causes before final acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof, except such injuries or damages occasioned by act of the federal government or the public enemy.

The City of Redlands shall not be held responsible for the care or protection of any material or parts of the work prior to final acceptance, except as expressly provided in these specifications.

The City shall not be responsible for security of the Contractors equipment or materials at the site.

The City will not be responsible for theft or damage to any property or materials of the Contractor.

Security for Contractor’s property shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 5-17 WARRANTY OF WORK. The Contractor shall guarantee the Work against defective materials or workmanship for a period of (1) year from the date of completion date specified in the Notice of Completion, except where longer warranty periods are specifically stated. As specified in Section 2-4 in the GENERAL CONDITIONS, the Performance Bond shall remain in full force and effect during the warranty period.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 608 of 1055
GC 28
All work which has been rejected, shall be remedied, or removed and replaced, by the Contractor at his own expense, with work conforming to the Plans and Specifications. Any defective material or workmanship which may be discovered before final acceptance or within (1) one year from the completion date specified in the Notice of Completion shall be corrected immediately by the Contractor at his own expense notwithstanding that it may have been overlooked in previous inspections and estimates. Failure to inspect work at any stage shall not relieve the Contractor from any obligation to perform sound and reliable work as herein described. It is the Contractor's ultimate responsibility to deliver at the time of final acceptance a complete project that complies in all details with these Contract Documents. All items shall be ready to operate.

Any omission or failure on the part of the Owner to discover or notify the Contractor of or to condemn defective work or material at the time of construction shall not be deemed an acceptance, and the Contractor will be required to correct defective work or material prior to final acceptance.

The Owner will endeavor to locate any errors or defective materials or workmanship and call them to the attention of the Contractor prior to subsequent work being performed. However, the Owner is under no obligation to do so and shall not be held liable because errors or defective material or workmanship by the Contractor are not discovered prior to subsequent work.

During the (1) one year warranty period, should the Contractor fail to remedy defective material and/or workmanship, or to make replacements within five (5) days after written notice by the Owner, it is agreed that the Owner may make such repairs and replacement and the actual cost of the required labor and materials shall be chargeable to and payable by the Contractor or his Surety.

Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit the rights of the Owner to immediately correct conditions which may be unsafe or which may pose a public health nuisance. Should said conditions later be found to be caused by defective material and/or workmanship, the Contractor and his Surety shall reimburse the Owner for costs reasonably incurred while attending the situation.

In the event it is necessary for the Owner to file suit to enforce any liability of the Contractor pursuant to this sections WARRANTY OF WORK, the Owner shall be entitled to recover from the Contractor, in addition to all other amounts found due and owing, costs of suit and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred by the Owner in successfully enforcing the Contractor's obligations, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered.

The warranty provided herein shall not be in lieu of, but shall be in addition to any warranties or other obligations otherwise imposed by the Contract Document or by law. The remedies provided herein shall not be exclusive and the Owner shall be entitled to any and all remedies provided by law. 5-18 NOTIFICATION OF RESIDENTS/BUSINESSES. The Contractor shall notify all residents, firms, institutions, agencies, and utility companies which may be affected by the work.

Notification shall be by hand delivery of an approved notice within the project limits approved by the City. The notification process shall consist of two notifications, one prior to the start of construction for all properties within the project area and a second notification at least seven days in advance of any activity which may impact each specific property. In the event of any work within the downtown Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 609 of 1055
GC 29
area, the distribution of the second notification shall be at least fourteen days in advance of any activity. Activities impacting said properties and, therefore, requiring the above said notices include the following: the work itself; closure or partial closure of the street; and disallowance of street parking and disallowance of vehicular ingress to or egress from the property.

Said firms, institutions, agencies, and utility companies which must be notified of proposed work shall include, but are not limited to the following: public schools, private schools, day care centers, postal service, hospitals, governmental services, police department, fire department, ambulance services, Omnitrans, solid waste collection, and City street sweeping.

The proposed notice shall be submitted to the Engineer at least seven calendar days prior to the date of distribution for review and approval. The submittal shall also include a map identifying the limits of the work and proposed limits of distribution. The printed notices shall contain a general description of the work to be done, the name of the street with limits, the day and date of the work and the name and telephone number of the Contractor. The notice shall also include a statement that there will be no disruption of trash collection schedules and that trash should be set out by 6:00 a.m. on the scheduled day of pickup. If on-street parking will be affected the notice shall include a statement that no on-street parking will be allowed between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. on the day of work, and a statement that it will be necessary to tow away parked vehicles at the owner's expense per California Vehicle Code CVC 22651L and CVC 22654D.

The Contractor will provide City with the dates and addresses of when project notifications are delivered to affected properties. City will verify the notification process is completed in compliance with the requirements of the specifications. Work will commence when City approves Contractor’s compliance with the requirements set forth in the specifications.

If on-street parking is affected, the Contractor shall also post pre-approved "NO PARKING-TOW WAY" signs on 1 x 2 wood stakes or barricades at one hundred foot (100’) maximum spacing along the affected areas of the street, 48 hours prior to the start of the work. The "NO PARKING-TOW AWAY" signs shall contain the day, date, and hours that parking will be prohibited on that particular street and a statement that parked vehicles will be towed away at owner's expense per California Vehicle Code CVC 22651L and CVC 22654D. The Contractor shall maintain said signs throughout the day of work, and shall start the removal of said signs by 4:00 p.m. and complete the removal by 6:00 p.m. on said day of work or as otherwise directed by the Engineer.

The Contractor shall document the day, date, and time the signs are installed because the no parking restriction cannot be enforced until the signs have been in place 24 hours. Posting of signs on trees, utility poles, light standards and other existing parkway improvement is strictly forbidden.

In the event of street resurfacing operations, the notices to residents shall contain a statement that the street to be resurfaced will be closed to vehicular traffic, and the suggestion that if they require the use of their vehicles on the day of the resurfacing work, they should consider parking their vehicle on a nearby street which is not scheduled for a resurfacing application.

In the event scheduled work is delayed, theContractor shall immediately remove all "NO PARKING" signs. The contractor must notify all previously notified, in person and with printed notices, that the Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 610 of 1055
GC 30
work will be rescheduled and that they will be re-notified 48 hours in advance. The Contractor shall have an adequate supply of approved notifications for distribution to residents.

Full compensation for conforming to these requirementsshall be considered as included in the various Contract items of work involved, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.

Failure to comply with this section shall result in a penalty assessment imposed of up to $10,000 per violation at the City’s discretion.

SECTION 6 – PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK
6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. - Add the following paragraph:

Contractor shall notify Underground Service Alert (USA) at 1 (800) 227-2600, two working days prior to starting work, and must submit verification number to the City prior to starting work. 6-1.2 Commencement of the Work. - Amend the second sentence as follows:
“The work shall start within 10 days thereafter, and be diligently prosecuted to completion within the Contract Time.”
6-3 TIME OF COMPLETION.
6-3.1 General. - Add the following sentence:

The time of completion of the Contract shall be expressed in consecutive calendar days. 6-4.1 General. - Add the following paragraphs:

If saturated soil is encountered during construction due to leaks in an existing utility, contractor shall remove saturated material and replace with a suitable backfill material until adequate compaction can be attained by verification from the City's Geotechnical Engineer.

Prior to any removal of saturated material, contractor shall discuss the methods of remediation with the City's representative. Approval from the City, or the City's representative, shall be obtained for any amount of saturated material removal in which the contractor anticipates to be compensated for, if approval is not obtained all costs shall be borne by the contractor.

Up to a 14 day delay in paving operations may be requested after all leaks have been resolved to provide time for excess moisture to dissipate, at no additional cost to the city, in lieu of removing and replacing the saturated soil. A no cost change order will be prepared to provide the contractor with additional contract time if such delay is requested by the City. 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. The value of liquidated damages noted in this section is amended to five hundred dollars ($500) per calendar day.
6-10 NOTICE AND SERVICE THEREOF. Any notice required or given by one party to the other under the Contract shall be in writing and shall be dated and signed by the party giving such Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 611 of 1055
GC 31
notice or by duly authorized representative of such party. Any such notice shall not be effective for any purpose whatever unless served in the following manner:

Notice shall be given to the Contractor by personal delivery thereof to said Contractor or to his authorized representative at the project site, or by deposing the same in the United States Mail enclosed in a sealed envelope addressed to said Contractor at the address established for the conduct of work under this Contract, certified and with postage prepaid.

Notice shall be given to the Surety, or any other person, by personal delivery to said Surety or other person, or by depositing the same in the United States Mail, enclosed in a sealed envelope addressed to such Surety or persons at the address of said Surety or persons last communicated by him to the party giving the notice, certified and with postage prepaid.

Notice shall be given to the Owner by personal delivery thereof or by depositing the same in the United States Mail enclosed in a sealed envelope, certified and with postage prepaid. The address of record for the owner is:

City of Redlands
Municipal Utilities & Engineering Department
P.O. Box 3005
35 Cajon Street, Suite 15A
Redlands, CA 92373
6-11 PUBLIC RECORDS ACT. All documents, Plans, specifications and all other information relating to the conduct of the City’s business, including information submitted by the Contractor, shall become the exclusive property of the City and except as provided by law shall be deemed public records. Said information shall be subject to the provisions of the California Public Records Act (Government Code Sections 6250 et seq.).

Under no circumstances will the City be responsible or liable to the Contractor, submitter or any other party for the disclosure of any records or information submitted to the City, regardless of whether such records or information are labeled “Trade Secret”, “Confidential”, or “Proprietary” (or words to similar effect) and regardless of whether the disclosure is required by law or a court order or occurs through inadvertence, mistake, or negligence on the part of the City or its officers, employees, and/or Contractors.

The City will not advise as to the nature or content of documents entitled to protection from disclosure under the California Public Records Act, including interpretations of the Act or the definition of “Trade Secret”. The submitting party shall be solely responsible for all determinations made under the Act, and where appropriate for clearly and prominently marking each and every page or sheet of information with “Trade Secret”, “Confidential”, or “Proprietary”. Each submitting party is advised to contact its own legal counsel concerning the California Public Records Act and its applicability to the submitting party’s own circumstances.

In the event of litigation concerning the disclosure of any information submitted by the submitting party, the City’s sole involvement will be as a stakeholder, retaining the information until otherwise Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 612 of 1055
GC 32
ordered by a court. The submitting party, at its sole expense and risk, shall be responsible for any and all fees and costs for prosecuting or defending any action concerning the information, and shall indemnify and hold the City harmless from all costs and expenses including attorneys’ fees, in connection with such action.

SECTION 7 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
7-3 PAYMENT.
7-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. - Delete and replace with the following:

The closure date for the purpose of making monthly progress payments shall be assigned by the Engineer during the pre-construction meeting. Payment, less deductions, unearned work and retention, will be made within 30 days of the closure date. If a dispute exists between the City and the Contractor regarding an item included in the Contractor's Monthly Progress Payment Request, progress payments will be withheld until said dispute is resolved, in which case longer period of time will be required to make such payment. No such payment shall be required to be made, when in the judgment of the Engineer, the total value of the work since the last estimate amounts to less than $500.

If, in the opinion of the Engineer, work is not progressing according to the approved schedule, payments may be withheld until the Contractor returns to the approved schedule.

Deductions will be made for: (1) amounts due the Owner for equipment or material furnished or services rendered; (2) amounts due the Owner under the terms of the Contract; (3) amounts of any claims of lien filed with the Owner; (4) accrued amounts of liquidated damages; (5) amounts required to be deducted by Federal, State or local governmental authorities. From the balance thus determined will be deducted the amounts of all previous payments, and the remainder shall constitute the monthly payment due the Contractor.

A retention of five percent (5%) will be withheld from each and every progress payment to the Contractor. This percentage will remain constant throughout the duration of the Contract. The City shall make a progress payment within thirty (30) days after receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted payment request from Contractor pursuant to Public Contract Code section 20104.50.

After completion of the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the Engineer shall make a final estimate of the amount of work done. The City shall pay the entire sum so found to be due after deducting there from all previous payments and all amounts to be retained under the provisions of the Contract. All prior partial estimates and payments shall be subject to correction in the final estimate and payment. The final payment shall not be due and payable until the expiration of thirty-five (35) days from and after the recordation of the Notice of Completion filed by the City.

As provided by paragraph 22300 of the California Public Contract Code, the Contractor may substitute securities for any monies withheld by the City to ensure performance under the Contract.

Substitute securities shall be deposited in a financial institution in a form acceptable to the City of Redlands. The financial institution shall be located within the City limits of the City of Redlands.

The Escrow Agreement to be used is set forth in Public Contract Code section 22300. 7-3.3 Delivered Materials. - Delete and replace with the following:

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 613 of 1055
GC 33
No payment will be made for materials or equipment delivered but not yet incorporated in the work. 7-4.2.6 Extras. Without invalidating the Contract, the City may order extra work or make changes by altering, adding or deducting from the work, the Contract sum being adjusted accordingly and the consent of the Surety being first obtained where necessary or desirable. All the Work of the kind bid upon shall be paid for at the price stipulated on the proposal, and no claims for any extra work or material shall be allowed unless the work is ordered in writing by the engineer and the price is stated in such order.
7-4.2.7 Claims for Extra Costs. No claim for extra work or cost shall be allowed unless the same was done in pursuance of a written order by the Engineer, as aforesaid, and the claim presented with the first estimate after the changed or extra work is done. When work is performed under the terms of the General Conditions, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory bills, payrolls, and vouchers covering all items of cost and when requested by the City, give the City access to accounts relating thereto.

After completion of the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the Engineer shall make a final estimate of the amount of work done. The City shall pay the entire sum so found to be due after deducting there from all previous payments and all amounts to be retained under the provisions of the Contract. All prior partial estimates and payments shall be subject to correction in the final estimate and payment. The final payment shall not be due and payable until the expiration of the thirty-five (35) days from and after the recordation of the Notice of Completion filed by the City.

SECTION 8 - FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL
This section is deleted in its entirety.

SECTION 9 - ASSIGNMENT OF UNFAIR BUSINESS PRACTICES
CLAIMS
9-1. In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the Contractor or subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the City all rights, title and interest and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2, commencing with section 16700 of part 2 of division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from the purchase of goods, services, or materials pursuant to this public works agreement. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the City tenders final payment to the Contractor, without further acknowledgment by the Parties.

SECTION 10 - TRENCHING AND EXCAVATION
10-1. If this contract involves digging trenches or other excavations that extend deeper than (4) feet below the surface, the following shall be done pursuant to California Public Contract Code Section 7104:

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 614 of 1055
GC 34
A. That the Contractor shall promptly and before the following conditions are disturbed, notify the City in writing, of any:
(1) Material that the Contractor believes may be material that is hazardous waste, as defined in Section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law. (2) Subsurface or latent physical conditions differing from those indicated. (3) Unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the contract.

B. That the City shall promptly investigate the conditions, and if it finds that the conditions do materially so differ, or do involve hazardous waste, and cause a decrease or increase in the Contractor’s cost of, or the time required for, performance of any part of work shall issue a change order under the procedures described in the contract.

C. That, in the event that a dispute arises between the City and the Contractor whether the conditions materially differ, or involve hazardous waste, or cause a decrease or increase in the Contractor cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the work, the Contractor shall not be excused from any scheduled completion date provided for by the contract, but shall proceed with all work to be performed under the contract. The Contractor shall retain any and all rights provided either by contract or by law which pertains to the resolution of disputes and protests between the contracting parties.

SECTION 11 - REMOVAL, RELOCATION OR PROTECTION OF

EXISTING UTILITIES
11-1. Pursuant to Government Code Section 4215 et seq, the City shall assume the responsibility between the parties to this contract, for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of existing main or trunk line utility facilities located on the site of the construction project for this contract, if such utilities are not identified by the public agency in the plans and specifications made a part of the invitation for bids.
11-2. The Contractor shall be compensated for the costs of locating, repairing damage not due to the failure of the Contractor to exercise reasonable care, and removing or relocating such utility facilities not identified in the plans and specifications with reasonable accuracy and for equipment on the project necessarily identified during such work.
11-3. The Contractor shall not be assessed liquidated damages for delay in completion of the project, when such delay was caused by the failure of the City, or the owner of the utility to provide for removal or relocation of such utility facilities.

11.4. The City shall not be required to indicate the presence of existing service laterals or appurtenances whenever the presence of such utilities on the site of the construction project can be Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 615 of 1055
GC 35
inferred from the presence of other visible facilities, such as buildings, meter and junction boxes, on adjacent to the site of construction, provided, however, nothing herein shall relieve the City from identifying main or trunk lines in the plans and specifications.

11.5. Nothing herein shall preclude the City from pursuing appropriate remedy against the utility for delays which are the responsibility of the utility.

11.6. If the Contractor, while performing the contract, discovers utility facilities not identified by the City in the contract plans or specifications, Contractor shall immediately notify the City and the utility in writing.

11.7. The public utility, when it is the owner, shall have the sole discretion to perform repairs or relocation work or permit the Contractor to do such repairs or relocation work at a reasonable price.

11.8. Contractor shall comply with Government Code Section 4216 through 4216.9.

11.9. Conduits from existing street light and traffic signal systems may be encountered during construction of this project. All removals, relocations, and/or replacements of existing conduit systems shall be performed in accordance with these specifications and City standards, by a qualified electrical contractor. All costs for said work shall be borne by the Contractor and paid as a part of the various items of work requiring such removals, relocations, and/or replacements, and no other compensation shall be made therefore.

SECTION 200 - ROCK MATERIALS
200-2 UNTREATED BASE MATERIALS.
200-2.1 General. - Amend the first paragraph as follows:
“Materials for use as untreated base or subbase shall be classified in the order of preference as follows:

Crushed Aggregate Base
Crushed Miscellaneous Base
Pulverized Miscellaneous Base.”
200-2.4.1 General. - Delete the second sentence and replace with the following:
“The material shall be free of deleterious material as defined in 200-1.1.” 200-2.4.2 Grading. - Amend the first sentence of paragraph 1 as follows:
“The material shall be uniformly graded and shall conform to the ‘fine’ gradations:” 200-2.5.1 General. - Delete the third sentence and replace with the following:
“The material shall be free of deleterious material as defined in 200-1.1.” 200-2.8.1 General. - Amend as follows:

Delete the second sentence of paragraph 1 and replace with the following:
“Pulverized miscellaneous base may contain underlying base material.” Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 616 of 1055
GC 36
Delete the third sentence of paragraph 1 and replace with the following:
“The material shall be free of deleterious material as defined in 200-1.1.” SECTION 201 - CONCRETE, MORTAR AND RELATED MATERIALS
201-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE.
201-1.1.1 General - Add the following paragraph:

The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer in the field with a copy of the mix design to be used, and with a legible certified weighmaster's certificate for each load of PCC delivered to the project.

PCC delivered to the project site having a water content and/or slump greater than that specified in the mix design, shall be rejected and removed from the project site. 201-1.1.2 Concrete Specified by Class and Alternate Class - Amend Table 201-1.1.2.(A) as follows:

Street Surface Improvements section -
All concrete in this section shall have a minimum compressive strength at 28 days of 22,410 kPa (3,250 pounds per square inch), and meet the requirements of class 330-C-23 (560-C-3250) concrete.

Sewer & Storm Drain Facilities section, Sidehill Surface Drainage Facilities subsection - All concrete in this subsection shall have a minimum compressive strength at 28 days of 22,410 kPa (3,250 pounds per square inch), and meet the requirements of class 330-C-23 (560-C-3250) concrete.
201-1.4.3 Transit Mixers. - Replace the first sentence in paragraph 6 with the following:

The total elapsed time between addition of water at the batch plant and the completion of the discharge of the PCC from the mixer, shall not exceed ninety (90) minutes. All PCC remaining in the mixer, after said ninety (90) minutes time limit, shall be rejected and removed from the project site.

SECTION 203 - BITUMINOUS MATERIALS
203-3 EMULSIFIED ASPHALT.
203-3.1 General. - Modify the section by adding the following:

Asphalt emulsion shall be a QUICKSET ANIONIC OR CATIONIC EMULSIFIED ASPHALT conforming to the requirements of Subsection 203-1.3, “Test Reports and Certification”, and Subsection 203-1.2, “Testing Requirements” of the Standard Specifications.

The latex additive shall be Ultra Pave 70 (for anionic) or Ultra Pave 65 K (for cationic) or an approved equal. The latex shall be added at the emulsion plant after weighing the asphalt and before the addition of mixing water. The latex shall be added at a rate of two to two-and-one-half (2 to 225) parts to one-hundred (100) parts of emulsion by volume.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 617 of 1055
GC 37
203-5 SLURRY SEAL.
203-5.1 General. - Delete the sentence and replace with the following:

Slurry seal shall be emulsion-aggregate slurry (EAS) conforming to 203-5.4. 203-5.2 Mix Design. - Modify the section by adding the following:
(f) Admixtures, such as Portland Cement or aluminum sulfate may be mixed into the slurry material to adjust curing time such that the applied slurry can support vehicular traffic within 60 minutes.
(g) Use of slag shall not be permitted.
(h) Deliveries of aggregate and emulsion shall not be made without the engineer present.

Emulsion is not to be transferred to an on-site storage tanker without the sieve test performed by the City.
203-5.3.2 Grading. - Delete the sentence and replace with the following:

The combined aggregate gradation shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C136 and conform to Type II requirements shown in Table 203-5.3.2 (A). 203-5.4.1 General. – Modify the paragraph and replace with the following:

EAS shall be a stable mixture of emulsified asphalt, aggregate, water, a set control agent, and latex.

EAS shall be Type II-CQS-1h-EAS.
203-5.4.2.1 Aggregate. – Delete the sentence and replace with the following:

Aggregate shall be Type II conforming to 203-5.3.
203-5.4.2.2 Emulsified Asphalt. – Modify the first paragraph and replace with the following:

Emulsified asphalt shall be quick-set, and contain latex. Quick-set emulsified asphalt shall be CQS-1h conforming to 203-3.
203-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE.
203-6.1 General. - Add the following paragraph:

Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, asphalt concrete for paving shall be C2-PG 64-10 (1/2”) for finish paving or B-PG 64-10 (3/4”) for base paving. Asphalt concrete for Type D1 or Type D2 curb shall be D2 –PG 70-10.

SECTION 206 - MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS
206-7 TRAFFIC SIGNS.
206-7.1 General. The Contractor shall furnish or relocate and erect all traffic signage as required and specified.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 618 of 1055
GC 38
All new traffic signage shall be a minimum of the encapsulated lens (high intensity) type, have an anti-graffiti protective covering and be installed on new posts. All traffic signage to be relocated shall be installed on new posts.
206-7.2 Protective Covering. Anti-graffiti protective covering shall be Type 1150-POF, manufactured by 3M Company, or approved equal.
206-7.3 Post and Base. New posts and bases shall be Ultimate Sign Support System as manufactured by Western Highway, or approved equal.

SECTION 207 – GRAVITY PIPE
207-2 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE (RCP).
207-2.1 General. - Add the following sentences to paragraph 2:

The minimum D-load for any RCP shall be 1,350. The minimum size for RCP shall be 18 inches (457 mm) unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.

SECTION 211 - MATERIAL TESTS
211-1 COMPACTION TESTS.
211-1.4 General. The Contractor shall be responsible for all quality control for all work. The Contractor shall complete all necessary testing to ensure the quality requirements within the specifications are achieved. The Contractor shall conduct the compaction testing by a geotechnical engineering firm and the results of the testing shall be made available to the Engineer.

The City will complete assurance testing throughout the project by an independent testing firm.

The City will perform the first compaction test required at any location. If such test does not meet the required specifications, the City will make additional tests until the required compaction is obtained and withhold from the final payment due the Contractor, the cost of all such additional tests. To be acceptable, tests must be ordered and witnessed by the City. Tests will be ordered by the City and performed at a location and depth as directed by the City. The Contractor shall assist the City in performing these tests as necessary. The Contractor shall provide to the City the maximum dry density and the optimum moisture content results of backfill and bedding material when requested by the City.

SECTION 214 - TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT

MARKINGS, AND PAVEMENT MARKERS
214-4 PAINT FOR STRIPING AND MARKINGS.
214-4.1 General. - Amend the first sentence in paragraph 4 as follows:
“Glass beads conforming to 214-3 shall be mechanically applied at a rate of 0.6 to 0.8 kg of beads per liter (5 to 7 pounds of beads per gallon).”
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 619 of 1055
GC 39
SECTION 300 - EARTHWORK
300-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING.
300-1.1 General. - Amend as follows:

Amend paragraph 3 as follows:
“The natural ground surface shall be cleared of all vegetable growth, such as trees, logs, upturned stumps, roots of downed trees, brush, grass, weeds, shrubs, ground cover, tree stumps, decorative landscape rocks, edging, railroad ties, other decorative landscape treatments, boulders, rock, portland cement concrete, and all other objectionable materials, within the limits of construction.” Add the following paragraphs:

Grubbing and removal of organic debris shall include the repair and/or replacement of all parkway irrigation piping and systems necessary to perform work on this Contract and capping pipelines until such time that permanent repairs and/or replacements have been made.

All debris removed from the project site under this item shall be disposed of at an approved dump site. All transportation costs and dump fees shall be borne by the Contractor.

Clearing and Grubbing shall include, but is not limited to, the following:

1. Removal of existing AC berms.

2. Removal of all curb and gutter, cross gutters, and spandrels shall be replaced within three (3) calendar days. The Asphalt Concrete patch for areas with curbs and gutters removed and replaced shall be placed within two (2) working days after the curb and gutter, cross gutters, and spandrels are replaced. Removal of all sidewalks shall be replaced within three (3) calendar days.

3. Saw cut and removal of poles, posts, PCC pavements, curb, gutter, and sidewalk. Holes resulting from removal of existing poles and posts from existing PCC, AC pavements and curbs and gutters, shall be filled or patched with like materials. Self-propelled drop hammers will not be allowed for removals.

4. Removal of all raised pavement markers not conforming to the approved plan or conflicting with the proposed striping as shown on the plans in accordance with Subsection 312-3, Removal, of the Standard Specifications.

5. Removal and disposal of boulders, rock or PCC.

6. All trees and shrubs less than 3m (9 ft) directly above the entire sidewalk surface shall be trimmed and removed by the contractor to allow a clear path of travel for pedestrians.

7. Irrigation system relocation:

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 620 of 1055
GC 40
Any irrigation systems in conflict with the proposed improvements that are removed, damaged, disturbed, or broken shall be modified, repaired, and/or replaced to be operable and provide full irrigation coverage to the areas requiring irrigation using new materials, equal or better than the original materials, with 20 mm (3/4 in) Schedule 40 PVC being the minimum acceptable for underground lines and 13 mm (1/2 in) Schedule 80 being minimum acceptable for risers and with the systems not being out of operation for more than two (2) days. No payment for work associated with the irrigation repair will be released, until all irrigation is complete, operable and accepted by the City.

All trees, shrubbery and lawns deprived of normal irrigation watering due to a disruption of service caused by the Contractor’s operations shall be regularly and thoroughly irrigated by the Contractor so that said plantings will not be damaged. If any trees, shrubbery or lawns die or suffer unacceptable damage as a result of or precipitated by the Contractor’s operations the Contractor shall replace same with the same plant species and size. Existing grass lawns within areas that must be excavated and/or re-graded shall be cut into approximate 305 mm (1 ft) squares, removed, protected, cared for and replaced as soon as possible. Dead, dying, and unacceptably damaged grass shall be replaced with new grass sod.

8. Existing inlets, slotted drains, drainage pipes, concrete gutters, drainage pipes, where any portion of such structure is within 1m of the grading plane in the excavation areas, or within 300 mm (1 ft) of original ground in embankment areas, or where shown on the plans to be removed, shall be completely removed and disposed of accordingly.

9. Removal and disposal of existing drainage inlet structure and PCC or AC apron.

10. The Contractor shall dispose all materials not being salvaged outside of the right-of-way and shall pay for all costs for disposal.

11.Removal and disposal of any abandoned utilities that may interfere with the improvements.

12.Self-propelled drop hammers will not be allowed for removals. 300-1.3.1 General. - Add the following paragraphs:

The Contractor shall dispose portland cement concrete, stone rubble, and brick at an approved dump site.

All reprocessed asphaltic cement concrete may be placed as the lower course of crushed aggregate base material. If the Contractor chooses not to reprocess the material, disposal at an approved dump site shall be required. All costs for disposal shall be borne by the Contractor. If the Contractor chooses to reprocess material, it shall be protected and remain contaminate-free, otherwise disposal at an approved dump site will be required with all costs borne by the Contractor.

All reprocessed asphaltic cement concrete to be used as crushed aggregate base shall be ground to conform to Section 200-2.2.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 621 of 1055
GC 41
300-1.3.2 (a) Bituminous Pavement. - Amend the following:

Amend the second sentence as follows:
“Saw cutting of edges to be joined shall be with a power-driven saw. The groove shall be cut to a minimum depth of 4 inches (102 mm).”
Amend the third sentence as follows:
“Where bituminous pavement is to be removed, a cold mill header cut of maximum 6 feet (1.8 m) in width perpendicular to the join line shall be made, and a minimum laying depth of 1 inch (25mm) of new pavement material shall be provided at the join line.” Amend the fourth sentence as follows:
“The edges of existing concrete pavement adjacent to the trench shall be saw cut to neat straight lines for the purpose of removing the damaged pavement areas.” Add the following sentence:

Work under this item shall include asphalt concrete berms. 300-1.3.2 (b) Concrete Pavement. - Amend the following:

Amend the second sentence as follows:
“Saw cuts shall be made to a minimum depth of 4 inches (102 mm).” Amend the third sentence as follows:
“If a saw cut in concrete pavement falls within 5 feet (1.5 m) of a construction joint, cold joint, expansion joint, or edge, the concrete shall be removed to the joint or edge.” 300-1.3.2 (c) Concrete Curb, Walk, Gutters, Cross Gutters, Driveways and Alley Intersections. - Amend the following:

Amend the first sentence as follows:
“Concrete shall be removed to neatly sawed edges with saw cuts made to a minimum depth of 4 inches (102 mm).”
Amend the third sentence as follows:
“No section to be replaced shall be smaller than 36 inches (1 m) in either length or width.” Amend the fourth sentence as follows:
“If the saw cut in sidewalk or driveway would fall within 36 inches (914 mm) of a construction joint, expansion joint, or edge, the concrete shall be removed to the joint or edge, except that where the saw cut would fall within 12 inches (300mm) of a score mark, the saw cut shall be made in and along the score mark.”
Amend the fifth sentence as follows:
“curb and gutter shall be sawed to a depth of 4 inches (102 mm) on a neat line at right angles to the curb face.”
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 622 of 1055
GC 42
300-1.3.2 (d) Striping and Markings. All existing striping, markings and raised pavement markers shown to be removed or necessary to be removed from paving areas. This item includes removal in compliance with applicable laws and cleanup of residue from the operation.

All striping, markings and raised pavement markers removed beyond the limits shown on the plans for and/or at the convenience of the Contractor shall be replaced at the Contractor’s expense. 300-1.3.2 (e) Structures. All existing concrete structures (reinforced or non-reinforced) as shown on the plans to be removed or abandoned, including but not limited to, undersidewalk drains, manholes, headwalls, bulkheads, drop inlet structures, energy dissipaters, catch basins, vaults and pipelines. Abandonment shall include all cuts and concrete plugs necessary to seal ends or openings of abandoned pipes or structures.
300-1.3.2 (f) Rock Curbs. All rock from rock curb removals, as shown on the plans or required for construction of the project, shall be transported, delivered and unloaded at a storage site as directed by the Engineer.
300-1.3.2 (g) Miscellaneous Removals. All other removals of facilities, as shown on the plans but not covered under separate bid items, and any underground facilities found during the work and not shown on the plans shall be performed. The City has endeavored to show all known underground facilities but is not responsible for unknown or abandoned facilities. Unknown underground facilities shall be paid as extra work.
300-1.3.2 (h) Miscellaneous Relocations. All relocation work as shown on the plans or required for construction of the project, but not covered under separate bid items, shall be included as a part of Subsection 300-1 Clearing and Grubbing. All relocation work performed as a part of clearing and grubbing work shall conform to the requirements and specifications of the agency or utility having jurisdiction over the item to be relocated.
300-1.4 Payment. - Add the following sentence to paragraph 1:

Payment for work on this item shall be made as a percentage of the work completed at each monthly payment.
300-2 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION.
300-2.2.2 Wet Material. - Amend the second sentence of the paragraph:
“If such high moisture content is not the result of any action on the part of the Contractor, or inaction in protecting the work during the course of the contract, the work involved will be paid for in the following manner: Over-excavation and disposal work shall be considered “extra work,” with backfill and compaction of crushed aggregate base paid under the appropriate bid item in these specifications.”
300-12 MISCELLAENOUS GRADING. The parkway, whether landscaping exists or not, shall be graded and compacted to achieve drainage towards the street at a slope of 2%. Grading shall be coordinated such that it is the last item of work to be completed, prior to site clean-up. Loose Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 623 of 1055
GC 43
material and dirt shall be raked, compacted and distributed throughout the parkway area. Areas adjacent to installed improvements must be graded to a level within one inch from the finished surface. Extra dirt/fill shall be removed from the project in accordance with Specifications.

The Contractor, at his expense shall photo-document pre-construction conditions prior to starting excavating. After construction is completed, the Contractor shall photo-document the finished grade. The Contractor shall provide the City with said photos with addresses identifying each property location, the direction the photograph was taken (facing North, South etc). The Contractor shall keep a copy of the photos (either electronically or hard copy) and provide the City with electronic copies of the photos.

SECTION 301 - TREATED SOIL, SUBGRADE PREPARATION AND

PLACEMENT OF BASE MATERIALS
301-1 SUBGRADE PREPARATION.
301-1.3 Relative Compaction. - Amend the second sentence of paragraph 1 as follows:
“When base material, curb, gutter, alley pavement, driveways, or sidewalks are to be placed on the subgrade material, the top 6 inches (150mm) of such subgrade material shall be compacted to a relative compaction of 95 percent.”
301-2.1 General. – Add the following paragraphs:

The contractor shall use ‘crushed aggregate base’ or ‘crushed miscellaneous base, fine graded’ as the base material. The use of ‘processed miscellaneous base,’ ‘select subbase,’ or ‘disintegrated granite’ shall not be used as base material.

The contractor may use ‘pulverized miscellaneous base’ (grindings) as part of the crushed base material. Said grindings shall be uncontaminated and placed in an even thickness as the lower course of crushed base material. Spreading and compacting shall comply with Sections 301-2.2 and 301-2.3.
301-2.3 Compacting. – Amend the second sentence of paragraph 3 as follows:
“Compaction in the excepted areas shall be as specified in 211-1 with each layer of compacted base material having a minimum relative compaction of 95 percent.” 301-2.4 Measurement and Payment. – Add the following paragraph:

Payment shall be made for cold-planing, storing, placing, and compacting reprocessed asphalt concrete pavement (grindings) as part of the crushed aggregate base (CAB) material. The volume of grindings placed shall be figured and a tonnage figure computed using 9.35 kg/m^3 (150 pounds per cubic foot). This tonnage figure shall be paid as part of the crushed aggregate base tonnage for this project.
301-7 FULL DEPTH RECLAMATION WITH MECHANICAL STABILIZATION (FDR25) Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 624 of 1055
GC 44
301-7.1 Description. This rehabilitation alternative consists of pulverizing the existing asphalt concrete (AC) layer along with the underlying unbound material to a depth of 6, 9 or 12 inches per plan and specifications. The properties of this layer are considered to be similar to an Aggregate Subbase material with a modulus of at least 25 ksi.

The manufacture of the recycled base course shall be done in-place by pulverizing and blending the existing AC layer and base materials, if present. The process shall be accomplished in accordance with these specifications and conform to the lines and grades shown in the plans or as established by the engineer.
301-7.2 Construction. The asphalt concrete surfacing and underlying base materials shall be pulverized such that 100 percent of the material will pass a two-inch sieve and a minimum of 90 percent will pass a one and one-half inch sieve. All materials other than rock and pulverized asphalt concrete shall be broken up such that these materials will pass a one inch sieve. The pulverized materials shall be free of roots, weeds, wood, and construction debris. All grass and other vegetation shall be removed from the edge of the exiting pavement or lip of gutter pan to prevent contamination of the pulverized bituminous material during the milling operation.

Trimming and disposal of excess material, if required, will be performed on the intimate mixture of pulverized asphalt concrete, base materials and subgrade soil. Excess pulverized material is the surplus that results after trimming and grading the pulverized pavement section to the lines and grades matching existing and/or per plans and specifications.

Do not start pulverized roadbed activities if the ambient air temperature is below 40F. If the ambient air temperature falls below 40F, you may only compact and finish pulverized roadbed.

Before starting daily pulverized roadbed activities, sweep the pulverized roadbed area constructed the previous day to remove loose material.
301-7.3 Surface Preparation. Before pulverized roadbed activities start, prepare the existing roadway surface by:

1. Clearing foreign matter including vegetation

2. Removing standing water

3. Referencing the profile and cross slope

4. Marking the proposed longitudinal cut lines on the existing pavement as follows:

4.1. Cut lines must coincide with points where the existing cross slope changes, approximately at the centerline and edge of traveled way

4.2. Cut lines must indicate the sequence of the cuts

5. Referencing existing lane lines and striping layout
Final subgrade surface shall slope away from the street centerline to a maximum of 3% grade.

Pulverized asphalt material must be used as base material to meet new cross slope requirements.

Native sub-grade material may need to be hauled off to allow for the use of all pulverized base material. No additional compensation will be allowed for any sub-grade removal and haul-off if required. Any contaminated material will be removed and disposed of by the contractor off site at his expense. Any shortage of material, caused by premature disposal of the indicated surplus Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 625 of 1055
GC 45
material by the contractor, shall be replaced by it and no additional compensation will be allowed for such replacement.
301-7.4 Spreading, Mixing, and Compacting. Do not use a heating device to soften the pavement. Remove any visible oversized materials in the pulverized roadbed mixture prior to shaping and compacting. If you encounter unstable subgrade or rocks greater than 4 inches in the roadway section, notify the Engineer. The Engineer determines the extent of the unsuitable material and the corrective measures to be taken.

According to the Section 301-2.3, the compaction shall always be commenced along the edge of the area to be compacted and the roller shall gradually advance toward the center of the area to be compacted. Rollers shall be operated along lines parallel or concentric with the centerline of the road being constructed, and no material variation therefrom will be permitted. All rollers must be maintained in good mechanical and working condition.

The relative compaction of each layer of compacted base material shall not be less than 95 percent.

ASTM D2922, Methods of Density of Soil and Soil Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods, (or ASTM D1556). After compaction, the sub-grade shall be firm, and unyielding. 301-7.5 Finishing. The finished pulverized roadbed surface must not vary more than 0.05 foot from the lower edge of a 12-foot straight edge laid in directions parallel and perpendicular to the centerline. Variations within the above specified tolerances shall be compensating so that the average grade and cross section specified are met. The finished surface must be free from segregation, tearing, and scarring, and have a uniform surface texture throughout the work limits. 301-8 FULL DEPTH RECLAMATION WITH CEMENT STABILIZATION (FDR-200) 301-8.1 Description. This rehabilitation alternative consists of pulverizing the existing asphalt concrete (AC) layer along with the underlying unbound material to a depth of 6, 9 or 12 inches per plan and specifications. The properties of this layer are considered to be similar to an Aggregate Subbase material with a modulus of at least 200 ksi.

The manufacture of the recycled base course shall be done in-place by pulverizing and blending the existing AC layer and base materials, if present, and adding cement. Micro-cracking of the completed cement stabilized surface is required before HMA is to be placed directly on top of the cement treated surface, regardless of the AC thickness. The process shall be accomplished in accordance with these specifications and conform to the lines and grades shown in the plans or as established by the engineer.

The cement content must be 2% by dry weight of FDR with cement with a dry unit weight of 130 lb/cu ft for 6” FDR section. The cement content must be 3% by dry weight of FDR with cement with a dry unit weight of 130 lb/cu ft for 9” FDR section. The cement content must be 4% by dry weight of FDR with cement with a dry unit weight of 130 lb/cu ft for 12” FDR section. Cement must be Type II or Type V Portland cement specified in ASTM C 150/150M.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 626 of 1055
GC 46
301-8.2 Construction. The asphalt concrete surfacing and underlying base materials shall be pulverized such that 100 percent of the material will pass a two-inch sieve and a minimum of 90 percent will pass a one and one-half inch sieve. All materials other than rock and pulverized asphalt concrete shall be broken up such that these materials will pass a one inch sieve. The pulverized materials shall be free of grass and vegetation, and construction debris to prevent contamination of the pulverized materials. Mixing shall continue until, and at the speed of the recycling unit adjusted to ensure, a homogenous mixture of the above materials and pulverized materials are achieved.

Do not start pulverized roadbed activities if the ambient air temperature is below 40F. If the ambient air temperature falls below 40F, you may only compact and finish pulverized roadbed.

Before starting daily pulverized roadbed activities, sweep the pulverized roadbed area constructed the previous day to remove loose material.
301-8.3 Surface Preparation. Before pulverized roadbed activities start, prepare the existing roadway surface by:

1. Clearing foreign matter including vegetation

2. Removing standing water

3. Referencing the profile and cross slope

4. Marking the proposed longitudinal cut lines on the existing pavement as follows:

4.1. Cut lines must coincide with points where the existing cross slope changes, approximately at the centerline and edge of traveled way

4.2. Cut lines must indicate the sequence of the cuts

5. Referencing existing lane lines and striping layout
Final pavement surface shall slope away from the street centerline to a maximum of 3% grade.

Pulverized material must be used as base material to meet new cross slope requirements. Native sub-grade material may need to be hauled off to allow for the use of all the pulverized base material. No additional compensation will be allowed for any sub-grade removal and haul-off if required. Any contaminated material will be removed and disposed of by the contractor off site at his expense. Any shortage of material, caused by premature disposal of the indicated surplus material by the contractor, shall be replaced by it and no additional compensation will be allowed for such replacement.
301-8.4 Spreading, Mixing, and Compacting. Do not use a heating device to soften the pavement. Remove any visible oversized materials in the pulverized roadbed mixture before shaping and compacting. If you encounter unstable subgrade or rocks greater than 4 inches in the roadway section, notify the Engineer. The Engineer determines the extent of the unsuitable material and the corrective measures to be taken.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 627 of 1055
GC 47
Recycling shall be performed to the depth provided in the plans, while incorporating stabilizing agents, mineral filler, additional aggregate and water. Mixing shall continue until, and the speed of the recycling unit adjusted to ensure, a homogenous mixture of the above materials and pulverized materials is achieved. Pre-cutting, grading and light compacting of the recycled material shall be performed prior to incorporation of the stabilizing. Spread cement uniformly over the full roadway surface width. Do not spread cement more than 30 minutes before mixing. Do not apply dry cement in windy conditions that will result in dust outside the FDR with cement area. The application rate must be the mix design rate or the ordered application rate in lb/sq yd ±

0.5 percent. The application rate of all stabilizing agents shall be continuously monitored. If the measured application rate falls outside the above tolerance, then the recycling operations shall be stopped and corrected before proceeding. Do not spread cement and aggregate before pulverizing.

Water must be injected through the pulverizing machine. The injection rate of mixing water must be sufficient to produce the FDR with cement material mixing moisture content. The water content of the stabilized material shall be monitored closely to ensure proper compaction. Mark where the center of the pulverizing drum stops. Start the following cut on this alignment at least 2 feet behind the mark. Before compacting, remove solids larger than 3 inches in any dimension by hand.

Immediately after pulverizing and mixing, compact FDR with cement to the minimum relative compaction. Do not allow more than 2 hours between final mixing of the pulverized material with cement and completion of initial compaction before trimming. During grading and final compaction add water to maintain the mixing moisture content as described in the mix design. Do not allow more than 2 hours to elapse from the time water is added to the aggregate and cement to completion of final compaction after trimming.

Longitudinal joints between adjacent stabilization passes shall be overlapped at least 4 inches.

Transverse joints between the recycling process shall be saw-cut, if necessary, to provide a vertical clean face to ensure proper compaction. Compaction of cementitious stabilizer begins within 20 minutes after mixing and achieving gradation and moisture requirements.

The relative compaction of each layer of compacted base material shall not be less than 95 percent.

ASTM D2922, Methods of Density of Soil and Soil Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods, (or ASTM D1556). After compaction, the sub-grade shall be firm, and unyielding.

Construction joints shall have vertical faces and shall be made in thoroughly compacted material.

Additional mixture shall not be placed against the construction joint until the joint has been approved by the Engineer. The face of the cut joint shall be lean and free of deleterious material and shall be kept moist until the placing of the adjacent FDR with cement.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 628 of 1055
GC 48
301-8.5 Finishing. Once the entire working width (full lane width plus effected shoulder width) has been stabilized, and only after primary compaction has been completed, the entire working width shall be graded to the required profile and cross-slope. Disturbance to the stabilized and primary compacted material shall be kept to a minimum during this grading and shaping operation.

The finished pulverized roadbed surface must not vary more than 0.05 foot from the lower edge of a 12-foot straight edge laid in directions parallel and perpendicular to the centerline. Variations within the above specified tolerances shall be compensating so that the average grade and cross section specified are met. The finished surface must be free from segregation, tearing, and scarring, and have a uniform surface texture throughout the work limits.

Immediately after compaction, apply water and roll with no vibration. The finished surface must be free of ruts, bump, indentations, segregation, raveling, and any loose material.

The completed cement treated subgrade shall be moist cured continuously until it is in a firm and unyielding condition. The cement treated subgrade shall be kept free from heavy traffic during the curing period or until the asphalt concrete surfacing is placed whichever is less, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Moisture curing shall be the only method of curing prior to microcracking.

Micro-cracking shall be performed with several vibratory roller passes 48 to 72 hours after finish grading to prevent severe, wide cracks from forming thus reduces the potential for reflective cracking through the HMA layer. Micro-cracking shall be performed before the application of asphaltic emulsion curing seal. After micro-cracking is complete additional moisture curing may be used. Any additional water required to achieve maximum density shall be applied by spraying the surface of the stabilized material with light applications. Care shall be taken so as not to overapply additional water to any areas of the stabilized material.

While open to traffic and before placing HMA, maintain the FDR with cement surface free of ruts, bumps, indentations, raveling, and segregation. If FDR with cement material is damaged, it shall be repaired by removing and replacing the entire depth of affected layers in the damaged area.

Feathering will not be permitted for repair of low areas.

Asphaltic emulsion curing seal must be applied on the completed cement treated base immediately before placing HMA. Asphaltic emulsion curing seal must comply with Caltrans Standard Section 94, Grade SS1 or CSS1. Dilute and thoroughly mix asphaltic emulsion for curing seal at a ratio of 1 part water to 1 part asphaltic emulsion. The water must no cause premature separation of the emulsion. Uniformly apply the diluted curing seal at a rate of 0.1 gal/yd2 of cement treated base surface.

SECTION 302 - ROADWAY SURFACING
302-4 SLURRY SEAL SURFACING.
302-4.3.1 General. – Add the following paragraphs:

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 629 of 1055
GC 49
All slurry mixing machines shall be equipped with a Fines Feeder for the adding of cement or granular Aluminum Sulfate.

Prior to the beginning of slurry operations, the Contractor shall furnish, at no cost to the City, current licensed weigh master’s certificates indicating the net weight capacity of the aggregate bin.

The Contractor shall provide a drive upon scale at the project site or an alternate site approved by the City. The drive on scale shall show the net weight of the aggregate bin on each slurry machine before the machine and product will be approved for applying slurry on the project.

All slurry machines are to carry, at all times, a calibrated emulsion measuring stick. The emulsion measuring stick is to be calibrated in 10-gallon increments to the slurry machine it is used on.

Emulsion measuring sticks from other slurry machines will not be allowed to measure the gallons of emulsions on the slurry machines they were not calibrated to. The emulsion measuring stick is to have the slurry machine number or identification permanently marked on the stick. The gallons of emulsion are to be measured with a calibrated emulsion measuring stick and recorded before leaving and after returning to materials site. Use of a slurry machine will not be allowed if it does not have a calibrated emulsion measuring stick.

The Contractor shall furnish prior commencing work, a calibrated stick in 10-gallon increments to measure the oil in the trailer storage tanks in gallons. The measuring stick shall be calibrated to the trailer storage tank it is used on. The inspector shall check the oil in each load “in and out” and in the storage tanks at the beginning and end of each day to determine the amount of emulsion used for that day. Emulsion is not to be transferred from delivery tank to on-site storage tank before the City performs the sieve analysis on the emulsion. Aggregate used in the slurry shall not exceed a moisture content of four percent (4%) by weight of dry aggregate.

Contractor may not schedule more than 150 tons of slurry to be placed per day. Slurry may not be applied at more than 150 feet per minute.

The Contractor shall provide a self-propelled 10 ton pneumatic roller with a tire pressure of 50 PSI and equipped with a water spray system. The Contractor shall roll the required streets the same day they are slurried. The Contractor will be responsible for proper scheduling of the work such that the rolling can be properly done within the given time constraint. Failure to comply shall result in a $250.00/calendar day liquidated damage being assessed per incident. The cost of furnishing the roller and operator shall be included in the price paid for slurry seal.

The Contractor is hereby advised that City streets, parking lots, or other City-approved property will not be allowed as a site for stockpiling and batching. Arrangements for an acceptable site shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.

The Contractor shall sweep any raveled material on the street one (1) week after the initial placement. If the Engineer determines the raveling is excessive, the frequency of sweeping shall be adjusted to the field conditions of the raveling. If raveling continues within two (2) weeks of the initial placement, the street shall be swept and reslurried with a Type I mixtures (Local Streets) or a Type II (Arterial/Collector Streets) at no cost to the City. Raveling can be identified by the presence of “black pebbles” in the gutter.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 630 of 1055
GC 50
The Contractor shall remove any and all weeds that are growing through cracks from the project street located within the pavement or growing between the concrete gutter and the pavement and spray a herbicide mixture of either Hyvar mixed with Roundup or Pramatol mixed with Roundup, or approved equal, at least fourteen (14) calendar days prior to slurrying. The herbicide mixture shall contain Blazon, or approved equal, a purple dye to easily confirm the herbicide has been applied. The work shall be approved by the Engineer or his representative prior to slurrying. Full compensation for plant removal and herbicide treatment shall be considered as included in the unit cost for slurry seal.

Longitudinal joints must correspond with lane lines. You may request other longitudinal joint patterns if they do not adversely affect the slurry seal. Spread slurry seal in full lane widths. Do not overlap slurry seal between adjacent lanes more than 3 inches. Use a material, such as building paper at transverse joints and over previously placed slurry seal to prevent double placement.

Remove the material after use. Use hand tools to remove spillage.

Full compensation for developing a water supply, for furnishing and placing all water required for work done in the Contract, including extra work shall be included in the prices paid for the various items of work requiring water; and no separate payment will be made therefore. The Contractor shall supply the City with licensed weighmaster’s certificates of weight for all delivered aggregates to the job during the course of each day. Aggregate shall be delivered to the project only in the presence of a City representative. The Contractor shall also present weighmaster certificates for the amount of such aggregate remaining at the completion of the project at no cost to the City.

Payment shall be determined by the amount that is physically placed, which cannot exceed the amount that is delivered to the job site with the certified weighmaster tickets. There shall be not outside work done utilizing materials from the tanks or stockpiles stored for the City’s Contract.

Prior to storing aggregate on private property, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer written permission from the property owner for such stockpiling.

Precautions shall be taken to ensure that stockpiles do not become contaminated with oversized rock, clay, silt, or excessive amounts of moisture. The stockpiles shall be kept in areas that drain readily. Segregation of the aggregate will not be permitted.

The Contactor shall protect the wet slurry from traffic at all times and if damaged or defaced, the Contractor shall repair said damage at no additional cost to the City.

The placement of slurry seal may be suspended with the concurrence of the Engineer due to unsuitable weather, temperature conditions, or other conditions that are considered unfavorable for the prosecution of the work. The Contractor shall immediately comply with the order of suspension by the Engineer, and work shall not be resumed until authorized by the Engineer. 302-4.8 Spreading and Application. - Add the following paragraphs:

Prior to applying slurry seal, the Contractor shall clean, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the street surface with a power sweeper, remove all R.P.M.’s, abrasive grind or sandblast completely all lane lines, street legends, crosswalks or other painted or thermoplastic surfaces. This is Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 631 of 1055
GC 51
necessary to provide a good bonding surface for the slurry seal, as well as eliminate “ghosting” of the old striping and markings as the new slurry wears off over time.

It is anticipated that nuisance water, such as storm water runoff and irrigation water, will run in and across the right-of-way at various time throughout the period of construction. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, at their own expense, to provide for and protect the work from such water. In addition, the Contactor’s responsibility shall include handling nuisance waters such that their operations do not cause them to damage existing improvements or properties adjacent to or near the site of work.

Slurry shall not be applied when the atmospheric temperature is less than 65oF (18oC).

The application of slurry shall not commence until after 8:00 a.m., and shall conclude at 1:30 p.m. unless other authorized by the Engineer. The slurry shall be sufficiently cured to be open to traffic by 4:00 p.m. The portions of streets to be slurried shall be closed from the time the application begins until the mixture as achieved sufficient set to be opened to traffic.

The slurry shall be applied in such a manner that no ripples or waves exist. If ripples or waves occur in the slurry during the application, the work shall cease and the Contractor shall correct the situation. The Contractor may use a drag to knock down ridges. If ripples or waves are not corrected to the Engineer’s satisfaction, the street shall be reslurried at the Contractor’s expense.

The Contractor shall, at the direction of the Engineer, repair the reseal to the entire street, or complete section thereof, as determined by the Engineer, which have not been sealed properly (includes areas that have failed to meet yield and mix design specifications) and completely. No compensation will be provided for slurry seal used in repair and reseal work.

Each slurry crew shall be composed, at a minimum, of a coordinator at the project site at all times, a competent quick-set mixing man, a competent driver, two squeegee men, and sufficient laborers for any handiwork and cleanup.

Surface oil and grease shall be removed or sealed with shellac or an equivalent material approved by the City before the application of the slurry seal. Full compensation for surface oil and grease removal shall be considered as included in the unit cost for slurry seal.

The Contractor shall roll all cul-de-sacs (the last 250’ minimum), the last 250’ of dead-end streets and knuckle curves. Full compensation for rolling the slurry shall be considered as include in the unit cost for slurry seal.

During slurry seal operations, it shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to place protective covering over, or to otherwise avoid slurry seal coating of manholes, utility covers, pavement markers (reflective and non-reflective), concrete gutters, concrete cross gutters, and drainage facilities, survey monuments and remove said covering and/for slurry seal coating after slurry sealing has been completed.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 632 of 1055
GC 52
The start and finish of slurry application shall be a straight line which, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, shall be obtained by laying a strip of building paper or other material approved by the Engineer on the pavement surface. After application of slurry, the paper is to be removed leaving a straight edge. The entire street surface area shall be sealed the same day. 302-4.8.1 Crack Sealing and Filling. Crack sealing shall be performed prior to the Slurry Seal application. Pavement cracks 1/4" wide and larger shall be sealed. Pavement cracks 1/8" to 1" wide shall be cleared of all loose particles of dust, dirt and laitance with oil-free compressed air immediately preceding the sealing operation. Cracks shall be routed out as necessary to provide a reservoir for the sealer that will have a depth of l" to 1 1/2".

The crack sealing material shall be a hot-applied asphalt (Crafco Polyflex or approved equivalent).

The crack sealing material must not be modified or diluted in any way. Pavement cracks larger than 1” wide shall be filled with the mixtures per Specification Section 203-6.4 Type E (Extra Fine).

A wand and nozzle type application shall be used to fill all cracks with crack sealing material.

Crack sealing material shall be applied in two applications with the possibility of additional applications to fill the crack within the allowable tolerance. The cracks must be filled to the surface and not overfilled or applied to the top of adjoining pavement or concrete surfaces. The cracks shall be squeegee immediately after the sealant has been applied to insure conformity with the pavement surface.

The crack sealing material shall then be allowed to penetrate and sink into the crack area for a minimum of one hour. Each crack must then have a second application of crack sealer material applied in the crack area only to within + 0.01' of the adjoining pavement surface. If the material is a cold-applied, polymer modified petroleum emulsion, sand will be applied over the crack sealing material after the second application, covering a minimum of 1 1/2 inches each side of the crack and not more than 3/4 inch higher than the top of the pavement. The contractor shall be responsible for the removal of all excess sand which shall be removed within three hours after being applied.
302-5 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT.
302-5.1 General. - Add the following paragraphs:

Asphalt concrete pavement structural sections equal to or greater than 3 inches (76 mm) in thickness shall be installed in two lifts. Base course aggregate material size shall be ¾ inch (19 mm) and cap course aggregate material size shall be ½ inch (13 mm). All pavement shall be placed over 4 inches of crushed aggregate base, unless compacted to 95% relative compaction.

All valves within project limits in the public right-of-way shall be raised to finish grade as a part of this work. The Contractor shall furnish and install new can or slip can materials as necessary.

If new water valve lids are necessary, they shall be supplied by the Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department. All valve can lids within the project limits in the public right-of-way shall be painted the appropriate color for the utility they represent (ie. Water - Blue, Gas - Yellow, Fire – Red, etc.).

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 633 of 1055
GC 53
302-5.2 Timeline of Paving Operations.

All paving operations shall follow the timeline and requirements shown below unless otherwise approved by the City:

PAVING TIMELINE

DESCRIPTION OF WORK

TIME PERIOD
WEEK 1
(DAY 1-7)
WEEK 2
(DAY 8-14)
WEEK 3
(DAY 15-21)
WEEK 4
(DAY 22-28)
PAVING (START TO FINISH) (1)
CURE PERIOD (2)
MANHOLE ADJUST TO GRADE (3)
STRIPING & PAVEMENT MARKINGS (4)
TRAFFIC LOOPS (5)
NO PARKING SIGNS ALLOWED (6)
Note: All time periods shown above are the maximum amount of allowable time for each activity.

This timeline does not apply to the installation or repair of curb and gutter, ac dikes, sidewalks, cross gutters, curb ramps, driveway approaches or truncated domes. (1) In no case shall any street segment remain unpaved longer than three calendar days if no other work activity is being performed on that street segment. Any deviation from the timeline shall result in a penalty assessment of $1,000 per calendar day. (2) No work except cat tracking of proposed striping is allowed during this period; therefore “No Parking Signs” shall not be installed during this activity. (3) Once each manhole is exposed, all associated work to adjust it to grade must be completed within 48 hours. This shall include all adjustments of manholes, vaults, valve cans, etc. as required by the Contract.
(4) All cat tracking and approval of proposed striping shall occur during the cure period. (5) Traffic loops must be installed after the approval of striping layout and prior to the installation of thermoplastic striping and pavement markings. (6) “No Parking Signs” shall be installed per Section 7-19 of these specifications. 302-5.4 Tack Coat. – Delete and replace with the following:

If the asphalt concrete pavement is being constructed directly upon an existing hard-surfaced pavement, a tack coat of High Performance Seal (HPS) No-Track Tack at an approximate rate of

0.05 gallon per square yard shall be uniformly applied upon the existing pavement preceding the Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 634 of 1055
GC 54
placement of asphalt concrete. The surface shall be free of water, foreign material, or dust when the tack coat is applied. To minimize public inconvenience, no greater area shall be treated in any one day than is planned to be covered by asphalt concrete during the same day, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
302-5.5 Distribution and Spreading. – Add the following:

Unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer, the top layer of asphalt concrete for shoulders, tapers, transitions, road connections, private drives, curve widening, turnouts, left-turn pockets, and other such areas, shall not be spread before the top layer of asphalt concrete for the adjoining through lane has been spread and compacted. At locations where the number of lanes are changed, the top layer for the through lanes shall be paved first. Tracks or wheels of spreading equipment shall not be operated on the top layer of asphalt concrete in any area until final compaction has been completed or unless directed by the Engineer.

All screed extensions for paving machines shall be provided with a tamper, roller, or other suitable compacting devices.

Asphalt pavers shall be equipped with automatic screed controls and a sensing device or devices.

Automatic grade and slope control shall be used for overlays.

All joints shall be sealed after rolling.

When placing asphalt concrete to the lines and grades noted in the plans or as approved by the Engineer, the automatic screed controls shall control the longitudinal grade and transverse slope of the screed. Grade and slope references shall be furnished, installed, and maintained by the Contractor. The Contractor shall use a ski device, the minimum length of the ski device shall be 30 ft. The ski device shall be a rigid one-piece unit and the entire length shall be utilized in activating the sensor. The Contractor may use a laser to control the screed.

When placing the initial mat of asphalt concrete on existing pavement, the end of the screed nearest the center line shall be controlled by a sensor activated by a ski device not less than 30 ft long.

The end of the screed farthest from center line shall be controlled by an automatic transverse slope device set to reproduce the cross slope approved by the Engineer.

When paving contiguously with previously placed mats, the end of the screed adjacent to the previously placed mat shall be controlled by a sensor that responds to the grade of the previously placed mat and will reproduce the grade in the new mat within a 0.01 ft. tolerance. The end of the screed farthest from the previously placed mat shall be controlled in the same manner as when placing the initial mat.

Should the automatic screed controls fail to operate properly during any day's work, the Contractor may use manual control of the spreading equipment for the remainder of that day; however, the equipment shall be corrected or replaced with alternative automatically controlled equipment conforming to the requirements in this section before starting the next day's work.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 635 of 1055
GC 55
Should the methods and equipment furnished by the Contractor fail to produce a layer of asphalt concrete conforming to the requirements, including straightedge tolerance, of Subsection 302-

5.6.2 - Density and Smoothness, of the Standard Specifications, the paving operation shall be discontinued and the Contractor shall modify his equipment or furnish substitute equipment. A drop-off of more than 0.15 ft will not be allowed at anytime between adjacent lanes open to public traffic.

The Contractor shall schedule his paving operations such that each layer of asphalt concrete is placed on all contiguous lanes of a traveled way each work shift. At the end of each work shift, the distance between the ends of the layers of asphalt concrete on adjacent lanes shall not be greater than 10 ft. nor less than 5 ft. Additional asphalt concrete shall be placed along the transverse edge at the end of each lane and along the exposed longitudinal edges between adjacent lanes, hand raked, and compacted to form temporary conforms. Kraft paper, or other approved bond breaker, may be placed under the conform tapers to facilitate the removal of the taper when paving operations resume.
302-5.6.1 General. - Add the following paragraph:

All asphalt concrete pavement abutting portland cement concrete gutters shall match and be flush with the gutter lip when finish rolling is complete.
302-5.6.2 – Density and Smoothness. – Delete and replace with the following:

The completed surfacing shall be thoroughly compacted, smooth and free from ruts, humps, depressions or irregularities. Any ridges, indentations or other objectionable marks left in the surface of the asphalt concrete shall be eliminated by rolling or other means. The use of any equipment that leaves humps, ridges, irregularities or other objectionable marks in the asphalt concrete shall be discontinued, and acceptable equipment shall be furnished by the Contractor.

The finished surface shall meet the following smoothness criteria:
• When a 12 foot long straightedge is laid on the finished surface parallel to the centerline of the roadway, the finished surface shall not vary from the edge of the straightedge more than 0.05 feet, except at changes in grade,
• When a 12 foot long straightedge is laid on the finished surface perpendicular to the centerline of the roadway and extends from edge to edge of a traffic lane, the finished surface shall not vary from the edge of the straightedge more than 0.05 feet, except at changes in grade.

If the top layer of pavement does not comply with the smoothness specifications shown, remove and replace the entire section or complete a grind and overlay of 1.5 inches or 3 times the aggregate size, whichever is greater. Grind and overlay will be considered as a repair method only when the thickness of the asphalt pavement section is greater than 1.5 inches following the required grinding. Corrected section shall be rectangular to the nearest pavement edge or lane line and to a crosswalk, concrete spandrel or other limits approved by the City. Do not begin corrective actions until the method and limit of correction is authorized by the City. If the tolerances cannot be achieved by the methods described above, the contractor must re-pave the street section, in kind, at their own expenses.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 636 of 1055
GC 56
The compaction after rolling shall be a minimum of 91 percent and a maximum of 97 percent of the density obtained on samples compacted with the California Kneading Compactor per California Test 304. Cores will be taken randomly by the City for laboratory testing per California Test 308, Method A at a frequency of three per lot. A lot shall consist of a maximum of 3,000 square yards of asphalt concrete and will be identified in the field by the City. The cores will be averaged to determine the percent of maximum theoretical density, as determined by ASTM D2041, per lot to the nearest tenth of a percent.

Reduced payment factors for percent of maximum theoretical density will be per the following table, and will be applied to the entire lot sampled.

Reduced Payment Factors for Percent of Maximum Theoretical Density Asphalt Concrete
percent of maximum
theoretical density
Reduced payment
factor
Asphalt Concrete
percent of maximum
theoretical density
Reduced payment
factor

91.0 0.0000 97.0 0.0000

90.9 0.0125 97.1 0.0125

90.8 0.0250 97.2 0.0250

90.7 0.0375 97.3 0.0375

90.6 0.0500 97.4 0.0500

90.5 0.0625 97.5 0.0625

90.4 0.0750 97.6 0.0750

90.3 0.0875 97.7 0.0875

90.2 0.1000 97.8 0.1000

90.1 0.1125 97.9 0.1125

90.0 0.1250 98.0 0.1250

89.9 0.1375 98.1 0.1375

89.8 0.1500 98.2 0.1500

89.7 0.1625 98.3 0.1625

89.6 0.1750 98.4 0.1750

89.5 0.1875 98.5 0.1875

89.4 0.2000 98.6 0.2000

89.3 0.2125 98.7 0.2125

89.2 0.2250 98.8 0.2250

89.1 0.2375 98.9 0.2375

89.0 0.2500 99.0 0.2500
< 89.0 Remove and replace > 99.0 Remove and replace
In addition to the reduced payment factors below, all costs associated with the testing of the lot which resulted in values outside of the 91-97 percent range, will be withheld from the final payment due to the Contractor.

Following completion of the testing by the City, the core locations within the asphalt pavement shall be repaired by the Contractor.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 637 of 1055
GC 57
302-5.6.3 Tracking. All areas receiving asphalt pavement shall be protected from tracking onto adjacent areas. Do not allow traffic on new asphalt pavement until its mid-depth temperature is below 140º Fahrenheit to minimize the tracking.

A rock dust blotter coat per Section 302-9.7 or a sand coat at a rate of 1-2 pounds per square yard shall be applied to the compacted surface for all areas where tracking is a concern. The application of tracking prevention measures shall be determined by the Contractor.

A haul route for all paving operations shall be reviewed and approved by the City prior to the start of any construction activity. No deviations from the approved haul route shall occur unless approved in writing from the City.

All tracking onto adjacent streets, striping or pavement markings shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. All striping and pavement markings shall be removed and replaced in kind by sandblasting. All tracking onto roadway surfaces may require the use of a street sweeper to the satisfaction of the City.
302-5.7 Joints. – Add the following:

Longitudinal joints shall be trimmed to a vertical face and to a neat line if the edges of the previously laid surfacing are, in the opinion of the Engineer, in such condition that the quality of the completed joint will be affected. Longitudinal and transverse joints shall be tested with a 12’ straightedge and shall be cut back as required to conform to the provisions in Subsection 302-5.6.2 Density and Smoothness for surface smoothness. Connections to existing surfacing shall be feathered to conform to the provisions for smoothness.

Longitudinal joints in the top layer shall correspond with the edges of proposed lane striping.

Longitudinal joints in all other layers shall be offset not less than 0.5' alternately each side of the edges of traffic lanes.

All feathered joints shall be sealed after rolling.
302-5.9 Measurement and Payment. – Add the following:

Reduced payment factors per 302-5.6.2 will be applied to the Contract Unit Price for lots with a Maximum Theoretical Density less than 91.0 and greater than 97.0 percent. 302-5.10 Hot Asphalt Leveling Course. Areas to receive the Hot Asphalt Concrete Leveling Course shall be determined and defined by the project manager and inspector, and identified to the Contractor in the field. Mix for hot Asphalt Concrete Leveling Course shall be 1/2 inch aggregate, C2, as defined in Section 203-6.4.3.

Areas to receive hot asphalt concrete leveling course shall be areas located near or adjacent to existing curbs and/or gutters that are potholed, or have the lip of gutter higher than the adjacent roadway. Potholes, large cracks, or ruts shall be filled to the surrounding grade elevation and compacted. Hot Asphalt Concrete Leveling Course shall be completed prior to the placement of Type II Slurry Seal, ARAM or resurfacing.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 638 of 1055
GC 58
Prior to placement of asphalt concrete, the surface shall be cleaned and all debris and deleterious materials shall be removed. A tack coat meeting the material and application requirements of Section 302-5.4 Tack Coat, shall be applied prior to placement of hot mix asphalt concrete. 302-5.11 Asphalt Pavement Crack Sealing and Filling. Crack sealing shall only be performed as a repair method for conventional hot mix asphalt pavement (HMA) and not installed at project locations which will have asphalt rubber hot mix (ARHM) used as the overlay material. Crack sealing shall be performed after milling of existing asphalt surface and prior to any leveling course, if necessary.

Right after milling of existing asphalt and before crack sealing or filling, Contractor shall remove any and all weeds that are growing through cracks from the project street located within the pavement or growing between the concrete gutter and the pavement and spray a herbicide mixture of either Hyvar mixed with Roundup or Pramatol mixed with Roundup, or approved equal, at least seven (7) calendar days prior to paving. The herbicide mixture shall contain Blazon, or approved equal, a purple dye to easily confirm the herbicide has been applied. The work shall be approved by the Engineer or his representative prior to paving. Full compensation for plant removal and herbicide treatment shall be considered as included in the unit cost for paving.

The crack sealing material shall be a hot-applied asphalt (Crafco Polyflex or approved equivalent).

The crack sealing material must not be modified or diluted in any way. Pavement cracks larger than 1” wide shall be filled with the mixtures per Specification Section 203-6.4 Type E (Extra Fine).

A wand and nozzle type application shall be used to fill all cracks with crack sealing material.

SECTION 303 - CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
303-1 CONCRETE STRUCTURES.
303-1.1 General. - Delete the first sentence of paragraph 1 and replace with the following:
“Concrete bridges, culverts, catch basins, retaining walls, abutments, piers, footings, foundations, drainage inlets, head walls, end walls, wing walls, junction structures, transition structures, Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 639 of 1055
GC 59
manholes, and other similar types of portland cement concrete structures shall be constructed to the lines and grades in conformity with the Plans and Specifications. 303-5 CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS, GUTTERS, CROSS GUTTERS, ALLEY INTERSECTIONS, ACCESS RAMPS, AND DRIVEWAYS.
303-5.1.1 General. - Replace the last paragraph with the following:

No PCC shall be ordered and/or placed until the forms and subgrade have been inspected and approved by the Engineer in the field.

All pull boxes, water meter boxes, and water valve covers shall be adjusted to proposed finish grade and approved by the Engineer in the field prior to placement of the PCC.

The Contractor shall barricade and protect placed PCC from all damage, marks, mars, and/or graffiti. Any PCC damaged, defaced, discolored, or defective shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense.

When removals of curb and/or sidewalk are located at curb return, the Contractor shall install access ramps. The Contractor is to construct all access ramps in accordance with American Disability Act (ADA) Standards/California Code of Regulations Title 24 – Accessibility Regulations. If the ramps constructed by the Contractor are found to be in non-compliance with ADA Standards, the Contractor will be required to remove and replace the ramps to ADA Standards at the Contractor's expense.
303-5.1.2 Drainage Outlets Through Curb. - Add the following paragraph:

Coring shall be required for all drains through existing curbs. 303-5.1.3 Driveway Entrances. – Replace the last paragraph with the following:

Driveway approaches where required, shall be 150 mm (6") thick for single-family residential area, and 200 mm (8") thick for commercial driveway approaches. 303-5.1.4 Walk. The back of sidewalk shall be 2 inches from the street Right-of-Way line unless otherwise specified by the Engineer.

Included in the price of sidewalk construction are retaining curbs. Retaining curbs are needed to retain soils from sloughing and eroding onto the finished sidewalk surface, as a result of grade differentials from existing ground surface to proposed sidewalk surface. Retaining curbs shall be installed when the finished surface is lower than the surrounding grade by 3 inches vertically within 6 inches horizontally. If the vertical difference in elevation is less than 3 inches, the surrounding grade shall be sloped, maximum 2:1 slope, to match the finished elevation. The height of the retaining curb shall be to the height of the existing grade it is retaining. Retaining curbs shall be located within the City’s right-of-way at all times. 303-5.1.5 Access Ramps. Construction of curb ramps shall conform to the Type and Case appropriate for the condition, as specified on the plans and as shown within the 2012 Standard Plans for Public Works Construction, Plan 111-5. The Contractor shall be responsible to layout the proposed access ramp to comply with the maximum slope indicated on the plans or Standard Plan 111-5. The maximum slope for the ramp shall not be exceeded unless otherwise approved in Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 640 of 1055
GC 60
writing by the Engineer. The Contractor shall remove and replace access ramps deemed noncompliant with the plans or Standard Plan 111-5.

For proposed locations adjacent to a cross gutter spandrel, sawcuts along the radius of the curb will not be allowed. The spandrel shall be replaced from expansion joint to expansion joint to the extents of the curb removal. For proposed locations adjacent to curb and gutter, sawcuts along the flowline of the curb will not be allowed. The entire curb and gutter shall be replaced from expansion joint to expansion joint as required. Sawcuts at locations other than the expansion joint will not be allowed unless approved by the Engineer. Curb cuts of the existing curb will not be permitted for installation of proposed ramp. Any deviation from these requirements will result in rejection of all work at this location and shall not be included in progress payment requests until corrected, per direction from the Engineer.

The Contractor shall verify the extents of sawcut and removal for each access ramp taking into account the maximum slope and transition area required. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to identify required removal limits, set concrete forms and verify maximum slopes are not exceeded. The Engineer shall be present to verify the concrete forms prior to the placement of the concrete at each location, however this does not alleviate the responsibility of the accuracy of forms or slopes of the access ramp from the Contractor.

Included in the price of access ramps are retaining curbs. Retaining curbs are needed to retain soils from sloughing and eroding onto the finished ramp surface, as a result of grade differentials from existing ground surface to proposed ramp surface. Retaining curbs shall be installed when the finished surface is lower than the surrounding grade by 3 inches vertically within 6 inches horizontally. If the vertical difference in elevation is less than 3 inches, the surrounding grade shall be sloped, maximum 2:1 slope, to match the finished elevation. The height of the retaining curb shall be to the height of the existing grade it is retaining. Retaining curbs shall be located within the City’s right-of-way at all times.

Access Ramps shall have truncated domes installed in accordance with standard plans and specifications. Truncated domes on new access ramps shall be Armor-Tile, Cast in Place System, or approved equal. Truncated domes installed on existing surfaces shall be Safety Sted TD, or approved equal. Truncated dome panels shall be 36”x48”, inline configuration, with a spacing of

2.35” on center, and Federal Yellow in color.

The access ramp work shall include all related adjustments of pull boxes, pull box covers, signs, and protection of any underground utilities within the work area. The removal and replacement of up to 5 linear feet of sidewalk on each side of the access ramp shall be included within the cost of the access ramp. The removal and replacement of the sidewalk will allow for transition from the top of ramp to adjacent sidewalk and will be utilized as necessary. 303-5.4.3 Weakened Plane Joints, (a) General. - Add the following paragraph:

All weakened plane joints shall be spaced at a maximum of 3.05 m (10') feet for curbs, gutters, and sidewalks. Scoring lines shall conform to those prevailing in the area and be uniform in spacing.
303-5.5.2 Curb. - Replace the first paragraph with the following:

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 641 of 1055
GC 61
PCC for curb and gutter shall be placed within three working days from removal of the existing PCC curb and gutter. The curb and gutter surface shall not vary more than 3 mm (0.01') from a 3 m (10') straightedge except at the grade changes. Prior to the removal of the forms, the surface shall be finished true to grade by means of a straightedge float of not less than 3 m (10') in length, and operated longitudinally over the surface of the concrete. Form clamps shall be constructed so as not to interfere with the operation of the float. The form on the front of the curbs shall not be removed less than one (1) hour, nor more than six (6) hours after the concrete has been placed. In no event shall forms be removed while the concrete is sufficiently plastic to slump. The top and face of the finished curb shall be true and straight, and top surface of curbs shall be of uniform width, free from humps, sags, blemishes, or other irregularities. 303-5.5.3 Walk. - Add the following paragraphs:

The sidewalk surface shall not vary more than 5 mm (0.02') from the 3m (10') straightedge except at grade changes, and the finished surface shall be free from humps, sags, blemishes or other irregularities. All sidewalks shall be a minimum of 100 mm (4") thick, except at driveways where the sidewalks shall be a minimum of 150 mm (6") thick for single family residential areas and 200 mm (8") thick for all other areas.
303-5.6 Curing. - Add the following paragraph:

Curing compound shall be translucent with red fugitive dye, Type 1, in accordance with Section 201-4 Concrete Curing Compound, of the Standard Specifications. 303-5.7 Repairs and Replacements. - Add the following paragraphs:

In order to minimize vandalism damage to the finished PCC surfaces, the Contractor shall plan his work so that no PCC is poured after 1:00 p.m., unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer in the field.

The Contractor shall barricade and protect placed Portland Cement Concrete from all damages, marks, mars, and/or graffiti. Any Portland Cement Concrete damaged, defaced, discolored, or defective shall be replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the Contractor's expense, and no additional time will be allowed.

Grading, patching, or other remedies to correct the situation will not be accepted unless in the opinion of the Engineer the vandalized area is so small that it does not warrant replacement.

Concrete replacement areas shall be from score mark or control joint to score mark or control joint, and full width of the sidewalk. All replacement areas shall be saw cut. 303-5.8 Backfilling and Cleanup. - Add the following paragraph:

A minimum of 300mm (12”) wide full depth asphalt concrete pavement repair patch and an 450mm (18”) wide 1-1/2” deep grind outside of the trench width is required when cross gutter, spandrel, driveways, curb and gutter is placed adjacent to existing asphalt concrete pavement. The asphalt concrete pavement repair patch shall be placed within two (2) working days after the cross gutters, spandrels, driveways, curb and gutter are replaced. The asphalt concrete pavement shall be sawcut. All work shall be in accordance with the General Permit Conditions and Trench Specifications, latest edition.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 642 of 1055
GC 62
SECTION 304 - METAL FABRICATION AND CONSTRUCTION
304-3 CHAIN LINK FENCE.
304-3.4 Measurement and Payment. - Delete paragraph 1 and replace with:

Chain link fence will be measured along the horizontal projection line of the completed fence, deducting the widths of gates and openings.

SECTION 314 - TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT

MARKINGS, AND PAVEMENT MARKERS
314-1 GENERAL. - Add the following paragraphs:

To insure the protection of storm drain inlets, Best Management Practices (BMPs) shall be employed during all striping operations. Refer to Section 7-8.6.

Each storm drain catch basin or storm drain inlet box shall be marked “NO DUMPING - FLOWS TO CREEK.” Two coats of paint are required. Stencil shall match City’s stencil. Paint and painting shall comply with the specifications.

All street resurfacing work shall include installing fire hydrant pavement markers at all fire hydrant location, whether the pavement markers were existing or not. The pavement markers shall be Type I – Two-Way Blue Retroreflective per Section 214-6 of the Specifications and installed per City’s detail drawing No. 102-0. All work associated with the installation of all new, or replacement of existing, fire hydrant pavement markers shall be included as noted within the specifications. 314-4 APPLICATION OF TRAFFIC STRIPING AND CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS.
314-4.1 General. – Add the following paragraphs:

During construction, if traffic legends or lane striping are removed or paved-over for any reason, they shall be replaced immediately with temporary traffic legends or lane striping as directed by the City, and the Contractor shall place permanent traffic legends or lane striping at the end of the job or on completion of final paving. When permanent items are placed, they shall be complete markings, legends, or striping i.e.: if limit lines are disturbed, they shall be replaced to centerline or from curb to curb, whichever was existing; if a letter in a word is removed or covered, the entire word shall be replaced; and lane striping shall extend 75 feet beyond construction limits. All replacement markings, legends, or striping required to be replaced beyond the contract limits shown shall be at the cost of the Contractor and shall meet City standards. If existing striping or legends are to be removed on existing surfaces, they shall be sandblasted. Painting over striping or legends in lieu of removal will not be permitted. Pavement striping shall comply with the applicable provisions of Sections 214 and 314 of the Standard Specifications.

Where side streets with existing striping, markings and markers are encountered, striping, markings and markers shall be repainted and replaced for a minimum distance of 15 m (50 feet) from the crosswalk, stop bar or limit line.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 643 of 1055
GC 63
314-4.2 Control of Alignment and Layout.
314-4.2.1 General. - Delete and replace with the following:

The Contractor will be responsible for all layout of all striping. All striping, markings and markers shall be reinstalled in their existing locations unless otherwise shown on the plans. The Contractor shall be responsible to take appropriate measures and record the existing locations.

The Contractor shall verify all dimensions in the field prior to installation of pavement striping/marking layout (Cat-Track). Should field measurements differ from the plan, the Contractor shall immediately notify City staff. No Cat-Track marks shall be placed until discrepancies are resolved.

Cat-Track must be approved by City staff prior to the installation of permanent pavement striping/marking. Contractor shall notify City staff a minimum of 24 hours prior to installation of permanent pavement striping/marking to allow for inspection and approval. If approval of CatTrack is not obtained by the Contractor, all work required to correct the striping/marking will be at the expense of the Contractor
Cat-Track marks shall be made in chalk. Paint for the purpose of Cat-Track is prohibited. If paint is used, the Contractor must remove the paint without damaging or visually deforming the pavement surface. If damage or visual deformity within the removal area occurs, in the opinion of City staff, the Contractor shall grind and overlay the entire segment with no additional compensation. The area of the grind and overlay shall be as required by City staff and shall be a minimum of 0.10’ thickness.

All visible Cat-Track markings after the installation of the permanent striping/marking shall be removed without damage or visual deformity to the pavement surface. Any damage or visual deformity to the pavement shall be remedied as noted above. 314-4.3.5 Application. - Amend the first sentence in paragraph 8 as follows:
“Glass beads shall be applied at a rate of 0.6 to 0.8 kg of beads per liter (5 to 7 pounds of beads per gallon).”
314-6 GREEN BIKE LANE. Green bike lanes shall be installed per plan and conform to the technical specifications included within the contract documents and shall be Streetbond CL or approved equal.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 644 of 1055

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 645 of 1055

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 646 of 1055
COORDINATION OF WORK 01110-1
SECTION 01110 COORDINATION OF WORK

PART ONE -- GENERAL

1.1 SEQUENCING OF WORK
The Contractor shall submit the construction schedule in accordance with Section 01321 of the specifications. The order of work shall proceed with the exceptions as follows:

The Contractor shall coordinate with the City’s current construction projects such as water, sewer, etc. before scheduling any work in the streets. City’s intention is to pave the streets immediately after the replacement of the pipeline. Contractor may skip streets that are not ready for paving and schedule other streets to work on. Also, Contractor shall re-schedule the streets that are skipped for a later time. There will be no monetary compensation for re-scheduling the work, re-mobilization and/or loss of production.

The Contractor shall arrange the schedule of work, but it shall adhere to the following restrictions:

1. Paving and related work shall follow the timeline per Section 302-5.2 of the Specifications.

2. Citywide events calendar shall be considered with the construction schedule. Events calendar with specific dates will be provided during subsequent weekly construction meetings.

3. Construction around school zones shall be taken into consideration to avoid interference with the drop-off and pick-up times for each specific school. School calendar with school start/dismissal times are included in the Appendix.

4. Any other construction activity other than paving shall be scheduled by the contractor in any sequence but shall be approved by the City.

5. All paving work on Cajon Street (from Citrus Avenue to Highland Avenue), Citrus Avenue (from west of Orange Street to University Street), and Church Street (from Citrus Avenue) shall take place during either Spring Break (March 23 – April 3, 2026) or Summer Break (starting June 8, 2026). The project must be fully completed by June 30, 2026.

1.2 UTILITY COORDINATION
During construction, if City owned utility facilities are damaged, contractor shall inform the City. City crew will respond within two hours and assess the condition, and perform any necessary remedial work as quickly as possible. No additional compensation will be granted to the contractor for any delay due to the damage and repair of the utility facility.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 647 of 1055
COORDINATION OF WORK 01110-2
Other utilities not owned by the City, contractor should notify and coordinate with the utility owner.

1.3 MAINTENANCE OF OPERATION OF EXISTING FACILITIES
Any shutdown will be coordinated with the Owner. All valves on the Owner’s existing facilities will be operated by the Owner. Written notice shall be given to the Owner’s Representative no less than 72-hours for residential areas and 12 days for commercial areas prior to the desired shut-off time. The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of water drained from the existing pipelines.

1.4 COORDINATION SUBMITTALS

1. No water system shutdowns will be allowed on Monday or Friday, unless otherwise directed by City staff.

2. When approved, City will begin shutting down the water system to allow connection at 8:00 AM. Note the system drainage time may take up to two hours depending on location and field conditions.

END OF SECTION
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 648 of 1055
TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 01111-1
SECTION 01111 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
A. General
The intent of this specification is to provide the format and requirements in preparation of the Traffic Control Plan (TCP).

B. Format

1. The sheets of the TCP shall display, at a minimum, the title of the project, name of firm preparing the TCP, name and stamp of Registered Traffic or Civil Engineer preparing the TCP, approval block for City of Redlands approval, north arrow, title sheet with an index of the sheets, sheet number, and total number of sheets.

2. The TCP shall be drawn to a 1 inch = 40 scale, or as otherwise approved by City staff, on common size sheets ranging from 8-1/2 inches x 11 inches, 11 inches x 17 inches or 24 inches x 36 inches as determined appropriate based on work area.

3. TCP must be prepared and approved by a Registered Traffic or Civil Engineer in the State of California.

C. Requirements
The TCP shall contain the following items and scenarios of traffic control:

1. Resurfacing operations;

2. Variations to accommodate night work;

3. All required detours;

4. Provide 4 changeable message boards, Solartech MB2-LR-1548 or approved equal, located throughout the project area to provide advance notification as work progresses;

5. The TCP shall be completed in conformance with Section 7-10.2.2.1 of the General Conditions and adhere to the following:
a. On street parking, where currently available, shall be open to the public outside of working hours; and
b. Shall be completed in conformance with all additional requirements from permitting agencies, such as Caltrans.

END OF SECTION
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 649 of 1055
DESCRIPTION OF WORK 01112-1
SECTION 01112 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

PART ONE -- GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. The work to be done under this Contract includes the furnishing of project management, labor, materials, tools and equipment for the construction of the PMP 2025 Street Resurfacing Project for the City of Redlands, all in accordance with the Contract Documents.

B. The following contract drawings are made a part of these Contract Documents:

Title Sheet No.

Title Sheet & Vicinity Map 1
Index Map 2
General Notes and Details 3
Quantity Table by Street Segments 4
Street Segments Layouts 5-12
Citrus Avenue Striping 13

1.2 GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK
A. Work In This Contract: Work in this Contract includes all labor, materials and equipment necessary for construction of PMP 2025 Street Resurfacing Project as noted on the Contract Drawings and all other Contract Documents and is summarized as follows:

1. The Work shall consist of resurfacing various streets throughout the City.

Resurfacing methods include, grind & overlay, and remove & replace. Asphalt overlay will be the conventional asphalt. All necessary striping will be replaced.

The scope of work also includes removal and replacement of curb & gutter, curb ramp, driveways and x-gutter as necessary; protecting in place all existing utilities, trees, and public and private improvements; pavement striping and restriping; replacing destroyed survey monuments; disposing of excess soil and rock material and restoring all areas and improvements to pre-construction condition.

2. The Work shall also consist of furnishing and installing sewer pipe, fittings, manholes, and appurtenances; all traffic control (including furnishing and installing all arrowboards, barricades, signs, delineators, and flagmen); all utility location and verification (excavating, exposing, and verifying top, bottom, and side of utility facilities); all pavement removal and disposal; all earthwork (including trenching, shoring, sloping, bedding, and backfilling including select Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 650 of 1055
DESCRIPTION OF WORK 01112-2
imported material or select native material); compacting; protecting in place or removing and replacing all existing utilities, trees, and public and private improvements; replacing all asphalt concrete pavement; disposing of excess soil and rock material and restoring all areas and improvements to pre-construction conditions.

3. The Contractor shall, upon completion of the pipeline construction and appurtenances required herein, initially operate all components of the Contract Work furnished and installed by Contractor, and make any additional adjustments, corrections, repairs, replacements, and reconstructions necessary to provide the City with complete, correctly operating pipeline and appurtenances.

END OF SECTION
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 651 of 1055
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01200-1
SECTION 01200 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Work Listed in the Schedule of Work Items

1. The application for payment will be for a specific item based on the percentage completed or quantity installed. The percentage complete will be based on the value of the partially completed work relative to the value of the item when entirely completed and ready for service.

2. A retention of 5% of the value of work completed will be withheld from progress payments. This retention amount will remain constant throughout the contract period, and will not be payable until the expiration of 35 days after the recordation of the Notice of Completion.

B. Work Not Listed in the Schedule of Work Items
The General Conditions and items in the General Requirements, and Specifications which are not listed in the schedule of work items of the bid form are, in general, applicable to more than one listed work item, and no separate work item is provided therefore. Include the cost of work not listed but necessary to complete the project designated in the contract documents in the various listed work items of the bid form.

The bids for the work are intended to establish a total cost for the work in its entirety.

Should the Contractor feel that the cost for the work has not been established by specific items in the bid form, include the cost for that work in some related bid item so that the proposal for the project reflects the total cost for completing the work in its entirety.

The Contractor may experience difficulty in excavation due to rock or unsuitable backfill material throughout the project locations. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to identify these areas and account for difficulty in excavation, the need to export rock or unsuitable backfill material and the need to import suitable backfill material. There will not be additional contract time or additional compensation for any project locations where any of these circumstances occur.

C. Bid Items

1. Mobilization, Bid Item 1:

Payment for Mobilization shall be made at the contract lump sum price and shall constitute full compensation for all labor, material, equipment, and incidentals required within Section 01721. The bid price shall include, but not limited to, preliminary construction schedule, bonds, insurance, installation and relocation of information signs, shop drawings, catalog submittals, identification & providing list of trees that needs to be trimmed at least four weeks prior to paving, and shall constitute full compensation for all labor, material, equipment and incidentals required. The bid price for mobilization shall not exceed 5 percent of the Bid Schedule total price.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 652 of 1055
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01200-2

2. SWPPP, Bid Item 2:

Payment for Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) shall be made at the contract lump sum price and shall constitute full compensation for preparation, approval, NPDES Permit and shall include all labor and incidentals noted within Section 01571.

Payment for the SWPPP shall be made based on the percentage of project completion to ensure compliance with all requirements. The completeness shall be determined by the Engineer and updated on progress payments.

3. Survey, Bid Item 3:

Payment for Survey shall be made at the contract lump sum price and shall constitute full compensation for research, construction surveying, construction staking, preparation and submittal of surveying cut sheets, tying existing control monuments that may be damaged or disturbed prior to construction, verifications of horizontal and vertical position of existing control monuments, recovery and reestablishment of damaged or disturbed control monuments after construction, preparation and submittal of corner records to applicable government agencies, provide recorded copies to the City and shall include all labor and incidentals noted within Section 01722.

Prior to construction, contractor shall provide corner records, survey monuments and any other existing survey control markers to the City for review. City Engineer/Surveyor will spot check the locations provided by the contractor’s surveyor. In any case, City shall back charge contractor for any missing survey markers or monuments.

Payment for the Survey shall be made based on the percentage of project completion to ensure compliance with all requirements throughout the duration of the contract. The completeness shall be determined by the Engineer and updated on progress payments.

4. 0.1’ Grind and 0.1’ AC Overlay, Bid Item 4:

Item includes but is not limited to 0.1’ grind and 0.1’overlay of asphalt concrete as specified on the project plans and specifications. Bid item also includes crack filling and crack sealing after grinding, routing of the surface following cold milling and prior to crack sealing, all weeds killing, placing leveling course, localized base repair, removal of existing asphalt over the gutter pan (at least 1”), removal of all temporary AC pavement and replacement with permanent base paving within the area of the proposed overlay. Bid item also includes but are not limited to dust control, traffic control, sawcutting and shall constitute full compensation for all labor, material, equipment and incidentals required as required to perform the work under these bid items. Roadway grading and shaping shall conform to the provisions Section 300, 301 and 302 of the Standard Specifications.

Payment for this item shall be made at the contract unit price.

For the purpose of making monthly progress payments, 90% of the contract unit price will be paid for the quantity of final pavement completed per the plans and specifications and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The remaining 10% will be paid when all damaged traffic striping has been replaced per the plans and specifications and has been accepted by the Engineer. No further breakdown will be allowed.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 653 of 1055
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01200-3

5. 1-1/2” AC Grind and 1-1/2” AC Overlay, Bid Item 5:

Item includes but is not limited to 1-1/2” grind and 1-1/2” overlay of asphalt concrete as specified on the project plans and specifications. Bid item also includes crack filling and crack sealing after grinding, routing of the surface following cold milling and prior to crack sealing, all weeds killing, placing leveling course, localized base repair, removal of existing asphalt over the gutter pan (at least 1”), removal of all temporary AC pavement and replacement with permanent base paving within the area of the proposed overlay. Bid item also includes but are not limited to dust control, traffic control, sawcutting and shall constitute full compensation for all labor, material, equipment and incidentals required as required to perform the work under these bid items. Roadway grading and shaping shall conform to the provisions Section 300, 301 and 302 of the Standard Specifications.

Payment for this item shall be made at the contract unit price.

6. Leveling Course, Bid Item 6:

Item includes but is not limited to the leveling of the roadway surface with hot asphalt concrete pavement and per specification Section 302 of General Conditions. Leveling course shall be placed for any street that is determined by the City Staff before asphalt paving. Payment for this item shall be made at the contract unit price.

7. R&R PCC Curb and Gutter, Bid Item 7:

Item includes but is not limited to the re-construction of existing but damaged, missing, and/or mis-aligned curb and/or curb and gutter. Curb shall be re-constructed per APWA Standard Plan 120-2 Curb and Gutter - Barrier and shall join to existing. The height and width of the curb and gutter shall match the existing. Item also includes all necessary dust control, clearing, grubbing, and removals such as removals of vegetation, rubbish, and utilities as required for the construction of the proposed improvements under this bid item.

Bid Item shall also include traffic control and mobilization. Approximate locations for curb and gutter replacement are shown on the plans. The actual locations shall be verified during construction.

Payment for this item shall be made at the contract unit price and shall constitute full compensation for all labor, material, equipment and incidentals required.

8. R&R PCC Gutter Pan, Bid Item 8:

Item includes but is not limited to the re-construction of existing but damaged, missing, and/or mis-aligned PCC gutter pan. Gutter pan shall be re-constructed per APWA Standard Plan 120-2 Curb and Gutter - Barrier and shall join to existing. The width of the gutter pan shall match the existing adjacent gutter pan. Item also includes all necessary dust control, clearing, grubbing, and removals such as removals of vegetation, rubbish, and utilities as required for the construction of the proposed improvements under this bid item. Bid Item Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 654 of 1055
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01200-4
shall also include traffic control and mobilization. Approximate locations for gutter pan replacement are shown on the plans. The actual locations shall be verified during construction.

Payment for this item shall be made at the contract unit price and shall constitute full compensation for all labor, material, equipment and incidentals required.

9. Construct Cross Gutter w/ Spandrel, Bid Item 9:

Item includes but is not limited to earthwork, curb cuts and removals as required for the construction of new cross gutter per APWA Standard Detail 122-2 and 123-2. Existing concrete gutter and asphalt concrete shall be removed and replaced as necessary to allow installation. Also, 6-inch thick class 2 aggregate base shall be placed and compacted to 95% relative compaction under 8” thick cross gutter and spandrels. Item also includes construction survey to form/construct cross gutter, all necessary dust control, clearing and removals such as removals of vegetation, rubbish, and utilities as required for the construction of the proposed improvements under this bid item.

Payment for this item shall be made at the contract unit price and shall constitute full compensation for all labor, material, traffic control, equipment and incidentals required.

10. Adjust Manhole Ring/Cover w/ Concrete Collar, Bid Item 10:

Item includes but is not limited to adjustment of the manhole ring/cover, rim to the finished grade of the street. Manhole shall be re-constructed per City of Redlands Standard, A-101 and shall include the construction/reconstruction of the concrete collar per City of Redlands Standard, A-106. Item also includes all necessary dust control, clearing, grubbing, and removals such as removals of vegetation, rubbish, and utilities as required for the construction of the proposed improvements under this bid item.

Payment for this item shall be made at the contract unit price and shall constitute full compensation for all labor, material, traffic control, equipment and incidentals required.

11. Adjust Valve Can and Cover (Circular Lid), Bid Item 11:

Item includes but is not limited to adjustment of the valve can and cover to the finished grade of the street. Valve Can shall be re-constructed per City of Redlands Standard, A20514. Item also includes all necessary dust control, clearing, grubbing, and removals such as removals of vegetation, rubbish, and utilities as required for the construction of the proposed improvements under this bid item.

Payment for this item shall be made at the contract unit price and shall constitute full compensation for all labor, material, traffic control, equipment and incidentals required.

12. Replace Valve Can, Gate Well and Cover (Triangular Lid), Bid Item 12:

Items includes but is not limited to replacement of the valve can, gate well and cover per detail on Plan Sheet No. 3 and adjust valve cover to the finished grade of the street. This item includes all the triangular valve lids, which are identified on the plan and any other found in the field during construction. Item also includes all necessary dust control, clearing, grubbing, and removals such as removals of vegetation, rubbish, and utilities as required for the construction of the proposed improvements under this bid item.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 655 of 1055
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01200-5
Payment for this item shall be made at the contract unit price and shall constitute full compensation for all labor, material, traffic control, equipment and incidentals required.

13. Install Blue RPM, Bid Item 13:

Item includes but is not limited to installation of retro-reflective pavement markers (RPM) per plans and specifications. Where the fire hydrant is located at the intersection, blue RPM shall be installed on both streets. Payment for this item shall be made at the contract unit price and shall constitute full compensation for all labor, material, traffic control, equipment and incidentals required.

14. Replace Traffic Loop, Bid Item 14:

Item includes but is not limited to the re-installation of existing traffic signal loop detectors that have been damaged or removed as a result of resurfacing operations. Item also includes the home run where required, and upgrade existing stub-out or conduit in order to accommodate additional loops if required. All traffic loops shall be circular loops except adjacent to the crosswalks or stop bars. Type D loop shall be installed adjacent to the crosswalks or stop bars in each lane of each side of the intersection.

All Caltrans intersections, where Type D loop shall be installed, require the replacement of the detector sensor card (222) with a GTT922 detector sensor card per Caltrans permit condition or approved equal. Bid Item shall also include all labor, material, traffic control, equipment and incidentals. Payment for this item shall be made at the contract unit price and shall constitute full compensation for all labor, material, equipment and incidentals required.

15. Thermoplastic STOP & Miscellaneous Legend, Bid Item 15:

Item includes but is not limited to installation of thermoplastic lettering per the California MUTCD and complete removal of existing striping and pavement markings. Bid Item shall also include traffic control and mobilization. A complete list of STOP legend, miscellaneous legend and pavement markings are provided in a table on Plan Sheet No. 3.

Payment for this item shall be made at the contract unit price and shall constitute full compensation for all labor, material, traffic control, equipment and incidentals required.

16. 24” Thermoplastic Solid White/Yellow Stripe, Bid Item 16:

Item includes but is not limited to installation of 24” thermoplastic solid white/yellow striping, per project plans and per the California MUTCD and complete removal of existing striping and pavement markings. It includes stop bar, crosswalk, etc. Payment for this item shall be made at the contract unit price and shall constitute full compensation for all labor, material, traffic control, equipment and incidentals required.

17. 12” Thermoplastic Solid White/Yellow Stripe, Bid Item 17:

Item includes but is not limited to installation of 12” thermoplastic solid white/yellow striping, per project plans and per the California MUTCD and complete removal of existing striping and pavement markings. It includes stop bar, crosswalk, etc. Payment for this item shall be made at the contract unit price and shall constitute full compensation for all labor, material, traffic control, equipment and incidentals required.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 656 of 1055
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01200-6

18. 8” Thermoplastic Solid White Stripe, Bid Item 18:

Item includes but is not limited to installation of 8” thermoplastic solid white stripe, per plans and per Caltrans 2015 Revised Standard Plan A20D and complete removal of existing striping and pavement markings. It includes turning pocket lanes, etc. Payment for this item shall be made at the contract unit price and shall constitute full compensation for all labor, material, traffic control, equipment and incidentals required.

19. 6” Thermoplastic Double Yellow Stripe, Bid Item 19:

Item includes but is not limited to installation of 6” thermoplastic double yellow stripe, per project plans and per Caltrans 2015 Revised Standard Plan A20A, D-22 and complete removal of existing striping and pavement markings. Payment for this item shall be made at the contract unit price and shall constitute full compensation for all labor, material, traffic control, equipment and incidentals require.

20. 6” Thermoplastic Solid White Stripe, Bid Item 20:

Item includes but is not limited to installation of 6” thermoplastic solid white stripe, per project plans and per Caltrans 2015 Revised Standard Plan A20B, D-27B and complete removal of existing striping and pavement markings. Payment for this item shall be made at the contract unit price and shall constitute full compensation for all labor, material, traffic control, equipment and incidentals require.

21. 6” Thermoplastic Skip White/Yellow Stripe, Bid Item 21:

Item includes but is not limited to installation of 6” thermoplastic skip white/yellow thermoplastic stripe, per project plans and per Caltrans 2015 Revised Standard Plan A20A, D-2 for centerlines; A20A, D-9 for lane lines; A20D, D-39 and D-39A for bike lane line; and complete removal of existing striping and pavement markings. Payment for this item shall be made at the contract unit price and shall constitute full compensation for all labor, material, traffic control, equipment and incidentals require.

22. 4” Thermoplastic Solid White/Yellow Stripe, Bid Item 22:

Item includes but is not limited to installation of 4” thermoplastic solid white/yellow stripe, per project plans and per Caltrans 2015 Revised Standard Plan A20B, D-27B for right edge line or D-24 for left edge line; A20D, D-39 and D-39A for bike lane line; and complete removal of existing striping and pavement markings. Payment for this item shall be made at the contract unit price and shall constitute full compensation for all labor, material, traffic control, equipment and incidentals require.

23. 4” Thermoplastic Skip White/Yellow Stripe, Bid Item 23:

Item includes but is not limited to installation of 4” thermoplastic skip white/yellow stripe, per project plans and per Caltrans 2015 Revised Standard Plan A20B, D-27B for right edge line or D-24 for left edge line; A20D, D-39 and D-39A for bike lane line; and complete removal of existing striping and pavement markings. Payment for this item shall be made at the contract unit price and shall constitute full compensation for all labor, material, traffic control, equipment and incidentals require.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 657 of 1055
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01200-7

24. Two-Way Thermoplastic Left Turn Yellow Stripe, Bid Item 24:

Item includes but is not limited to installation of Two-Way Left Turn yellow thermoplastic stripe, per project plans and per Caltrans Standard Plan A20B, Detail 32. The length shown in linear footage measuring along street centerline. One linear foot includes both 6” solid striping, both 6” skip striping and pavement markers on each side of both solid striping.

Payment for this item shall be made at the contract unit price and shall constitute full compensation for all labor, material, traffic control, equipment and incidentals require.

25. Green Bike Lane, Bid Item 25:

Payment for the Green Bike Lane shall be made at the unit price denoted within the proposal and shall include surface preparation, layout, material placement, curing, protection, and all labor, materials, tools, etc. to install the markings within the bike lanes per plans and specifications by painting a solid “Bike Path Green” using Streetbond CL or approved equal.

26. Unforeseen work not covered within all other bid items, Bid Item 26:

Payment for the unforeseen work not covered within all other bid items shall be made at the contract price per lump sum (LS) and shall constitute full compensation for all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required. Unforeseen work must be approved by the City staff before doing any work and pay estimate shall be negotiated based on unit price already established with the bid proposal for this project. Any required work that is outside of the proposed bid unit cost, shall be performed based on the Time and Material (T&M) basis and T&M cost shall be negotiated and approved by the City staff prior to performing the work. Unforeseen work will be paid in each billing cycle with a percentage of the lump sum cost included in the bid. This item may not be spent entirely.

27. Demobilization, Bid Item 27:

Payment for Demobilization shall be made at the contract lump sum price and shall constitute full compensation for all labor, material, equipment, and incidentals required within Section 01740.

END OF SECTION
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 658 of 1055
CHANGE ORDER REQUESTS 01251-1
SECTION 01251 CHANGE ORDER REQUESTS

1.1 GENERAL
A. All quotations for preliminary change orders for extras, changes, additions, or deletions to the Work as described in EXTRA WORK of the GENERAL CONDITIONS shall be submitted to the ENGINEER, in writing, on the Change Order Request (COR) Cover Sheet and the Change Order Cost Summary Form, both attached, and in conformance with the requirements of Section 01254 CHANGE ORDERS. The quotation shall be firm for a period of not less than sixty (60) calendar days from the date of receipt of the quotation by the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR shall submit its written cost quotation and Time Impact Analysis not later than fifteen (15) days after being requested to provide such quotation, unless the ENGINEER allows more time. Delays in submitting quotations beyond the fifteen (15) days set forth herein, which cause a delay in the issuance of a Change Order or a delay to the completion date of the project, shall not be cause for a claim or a time extension under the Contract.

B. The ENGINEER'S request for quotation on a preliminary change shall not be considered authorization to proceed with the changed work prior to the issuance of a final Lump Sum or Time & Material Change Order, unless directed otherwise, in writing, by the ENGINEER, nor shall such request constitute justification for a delay to the existing Work or a time extension under the Contract.

END OF SECTION
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 659 of 1055
CHANGE ORDER REQUESTS 01251-2
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 660 of 1055
CHANGE ORDER REQUESTS 01251-3
Change Order Cost Summary
Project Name :

Change Order Request No. :

Date :

Direct
Labor
Direct
Materials
Direct
Equipment
(1): Lump Sum Work by
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Prime Contractor
(2): "T&M" Work by
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Prime Contractor
(3): Subtotal - Direct Work
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00
(Prime Contractor)
(4): All Lump Sum Work by
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00
subcontractors (any tier)
(5): All "T&M" Work by
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00
subcontractors (any tier) Totals
(6): Subtotal - Direct Work
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
(all subcontractors)
Add each of the
(3)+(6)=(7): Total - Direct Costs
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00
three columns
$0.00
across and enter
to the right.
(8): Markup
(20%
of
direct
labor)
(15% of
direct mat'l)
(15% of
direct equip)
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
(9): Prime Contractor
Markup 10% of line (6) direct sub work up to $5,000
for subcontractors plus 5% of line (6) direct sub work over $5,000
(10): Bonds & Insurance 1% of line (7)
$0.00
all direct work
(11): Additional amount
permitted by Contract
(12): GRAND TOTAL Add sums of lines)
$0.00
(7), (8), (9), (10) and (11)
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 661 of 1055

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 662 of 1055
CHANGE ORDERS 01254-1
SECTION 01254 CHANGE ORDERS

PART ONE -- GENERAL

1.1 REQUIREMENTS
Payment to the Contractor, or credit to the City, for any change, addition, deletion or extra to the Work, or settlement of any Claim, covered by any Change Order, shall be determined by the methods set forth herein. The Engineer may change the Plans and Specifications, character of the Work, or quantity of Work provided the total arithmetic dollar value of all such changes, both additive and deductive, does not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the Contract Price. Should it become necessary to exceed this limitation, the change shall be by written Supplemental Agreement between the Contractor and the City, which shall be executed by a Change Order.

Unless otherwise stipulated, “Unit Prices” include all costs necessary to furnish, install and complete the Work. The “Unit Prices” include all direct costs for labor, equipment and materials, all insurance and bond costs, all field and office supervisors and assistants, all onsite project administration, security costs, the cost of small tools and consumables, incidental job burdens, and all general home office expenses and no separate allowance will be made therefor. Assistants to field and office supervisors include all clerical, stenographic, and general office help. Incidental job burdens include, but is not limited to, office equipment and supplies, temporary toilets, telephone, utilities, safety equipment, warning devices, personal protective equipment, and conformance to OSHA requirements. Project administration includes, but is not limited to, review and coordination, estimating, engineering, scheduling, and expediting relative to Change Orders, and updating and furnishing Record Drawings to incorporate changes, schedule update, supervision not applied solely to the Work of the Change Order, home office salaries and expenses, and City of Redlands Business Tax.

A. Unit Prices
Unit prices stipulated in the Bid or itemized in the approved Schedule of Values shall be utilized, where they are applicable and determined reasonable by the Engineer. In the event that the Change Order results in a change in the original quantity of more than twenty-five percent (25%), either increase or decrease, then either the Engineer or the Contractor may request a review of the unit price to determine if a new unit price shall be mutually determined by negotiation. Any new unit price mutually determined under this Subsection shall only apply to the units in excess of one hundred twenty five percent (125%) of the original quantity for overruns. In case of underruns, the unit price stipulated in the Bid shall be applied to the first twenty-five percent (25%) of the actual quantity of work performed and the new mutually determined price shall be applied to the quantity between twenty-five percent (25%) and seventy-five percent (75%) of the original quantity.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 663 of 1055
CHANGE ORDERS 01254-2
Renegotiated unit prices or unit prices for new items added to the Contract by Change Order shall be determined in accordance with Subsections B through G.

Whether stipulated in the Bid, itemized in the approved Schedule of Values or renegotiated, the unit prices used for payment constitute the total adjustment with no further costs owed for overhead, impact, profit, delay or impact to unchanged portions of the Contract, or any other reason. The unit price shall be full and final compensation as described in Subsection D.

The cost proposals for renegotiated unit prices shall be presented in accordance with the provisions of Subsections B through G. Should any Bid Item be deleted in its entirety, the amount bid for that bid item shall be subtracted from the total Contract amount. The Contractor shall be paid only for the actual cost incurred prior to the notification of such deletion for that Bid Item.

B. Lump Sum
The Engineer and the Contractor may mutually determine a total sum for the Extra Work. The Contractor shall summarize the total cost and furnish a breakdown of the proposed lump sum costs satisfactory to the Engineer in accordance with Subsections B through G. Such lump sum costs shall be full and final compensation as described in Subsection D. The Contractor’s quotation shall conform to the requirements of Section 01251- Change Order Requests, and be submitted in the Change Order Cost Summary Form provided (see Attachment 01251-A1). The Change Order Cost Summary Form cannot be used to nullify or supercede any specification or contractual provision.

If the method or amount of payment cannot be agreed prior to performing the Extra Work, the Engineer may unilaterally issue a Change Order in the amount determined reasonable by the Engineer for the Extra Work and direct the Contractor to proceed immediately. The Engineer also has the option to issue a Change Order directing the Work be done on a Time and Materials basis with the Contractor providing all labor, equipment, and materials necessary to complete the Work in a satisfactory manner and within a reasonable period of time.

Estimates for lump sum quotations and accounting for Time and Materials work shall be limited to direct expenditures necessitated specifically by the subject Extra Work, and shall be segregated as follows:

1. Labor, up to and including working general foremen, who are directly assigned to the Extra Work. Employees identified as superintendents or non-working general foremen shall not be charged as labor on Extra Work.

The labor costs shall include actual documented payroll costs including wages, payroll taxes as established by law (i.e., FICA, Federal and State Unemployment Taxes), fringe benefits as established by negotiated labor agreements, and any insurance costs (such as Worker's Compensation and General Liability Insurance but shall not include Automobile Liability Insurance or any other insurance costs). A detailed breakdown of those Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 664 of 1055
CHANGE ORDERS 01254-3
subcomponents of labor costs, by all crafts shall be submitted to the Engineer, by the Contractor and all Subcontractors, for approval, as part of the documentation of labor costs, within ten (10) working days after issuance of the Notice to Proceed. No other subcomponents of labor costs shall be considered, unless approved in writing by the Engineer.

The labor cost is not allowed to be increased by using labor classifications with paygrades higher than necessary to accomplish the Work.

2. Materials: The cost of materials used in performing the Extra Work will be the cost, including sales tax and freight, to the purchaser, whether Contractor, Subcontractor or other forces, from the supplier thereof, except as follows:
a. Cash or trade discounts available to the purchaser shall be credited to the City notwithstanding the fact that such discounts may not have been taken by the Contractor.
b. For materials secured by other than a direct purchase and direct billing to the purchaser, the cost shall be deemed to be the price paid to the actual supplier as determined by the Engineer. Supplier markup, except for actual costs incurred in the handling of such materials, will not be allowed.
c. Payment for materials from sources owned wholly or in part by the purchaser shall not exceed the price paid by the purchaser for similar materials from said sources on contract items or the current wholesale price for such materials delivered to the Jobsite, whichever price is lower.
d. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the cost of materials is excessive, or the Contractor does not furnish satisfactory evidence of the cost of such materials, then the cost shall be deemed to be the lowest current wholesale price for the quantity concerned, delivered to the Jobsite less cash or trade discount. The City reserves the right to furnish materials for the Work and no claim shall be made by the Contractor for costs and profit on such materials.
e. For the purposes of this Section, a "Supplier" is defined as any person or persons, firm or business, who supplies materials of construction and/or permanent equipment, but who does not perform any portion of the Work of the Contract on site, for the Contractor, except that labor or labor supervision which may be required by some manufacturers as part of their equipment installation for warranty or other purposes.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 665 of 1055
CHANGE ORDERS 01254-4

3. Equipment Costs, including ownership, lease or rental costs, as well as operating costs, for individual equipment units whose replacement value is in excess of $500. Transportation and set up costs shall be included, but only if the equipment is imported to the worksite solely to perform work on the Extra Work described in the Change Order and the Contractor can demonstrate that the changed work cannot or could not be performed economically with equipment already at the site. Equipment costs shall be determined in accordance with the requirements set forth in Subsection G.

4. Small tools, equipment, consumables and incidental costs: No separate payment will be made for the use of small tools or equipment with a replacement value of $500 or less. This applies to tools and equipment owned by the Contractor or its subcontractors of any tier. Also, no separate payment will be made for fuel, lubricants, tool or equipment repairs, tool or equipment maintenance, consumables, drinking water, sanitary facilities or other incidentals. These costs are already included as a part of Markup.

5. Subcontractor Costs, including their overhead and profit, provided that such costs are direct costs to the Contractor for performing the Extra Work as set forth in Subsections B through G.

C. Time and Materials Work
The costs of all Changed/Extra Work submitted under the Time and Materials (T&M) method shall be formulated in accordance with the provisions of Subsections B through I.

Unless otherwise stipulated on the Change Order, the “Not-to-Exceed” amount for all T&M Change Orders is $10000. The Contractor is responsible for tracking costs and for notifying the Engineer in writing when costs approach 50% and 75% of the “Not-to-Exceed” amount. In addition, if the Changed/Extra Work cannot be completed within the “Not-to-Exceed” limit, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing, and in a timely manner, that the limit requires an increase.

The City will only reimburse eligible costs up to the “Not-to-Exceed” amount.

The Contractor shall notify the Inspector at the beginning of each day when Changed/Extra Work is being performed. The Contractor shall notify the Inspector of the Changed/Extra Work being performed and describe the personnel involved, whether by Contractor forces or by its subcontractors at any tier. Failure to notify the Inspector prior to the start of Changed/Extra Work serves as the Contractor’s waiver to claim for compensation on that day.

For each working day, the Contractor shall submit a “Daily Extra Work Report” (DEWR) to the Inspector. The “Daily Extra Work Report” shall summarize labor, Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 666 of 1055
CHANGE ORDERS 01254-5
equipment and materials supplied. The Inspector will only consider Forms that are properly completed as described below.

1. Separate forms must be used for labor and for equipment/materials.

2. Labor, equipment, material or expenditures that are not included on The DEWR are ineligible for payment. There will be no exceptions to this requirement. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to include any and all items of labor, equipment, or material for which it requests compensation for each day’s work completed.

3. Information required on the Labor form shall include name of personnel, personnel classification, and only the number of hours worked on Changed/Extra work for the day being reported. Since the overhead allowance already includes all necessary supervision, any hours for additional supervision or non-working foremen are ineligible for additional payment. The premium pay for a general foreman is eligible for payment only if the general foreman is a working foreman and a general foreman was required by a Union Labor Agreement or otherwise approved by the Inspector. The general foreman rate is eligible for payment only during the time that a general foreman was required for the Changed/Extra Work.

4. Information required on the Equipment/Material shall include Contractorowned equipment and/or tools, and rented equipment or tools for which compensation is requested. Information shall include the type of equipment, size of equipment, equipment identification number, appurtenances, and only the number of hours worked on the Changed/Extra work.

5. The only allowable materials are materials delivered to the job site and/or incorporated only into the Changed/Extra work. The allowable materials shall be listed on the T&M sheet for the day that they are delivered to the job site and/or incorporated into the Changed/Extra work.

6. Delivery ticket(s) and/or bill(s) of lading for rental equipment and/or tools delivered to the site and/or material incorporated into the work for the day being reported must be attached with the T&M sheet for that day. No payment will be allowed for materials and/or rented equipment unless receipt(s) or bill(s) of lading is attached. If the request for payment is not substantiated by original vendor/supplier invoices, acceptable copies of original invoices, or other documentation acceptable to the Inspector, the City may establish the cost of the item(s) at the lowest possible wholesale price or rental rate applicable while the work was being performed.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 667 of 1055
CHANGE ORDERS 01254-6

7. Failure to submit the required “Daily Extra Work Report of Time and Material Work” by the close of the next working day shall waive all rights for that day unless otherwise approved by the Inspector. Work that cannot be substantiated by a “Daily Report”, approved and signed by the Inspector, is ineligible for payment.

8. The Contractor is responsible for preparing the “Daily Extra Work Report” for work by its Subcontractors and submitting the Forms to the Inspector on time.

9. The Contractor must have each “Daily Extra Work Report” verified by the Inspector. After the “Daily Extra Work Report” is approved by the Inspector, both the Contractor and Inspector sign the report. The original “Daily Extra Work Report” is retained by the Inspector with a copy provided to the Contractor.

10. When the “Daily Extra Work Report” is signed by the Inspector and the Contractor, it is binding on the Contractor and its Subcontractors.

11. When agreed to by the Inspector, the Contractor may submit a supplemental “Daily Extra Work Report” for labor, materials, or equipment for which the Contractor requests compensation but failed to list on the original daily report.
a. These supplemental forms shall be marked “SUPPLEMENTAL”. b. Unless otherwise approved by the Inspector, the supplemental forms may only be submitted for approval up to two (2) working days following the date when the work was performed.

No payment will be allowed for labor, materials, or equipment included on T&M sheets not signed by the Contractor and the Inspector. Payment will not be allowed for labor, materials, or equipment included on T&M sheets signed by anyone other than the Inspector or the Inspector’s immediate supervisor.

D. General
It is the intent of the City to settle all Change Orders full and final at the time the Change Order is issued. Therefore, the following paragraph shall be made a part of all Change Orders, whether included or not on the actual change order:
“The compensation (time and cost) set forth in a Change Order comprises the total compensation due the Contractor, all Subcontractors, and all Suppliers, for the Work or change defined in the Change Order, including impact on unchanged work. By signing the Change Order, the Contractor acknowledges and agrees on behalf of himself, all Subcontractors, and all Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 668 of 1055
CHANGE ORDERS 01254-7
Suppliers, that the stipulated compensation includes payment for all work contained in the Change Order, plus all payment for the interruption of schedules, extended field overhead costs, delay, and all impact, ripple effect or cumulative impact on all other work under this Contract. The signing of the Change Order indicates that the Change Order constitutes full mutual accord and satisfaction for the change, and that the time and/or cost under the Change Order constitutes the total equitable adjustment owed the Contractor, all Subcontractors, and all Suppliers as a result of the change. The Contractor, on behalf of himself, all subcontractors, and all Suppliers, agrees to waive all rights, without exception or reservation of any kind whatsoever, to file any further claim related to this Change Order.

No further claim or request for equitable adjustment of any type for any reasonably foreseeable cause shall arise out of or as a result of this Change Order or the impact of this Change Order on the remainder of the Work under this Contract.”
Costs which shall not be paid in Change Orders under this Contract include, but are not limited to, interest costs of any type; claim preparation or filing costs; legal expenses; the costs of preparing or reviewing proposed Change Orders or Change Order proposals; lost revenue; lost profits; lost income or earnings; rescheduling costs; costs of idled equipment when such equipment is not at the site or has not yet been employed on the Work; lost earnings or interest on unpaid retainage; claims consulting costs; and the costs of corporate officer or staff visiting the site; any compensation due to the fluctuation of foreign currency conversion or exchange rates; loss of other business; changes in taxes or increased tax rates of any kind or any costs identified as unallowable under the provisions of the Federal Acquisition Regulations.

Extensions of time shall be based solely upon the effect of delays to the Work as a whole. Extensions of time shall not be granted for delays to the Work, unless the Contractor can clearly demonstrate, through analysis of the current updated schedule, that the delay to the Work as a whole arose or will arise from causes other than normal weather, beyond the control and without fault or negligence of the Contractor, or any Subcontractor, at any tier, and that such delays did or will, in fact, delay the progress of the Work as a whole. The Contractor shall not be entitled to a time extension unless it submits a Time Impact Analysis which is a calculation of the extent of the delay to the end date of the Work and which shows that the Work has been or will be extended beyond the current Contract completion date. A Time Impact Analysis is a scheduling procedure which utilizes the networking techniques (fragnets) and a written analysis of the facts associated with the alleged delay to demonstrate the effect of the alleged delay on the critical path of the schedule. A "fragnet" is defined as a sequence of new activities and/or activity revisions that are proposed to be added to the existing current updated schedule to demonstrate (mathematically and graphically) the influence of the alleged delay on the end date of the Work and shall be the sole method for incorporating delays and impacts into the schedule. The objective of a Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 669 of 1055
CHANGE ORDERS 01254-8
Time Impact Analysis is to pinpoint, isolate, and quantify all time impact associated with a specific issue and determine its time relationship to past or current delays. Time extensions shall not be allowed for delays to parts of the Work that are not on the critical path of the currently approved monthly updated project schedule. Time extensions shall not be granted, nor delay damages of any kind whatsoever paid to the Contractor, until all available float, slack, or contingency time on the project is used and the end date of the Work is moved beyond the current, adjusted Contract completion date.

The cost summary, cost breakdowns and requests for cost reimbursement submitted by the Contractor (for delay, disruption, hindrance and interference associated with the changes, additions, deletions or extras) shall be itemized in a manner that, with mathematical certainty and without reliance upon probabilities or inferences, segregates the direct, actual reimbursable costs associated with each individual, change, addition, deletion, extra and (on an event-by-event basis) each individual delay or disruption event. Such cost summaries, breakdowns or requests shall not be based, in whole or in part, upon any methodology (such as “total cost” or “modified total cost” methodologies) that purports to calculate the Contractor’s additional costs of performance of the extra, change, addition or deletion (including without limitation the additional costs of delay, disruption or other impact) based on the difference between Contractor’s total actual Project or line item costs (with or without fee) and its original bid estimate for the Project or any original bid estimate line item. In connection with the foregoing, Contractor represents and warrants that it has the ability to generate and maintain complete and accurate cost accounting records that will reflect (i) the actual costs incurred or saved for each individual item of Extra Work, change, addition, deletion (including without limitation any costs of associated delay, disruption, interference, hindrance and the cumulative impact of each extra, change, addition, deletion on other parts of the Work); and, (ii) on an event-by-event basis, the effect of each delay or disruption that forms the basis of each request for extension of time, regardless of their scope, number, complexity, cumulative effect, or time of issuance or occurrence.

Except as provided in Section 6-6 of the General Conditions, Contractor shall have no right to recovery of any compensation, costs, expenses or damages resulting from delay, disruption, interference, or hindrance in the performance of the Work (including without limitation interruption of schedules, excess or extraordinary extended field and indirect overhead costs, loss of productivity and the impact, ripple or cumulative effect on other Work).

Contractor waives any claim or rights and remedies based on abandonment, quantum merit, rescission or other similar legal theory by reason of any of the following circumstances, which the Contractor acknowledges and agrees are within the reasonable contemplation of the parties: (i) changes, additions, deletions and extras to the Work after execution of the Contract and issued from time to time throughout the period of construction, regardless of their scope, Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 670 of 1055
CHANGE ORDERS 01254-9
number, cumulative value, or complexity, to correct errors, omissions, conflicts, and ambiguities in the Contract Documents, or to implement discretionary changes to the scope of Work requested by the City; (ii) the issuance and performance of changes, additions, deletions and extras in a manner that is not in sequence with the as-built or as-planned progress of the Work; (iii) changes due to Differing Site Conditions; (iv) suspensions of the Work or parts thereof, or limitations on access to portions or all of the Work, for the convenience of City or in the interests of the Project; (v) delay or disruption to the Work due to failure of the City, Engineer or Inspector to timely perform any contractual obligation.

E. Markups – Overhead and Profit

1. In addition to the direct expenditures specified for labor, materials and equipment in Subsection B, a lump sum will be paid for all overhead and profit, including: All insurance costs other than specifically mentioned in this Section, all field and office supervisors and assistants, all onsite project administration, security costs, the cost of small tools and consumables, incidental job burdens, and all general home office expenses and no separate allowance will be made therefor. Assistants to field and office supervisors include all clerical, stenographic, and general office help. Incidental job burdens include, but is not limited to, office equipment and supplies, temporary toilets, telephone, utilities, safety equipment, warning devices, personal protective equipment, and conformance to OSHA requirements. Project administration includes, but are not limited to, review and coordination, estimating, engineering, scheduling, and expediting relative to Change Orders, and updating and furnishing Record Drawings to incorporate changes, schedule update, supervision not applied solely to the Work of the Change Order, home office salaries and expenses, and City of Redlands Business Tax. Such lump sum shall conform to the following schedule of percentages of the total amount of direct expenditures of the Contractor and subcontractors.
(a) Work by Contractor. The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor’s costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits:
1) Direct Labor 20%
2) Direct Materials 15%
3) Direct Equipment 15%
(b) Work by Subcontractor. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in (a) shall be applied to the Subcontractor’s actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 671 of 1055
CHANGE ORDERS 01254-10

2. Bonds and Insurance
An additional allowance of one percent (1%) of all direct costs (less markup) is allowed.

3. Add/ Deduct Changes
The overhead rates determined above shall be applied to all additive Change Orders, except those utilizing as-bid Unit Prices listed in the Bid Proposal.

Any change in the Work involving both extras and credits shall show a net total cost, including subcontracts. Allowances for overhead and profit to the net total cost, as specified herein above, shall be applied if the net total cost is an extra; overhead and profit allowances shall not be applied if the net total cost is a credit. The estimated cost of deductions shall be based on labor and material prices on the date the Contract was signed.

4. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in subsection 1.1.E.1 shall be applied to the Subcontractor’s actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor.

F. City Furnished Materials, Equipment and Services
The Engineer reserves the right to furnish materials, equipment and services deemed expedient for use on the Changed/Extra Work. The Contractor shall have no claim for profit or overhead on the cost of such materials, equipment and services.

G. Equipment Costs
The rates for rental or leased equipment shall not exceed the rates listed in the Caltrans Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates (Caltrans LS&ERR). For T&M Change Orders, the rates are established by the actual paid invoice(s) that comply with the requirements of Subsections G.1 and G.3. Owned equipment costs shall not exceed the rates established by Subsection G.2. The most recent published edition in effect at the commencement of actual equipment use shall be used.

The rates paid for any rented or leased equipment or tools shall include the cost of fuel, oil, lubrication, supplies, small tools, necessary attachments, repairs and maintenance of any kind, depreciation, storage, insurance and all incidental costs associated with the operation of the equipment or tools.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 672 of 1055
CHANGE ORDERS 01254-11
It is the responsibility of the Contractor to include any appurtenances added to equipment which would increase the basic rate for said equipment (i.e., hoe-ram, oversize bucket, and etcetera) as established in the acceptable rental rate guide.

All equipment and/ or tools shall be acceptable to the Inspector, in good working condition, suitable for the purpose for which it is to be used, and necessary to complete the Changed/Extra Work. Payment will be based on the manner in which the equipment was actually powered, operated and modified per the equipment manufacturer’s recommendations.

1. Rented or Leased Equipment
For equipment rented or leased (including lease with purchase option) in arm's length transactions from outside vendors, the Contractor shall be paid the actual invoiced, rented or leased rates provided that the invoiced lease or rental rates do not exceed the rates set forth in the Caltrans LS&ERR. Arm's length rental or lease transactions are those in which the firm involved in rental or lease of such equipment is not associated with, owned by, have common management, directorship, facilities, or stockholders with the firm renting the equipment. Submittal by a Contractor of a rental or leased invoice from the lessor will be prima facie proof of compliance with the above. However, such invoices are not conclusive proof; if questioned, the burden of proof remains with the Contractor. In no event shall the leased equipment rate billed to the City be at rates exceeding those prescribed in the following table:

Actual Usage (Change Order
& Contract Work Combined) Payment Category
Less than 8 hours Hourly Rate
8 or more hours but less than 7 days Daily Rate
7 or more days but less than 30 days Weekly Rate
30 calendar days or more Monthly Rate
a. When in Use:

Actual equipment use time documented by the Inspector shall be the basis that the equipment was utilized on the changed work and paid for under the Change Order. In addition to the lease or rental rate, equipment-operating costs shall not exceed the estimated hourly operating rate as set forth in the Caltrans LS&ERR. The hours of operation shall be based upon actual equipment usage on the changed work as recorded by the Inspector. For multiple shift work sequences, the allowable equipment rate shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the base rate, for second or third shifts. b. When Idle:

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 673 of 1055
CHANGE ORDERS 01254-12
Idle equipment is equipment on site and necessary to perform the Work under the change but not in actual use due solely to the impact of the changed work. Equipment operating costs due to idle time, documented by the Inspector, shall be paid at the rate determined in “G” (1) above. Idle time shall include a reasonable time allowance to and from the project site.

Payment for equipment or tools shall be limited to hours actually worked on the Changed/Extra Work if the equipment or tool is already on site for Work under the original Contract. No “standby” time will be paid for equipment already on site for Work under the original Contract.

If equipment or tools are used intermittently and, when not in use, could be returned to the rental source at less expense than holding it at the work site, it shall be returned, unless the Contractor elects to keep it at the work site at no expense to the City.

2. Owned and Other Equipment
Equipment rates for owned equipment or equipment provided in other than arm's length transactions shall not exceed the total hourly costs as set forth in the Caltrans “Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates” effective at the time the work is performed. (The Caltrans equipment rental rates are available on the internet at
http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/construc/equipmnt.html.) If the equipment is not listed in Caltrans LS&ERR, then the Rental Rate Blue Book shall be used. When using the Blue Book, the hourly rate for any period less than 7 days shall be the weekly rate divided by 40, plus the Operating Cost.

Except as noted herein below, this equipment hourly rate plus the estimated operating cost per hour from the Blue Book will be paid for each hour the equipment actually performs the Extra Work. Daily records listing the equipment units and their respective operators, identification code, and actual usage on the Work under the Change Order, as certified at the end of each work day (or work shift if the Work is being performed in multiple work shift sequence) by the Inspector shall be the record upon which actual equipment use shall be based. For multiple shift work sequences, the Caltrans overtime factor shall be applied (When using the Blue Book one-half the Non-Operating Cost will be deducted for second and third shifts. The Non-Operating Costs are the Blue Book monthly or weekly/40 rates, as applicable.). It is agreed that this rate shall represent payment in full for all the Contractor’s direct costs.
a. When Idle:

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 674 of 1055
CHANGE ORDERS 01254-13
Payment for equipment necessary to be on the site to complete the Work, but not in actual use due solely to the impact of the changed work, shall be paid per the table in Caltrans Standard
Specifications Section 9-1.03A(3b), provided that its presence and necessity on the site has been documented by the Inspector, and further provided that the equipment was idled solely by actions of the City. Idle equipment time will only be paid as a function of delays specifically directed or caused by the City's actions. In no event shall the idle time claimed in a day for a particular piece of equipment exceed the normal work schedule established for the project - usually eight (8) hours per day or forty (40) hours per week, and excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays. For multiple shift work sequence, the allowable idle equipment rate shall not be allowed, for second or third shifts. It is agreed that this rate shall represent payment in full for all the Contractor’s direct costs.

3. Equipment Haulage and Set Up Costs
Documented and actual equipment haulage and set up costs shall be paid for, if applicable as set forth in Subsection B.3.

4. Other Equipment Cost Guides
In the event that a piece of equipment used on a Change Order is not listed in Caltrans or the Blue Book, costs may be derived from the Associated General Contractor’s of America Equipment Ownership Guide, the Associated Equipment Dealers Guide, or the Equipment Rate Guide published by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers as adjusted appropriately for the type of work and use and the regional area of the Work under this Contract.

H. Records
At any time should the Contractor deviate substantially from the schedule, method and sequence of operation, equipment, cost or pricing data furnished by the Contractor and agreed to by the City in connection with the Change Order or should the City determine that any price negotiated in connection with the Change Order is defective due to such deviation or the fault of the Contractor, the City reserves the right to reduce the Change Order cost and reissue the Change Order at the amount in which the City determines to be the actual costs to complete the change.

Whenever any material or process is indicated or specified by patent or a proprietary name, or by name of a manufacturer in the Change Order, such direction shall not relieve the Contractor’s responsibility or obligation to perform Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 675 of 1055
CHANGE ORDERS 01254-14
work in accordance with the contract requirements. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for, and have control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures, coordination of all portions of the contract and Change Order work.

The Contractor shall on a weekly basis submit an approximate accounting of the amount expended on the Time and Materials work to date and an estimate of the Impact to the time of performance of work.

I. Partial Payments for Time and Materials Work.

Progress payments for Time and Materials work shall only be made if the anticipated cost of the changed work is in excess of $50,000 and/or the time to perform the changed work will exceed two (2) months duration. To receive payments for Time and Materials work, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer an invoice of the daily reports which were verified by the Inspector, with details and documents, verifying the Contractor’s and Subcontractor's actual costs incurred for the Time and Materials work as set forth in Subsections B through H. Costs shall be submitted within thirty (30) calendar days after the T&M work has been satisfactorily completed unless an extension of time for submittal is authorized in writing by the Inspector.

END OF SECTION
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 676 of 1055
SCHEDULE OF VALUES 01298-1

SECTION 01298 SCHEDULE OF VALUES

1.1 GENERAL
A. The Schedule of Values shall be used as a basis for determining progress payments on a lump sum contract or any designated lump sum bid item. The Schedule of Values shall be a schedule of cost loaded construction activities equal, in total, to the lump sum bid and shall be in such form and sufficient detail to correctly represent a reasonable apportionment of the lump sum. Prior to submitting an invoice for payment, the CONTRACTOR shall have submitted a detailed Schedule of Values and obtained approval from the ENGINEER.

B. Each lump sum bid item on the Schedule of Work and Prices, as set forth in the Bid must be broken down separately. The breakdown of each lump sum bid item must cover the cost of construction required by the contract documents for that item. The sum of the values for the construction activities, within a bid item, must equal the total bid amount for that item. The breakdown shall include subcontract amounts which shall not deviate from the amounts submitted in the Bid Proposal. The CONTRACTOR shall provide certification from the Subcontractors certifying the subcontract amounts.

C. Each activity in the Schedule of Values shall delineate one construction activity.

For example, the placement of concrete between construction joints, the construction of an electrical duct bank or pipeline between points A & B. The costing for each activity should include all costs for the labor and materials or equipment required to complete the activity. For example, concrete construction activities should include all costs for the forming, placing of reinforcement, placing concrete and curing. The cost for pipeline construction activities should include materials, equipment and installation including pipeline supports or thrust blocks. The excavation and backfill for a pipeline or structure may be separate activities. The Contract Price breakdown shall include the itemized costs for the plant establishment and any maintenance services to be performed before the final project acceptance is made. No non-construction activity shall be cost loaded.

D. The CONTRACTOR shall use cost loaded construction activities from the Construction Schedule as a Schedule of Values. Each construction activity shall be encoded to its bid item and a sort provided for each bid item totaling the cost loaded amount. The total of the Cost Loaded amounts for each bid item shall equal the amount bid for that item. The total of the Schedule of Values shall equal the current Contract value at all times. At any time during the progress of the Work of the Contract the INSPECTOR reserves the right to review the cost loading of the Schedules of Values and direct necessary revisions. When requested by the INSPECTOR, the CONTRACTOR shall provide all information necessary to substantiate the cost loading.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 677 of 1055
SCHEDULE OF VALUES 01298-2

E. Attached are samples of the Schedule of Values. The City will provide project specific Schedule of Values for the CONTRACTOR to use throughout the project at the Preconstruction Meeting. The Schedule of Values must be used by the CONTRATRACTOR at the time of each progress payment.

END OF SECTION
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 678 of 1055
SCHEDULE OF VALUES 01298-3

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 679 of 1055
SCHEDULE OF VALUES 01298-4

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 680 of 1055
SCHEDULE OF VALUES 01298-5

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 681 of 1055

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 682 of 1055
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01321-1
SECTION 01321 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

1. THE REQUIREMENT
A. It is expressly understood and agreed that the time of beginning, the rate of progress, and the time of completion of the Work are of the essence of this Contract.

B. The CONTRACTOR’S representative in charge of scheduling is required to attend all meetings pertaining to scheduling and progress of the Work.

C. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER 3 hard copies and the electronic file of the CONTRACTOR'S Construction Schedule (the schedule) at the time of the preconstruction meeting. The schedule shall be either a Critical Path Method (CPM) Network or a detailed Bar Chart with the critical path clearly shown. If the CPM network option is used, then Primavera Project Management or Microsoft Project shall be the scheduling software. If a detail Bar Chart is used, Microsoft Excel shall be the software utilized. The schedule shall include the following:

1. Activity ID,

2. Activity Description,

3. Start date for each activity,

4. Finish date for each activity,

5. Original duration,

6. Predecessor,

7. Successor,

8. Percent Complete,

9. Remaining Days.

A minimum of seven (7) calendar days for review of each schedule. Schedule activities shall be of sufficient detail to assure adequate planning has been done for proper execution of the Work and such that, in the sole judgement of the ENGINEER, it provides an appropriate basis for monitoring progress. The schedule shall begin with the date of issuance of the Notice to Proceed and conclude with the date of Final Completion shown in the Contract. Submittal and approval of the schedule in accordance with the requirements of this Section is a condition precedent to the issuance of any payments under this Contract. Once the schedule is approved it will become the baseline schedule and must be shown and compared on all subsequent schedule submittals.

D. Float, slack time, or contingency within the schedule (i.e., the difference in time between the project's early completion date and the required Contract Completion date), and total float within the schedule, is not for the exclusive use of either the CITY or the CONTRACTOR, but is a jointly owned expiring resource available to and shared by both parties. Pursuant to this float sharing requirement, use of Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 683 of 1055
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01321-2
float suppression techniques shall be cause for rejection of the schedule and any revisions or updates.

E. Time extensions shall not be granted nor delay damages paid until a delay occurs which is beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the CONTRACTOR and its Subcontractors or Suppliers, at any tier, and which extends actual performance of the Work beyond the current Contract completion date and the completion date projected by the current, approved, updated schedule. If the delay occurs along a path, which the current approved Construction Schedule update projects late completion prior to addition of any CITY caused delay, then the time extension allowed will be only for the additional delay demonstrated by the approved Time Impact Analysis. Time extensions shall be granted only if they are clearly demonstrated by the CONTRACTOR through the submittal, within seven (7) calendar days after the delay occurs, of a Time Impact Analysis which demonstrates the estimated impact on the end date of the Work; is based upon the updated Construction Schedule current as of the month the delay occurred; and demonstrates that the delay cannot be mitigated, offset, or eliminated through such actions as revising the intended sequence of Work or other means.

If a time extension if granted by the CITY, the updated schedule reflecting the change shall become the baseline and be reflected schedule and must be shown and compared on all subsequent schedule submittals.

Since float time within the Construction Schedule is jointly owned, it is acknowledged that CITY caused delays on the project may be offset by CITY caused time savings (e.g. critical path submittals returned in less time than allowed by the Contract or approval of substitution requests which result in a savings of time to the CONTRACTOR). In such an event, the CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive a time extension or delay damages until all CITY caused time savings are exceeded and the Contract completion date is also exceeded.

F. If the initial schedule submitted shows completion of Work more than thirty (30) calendar days in advance of the Contract completion date, the ENGINEER may, at no cost to the CITY, decrease the Contract duration by issuance of a Change Order which changes appropriate Milestone Date(s) and the Contract completion date to the completion date reflected on the schedule. Any approved schedule, revision, or update having an early completion date shall show the time between the early completion date and the Contract completion date as "project float".

G. Comments made by the ENGINEER on the schedule during review will not relieve the CONTRACTOR from compliance with all requirements of the Contract. The ENGINEER may request that the CONTRACTOR and all major Subcontractors (defined herein as being any Subcontractor, Sub-Subcontractor, or Supplier with five (5) percent or more of the value of the Contract) participate in Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 684 of 1055
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01321-3
review of any schedule submission. All revisions shall be submitted within seven (7) calendar days after the ENGINEER’S review.

H. Two copies of an updated schedule shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for approval with the submittal of each CONTRACTOR'S monthly payment request or the monthly payment request will be withheld. For those activities started but not yet completed at the time of submittal, the updated schedule shall reflect the percentage complete, as agreed between the CONTRACTOR and the INSPECTOR, and an estimate of the remaining duration. The monthly update of the schedule shall include an updated bar chart with logic arrows or network diagram and include the same additional data as required by Section 1.C. If the CPM network option is used, the schedule shall be calculated using remaining durations and the progress override option. The monthly update shall also include a complete, hard copy list of all the changes made from the previously approved submittal. If the schedule is done using Primavera, use a Claim Digger report for the list of changes.

I. The submittal of an updated schedule which meets the requirements of this Section, accurately reflects the status of the Work (for all previously accepted activities), and incorporates all approved changes into the schedule, shall be a condition precedent to the processing of the monthly payment application. (Actual and/or forecast dates for status of additional submittal cycles shall be added without the prior approval of the Engineer.) Updated schedules shall also be submitted at such other times as the ENGINEER may direct. Upon approval of a Change Order or issuance of a notice to proceed with a change, the approved change shall be reflected in the next schedule update.

J. If completion of any part of the Work, delivery of equipment or materials, or submittal of CONTRACTOR submittals is behind schedule and will impact the end date of the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a written recovery plan acceptable to the ENGINEER for completing the Work by the current Contract completion date, if requested by the ENGINEER.

K. As a condition precedent to the release of any retained funds, the CONTRACTOR shall, after substantial completion of the Work has been achieved, submit a certified, final schedule which accurately reflects the manner in which the project was constructed and includes actual start and completion dates for all activities on the schedule.

END OF SECTION
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 685 of 1055

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 686 of 1055
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHY 01322-1
SECTION 01322 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHY

1.1 GENERAL
A. Required: Provide photographs taken at the Jobsite at the specified stages of Contracted Work in accordance with provisions of this Section.

1. The Contractor shall provide the City with photos with addresses identifying each property location, the direction the photograph was taken (facing North, South etc).

2. Take first photographs just before CONTRACTOR starts any work operations at the Jobsite.

3. Take final photographs when all Contracted Work has been completed, regardless of time interval since previous photographs were taken.

1.2 SUBMITTALS
Except as otherwise directed by the ENGINEER, submit all photographs electronically on a CD/DVD organized by phase of construction and location.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Photographs and prints to be of professional quality; clear, in focus, with high resolution and sharpness, and with minimum distortion.

END OF SECTION
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 687 of 1055

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 688 of 1055
CONSTRUCTION STATUS REPORTS 01323-1
SECTION 01323 CONSTRUCTION STATUS REPORTS

1.1 REQUIREMENTS
A. Daily Status Report
The Contractor shall complete a daily report indicating manpower, major equipment, subcontractors, unusual occurrences and etc., involved in the performance of the work. The daily report shall be completed on forms prepared by the Contractor and approved by the City and shall be submitted to the Project Manager at the conclusion of each work week.

The Contractor shall also have workers on the project sign in and out each day on the City of Redlands Daily Sign In Sheet which shall state the name, times in and out and the work performed by each worker on the project each day. The completed Daily Sign In Sheets shall be submitted to the City of Redlands Project Manager at the end of each work week. Failure to submit daily reports and daily sign in sheets to the Project Manager on a weekly basis will result in a possible and temporary suspension of work until reports are submitted.

B. Weekly Status Report
During the construction phase of the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall submit weekly written status reports to the ENGINEER and the INSPECTOR. The report shall contain a record of inspections and tests, not performed by CITY forces, for all Work accomplished subsequent to the previous report and shall include the following information:

1. Type of work under way during the time frame of the report (e.g., earthwork, concrete work, structural steel erection, equipment manufacturing, component installation).

2. Inspections and tests, and location of inspections and tests that were made.

3. Results of inspections.

4. Reports of tests performed, including those specified, with the results of the tests, and acceptance criteria, including failures and remedial action to be taken. Test results, including all computations, shall be attached to the report form. Where test results cannot be completed by the time the report is submitted, a notation shall be made that the test was performed, including the approximate expected date that test results will be reported.

5. Report of any nonconforming items/activities. Nonconformance report forms designed solely for this purpose shall be utilized.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 689 of 1055
CONSTRUCTION STATUS REPORTS 01323-2

6. Results of inspections of material and equipment done upon their arrival at the Jobsite and prior to their incorporation into the Work. This includes, but is not limited to, compliance with approved submittals, damage, and proper storage requirements.

7. Offsite quality control activities.

8. Instructions received from the ENGINEER or INSPECTOR.

9. In all cases, the report must be verified and signed by the CONTRACTOR'S representative. The verification is to contain the statement that all supplies and materials incorporated in the Work are in compliance with the terms of the Contract except where noted.

C. 3 Week Look Ahead Schedule
During the construction phase of the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall submit 3 Week Look Ahead reports to the ENGINEER at the weekly progress meetings or as directed by the ENGINEER. The report shall include the following information:

1. Type of work under way during the time frame of the report (e.g., earthwork, concrete work, structural steel erection, equipment manufacturing, component installation).

D. Miscellaneous Submittals
CONTRACTOR shall prepare a Daily Construction Report recording the following information concerning events at the job-site and submit original copies to the ENGINEER at weekly intervals for approval:

1. List of Subcontractors and Sub-Subcontractors at the site, types of works and job location.

2. Count of CONTRACTOR’S personnel at the site, name, type of work, hours completed and job location.

3. Construction equipments at the site.

4. High and low temperatures, general weather conditions.

END OF SECTION
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 690 of 1055
SUBMITTALS 01330-1
SECTION 01330 SUBMITTALS

1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish a schedule and list of all required submittals to the ENGINEER, including required submittals by all Subcontractors.

B. Wherever called for in these Specifications or on the plans, or where required by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the ENGINEER for review, two (2) hard copies and one electronic (PDF) copy of each submittal.

The term "submittal" as used herein shall be understood to include detail design calculations, design drawings, shop drawings, fabrication and installation drawings, erection drawings, lists, graphs, operating instructions, catalog sheets, data sheets, samples, and similar items. Unless otherwise required, said submittals shall be submitted to the ENGINEER at a time sufficiently early to allow review of same by the ENGINEER and to accommodate the rate of Construction Progress required under the Contract without delaying the Contract Work and with due regard for the possibility of resubmittals. All submittals shall be in English.

C. All design or shop drawings or other submittals shall be accompanied by a transmittal form for each submittal. Any submittal not accompanied by such a form may be returned, at the ENGINEER'S discretion, for resubmittal.

D. Normally, a separate transmittal form shall be used for each specific item or class of material or equipment for which a submittal is required. Transmittal of a submittal of various items using a single transmittal form will be permitted only when the items taken together constitute a manufacturer's "package" or are so functionally related that expediency indicates a review of the group or package as a whole. A multiple-page submittal shall be collated into sets, and each set shall be stapled or bound, as appropriate, prior to transmittal to the ENGINEER.

E. Shop Drawings shall show in detail the size, sections, and dimensions of all the member(s); the arrangement and construction of all connections and joints; all holes, straps, and other fittings required for attaching work and other pertinent details. When required, engineering computations shall be submitted. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for delivering reviewed copies of shop Drawings to all others whose work is dependent thereon. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain at the site of the Project, at all times, a complete file of approved Shop Drawings and manufacturers' data for this Project.

F. Except as may otherwise be provided herein, the ENGINEER will return prints of each submittal to the CONTRACTOR, with its comments noted thereon, within twenty (20) calendar days following their receipt by the ENGINEER. It is considered reasonable that the CONTRACTOR shall make a complete and acceptable submittal to the ENGINEER by the second submission of a submittal Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 691 of 1055
SUBMITTALS 01330-2
item. The CITY reserves the right to withhold moneys due the CONTRACTOR to cover additional costs of the ENGINEER'S review beyond the second submittal. Submittal will be returned to the CONTRACTOR with one of four (4) markings:

1. If a submittal is returned to the Contractor marked "NO EXCEPTIONS," formal revision and resubmission of said submittal will not be required.

2. If a submittal is returned to the Contractor marked "EXCEPTIONS NOTED," formal revision and resubmission of said submittal will not be required, unless specifically requested.

3. If a submittal is returned to the Contractor marked "RETURNED FOR CORRECTION," the Contractor shall revise said submittal and shall resubmit the originally required number of copies of said revised submittal to the Engineer.

4. If a submittal is returned to the Contractor marked "NOT ACCEPTABLE," the Contractor shall revise said submittal and shall resubmit the originally required number of copies of said revised submittal to the Engineer.

G. All Work for which Shop Drawings are required shall be performed in accordance with the reviewed and approved copies. Fabrication of an item shall not commence before the ENGINEER has reviewed the pertinent submittal and returned the copies to the CONTRACTOR marked either "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN," or "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED“. Revisions indicated on submittals shall be considered as changes necessary to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents and shall not be taken as the basis for claims for extra work.

H. All CONTRACTOR submittals shall be carefully reviewed by an authorized representative of the CONTRACTOR prior to submission to the ENGINEER.

Each submittal shall be dated, signed, and certified by the CONTRACTOR as being correct and in strict conformance with the Contract Documents. No consideration for review by the ENGINEER of any CONTRACTOR’S submittal will be made for any items which have not been so certified by the CONTRACTOR. All noncertified submittals will be returned to the CONTRACTOR without action taken by the ENGINEER, and any delays caused thereby shall be the total responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.

I. Should the Shop Drawings or manufacturers data (for submittals required by the Standard Specifications or the specifications) show variations from the Contract requirements, the CONTRACTOR shall make specific mention of such variations in the letter of transmittal, in order that, if acceptable, suitable action may be taken for proper adjustment of the Contract; otherwise the Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 692 of 1055
SUBMITTALS 01330-3
CONTRACTOR will not be relieved of the responsibility for executing the work in accordance with the Contract Documents, and the approved submittals.

J. The ENGINEER’S review of CONTRACTOR’S submittal shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the entire responsibility for the correctness of details and dimensions and conformance to the Specifications. The CONTRACTOR shall assume all responsibility and risk for any misfits due to any errors in the submittal. Any fabrication or other work performed in advance of the receipt of accepted submittals shall be entirely at the CONTRACTOR’S risk and expense.

The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the dimensions and the design of adequate connections and details.

K. CONTRACTOR’S Coordination:

1. ENGINEER will return and will not review unrelated submittals.

2. The CONTRACTOR may be required to provide drawings, setting diagrams and similar information necessary for proper coordination of Contracted Work. Such data shall remain between the CONTRACTOR and CONTRACTOR’S Subcontractor and will not be reviewed by the ENGINEER unless specifically called for in the Contract Documents.

3. ENGINEER will not review any required Structural Shop Drawings, Structural Calculations, etc., not prepared or signed by a State of California licensed ENGINEER.

4. ENGINEER will return and will not review any submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until such other submittals or required information is received by the Consultant or ENGINEER.

L. CONTRACTOR’S Submittals: CONTRACTOR’S submittals required for performance of Contracted Work, shall include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Schedule of Values for all Lump Sum items within the Proposal.

2. Construction Schedule and Notification to ENGINEER of completion of each milestone or percentage increment of the Work as required.

3. Submittal Schedule

4. Daily Construction Reports

5. Shop Drawings and Structural Calculations.

6. Manufacturer’s Data and Specifications.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 693 of 1055
SUBMITTALS 01330-4

7. Samples

8. Templates

9. Certificate of Compliance

10. Construction Photographs

11. Substitutions

12. Record Drawings and Record Project Manual

13. Operation & Maintenance Manuals

14. Stock Materials, Spare parts, tools

15. Material Testing Results

16. Maintenance Logs and Maintenance Schedule.

M. CONTRACTOR shall conform to the provisions of the Contract Document and as may be specifically directed by the ENGINEER.

1. Preparation and processing of submittals shall be coordinated with Contracted Work operations, which include fabrication, purchasing and delivery of work items so as not to delay Contracted Work operations.

2. In each copy of the Submittal, mark every applicable material, product, equipment, manufacturer’s data, product information, color samples, rating or values, part and model numbers, etc. by red color circle. Each of the submittal items must be clearly distinguishable from other unrelated or similar items listed in the Manufacturer’s Catalog or Technical Specifications, Manuals, etc.

N. Coordination and Submittals:

1. Carefully review and coordinate all aspects of each item being submitted.

2. Carefully review contract drawings and technical sections, verify all work as laid out or indicated meeting the applicable codes and standards.

3. Ensure ample time for reviewing and processing of the submittals by the CITY or other authorized agencies, delays resulting from improper and untimely submittals shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.

Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 694 of 1055
SUBMITTALS 01330-5

4. Verify that all such submittal items conform to the Project Manual requirements noted in the Technical Sections.

5. Verify all site conditions and provide all required dimensions and measurements in Shop Drawings.

6. Where necessary, review the CITY’S comments, make changes and resubmit to local governing agencies for approval. Furnish the ENGINEER copies of the approved plans or drawings for review.

O. CONTRACTOR shall affix to each submittal, the CONTRACTOR’S signature certifying that required coordination has been performed and include on an attached label for processing and recording action taken, noting the following:

1. Name of the Project

2. Date of the Submittal

3. Name and address of Consultant

4. Name and address of the CONTRACTOR

5. Name and address of the Subcontractor(s)

6. Name and address of the Supplier

7. Name and address of the Manufacturer

8. Reference to Specification Section Number and Title

9. Reference to Drawing Sheet Number and detail(s)

10. Submittal Number

11. Priority Number and expected return date.

END OF SECTION
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 695 of 1055
SUBMITTALS 01330-6

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 696 of 1055
SUBMITTALS 01330-7
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 697 of 1055
SUBMITTALS 01330-8
Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 698 of 1055
STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN 01571-1
SECTION 01571 STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN
PART 1 - GENERAL
This project is subject to the requirements of the General Permit for Storm Water Discharges associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities, under the California State Water Resources Control Board. Order No. 2009-0009-DWQ, CAS000002, and all amendments. All permit related documents can be located at the State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) website at www.waterboards.ca.gov. This project lies within the boundaries of the Santa Ana Regional Water Quality Control Board (RWQCB). The project is also covered by the municipal MS4 permit, Santa Ana-Order No. R8-2010-0036. Guidance manuals applicable to this project are the California Best Management Practices Handbooks found at www.cabmphandbooks.com.

The Contractor shall be responsible for complying with the SWPPP and all laws, codes, ordinances, and requirements of the governing agencies regarding the discharge of pollutants, pollution control devices, and any other related stormwater and non-stormwater requirements for this project, including but not limited to reporting, sampling, and amendments.

The Contractor shall have the necessary training and certifications to implement the SWPPP, conduct inspections and maintain the required water pollution control practices. See Section “QUALIFIED SWPPP PRACTITIONER (QSP)”.

The Contractor shall follow all requirements of the prepared job specific Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) including the Construction Site Monitoring Program Requirements (CSMP). The contractor shall provide a Qualified SWPPP Practitioner (QSP) to implement all requirements of the SWPPP. The QSP shall be responsible for monitoring and sampling as required by the CSMP.

Approval of the SWPPP must be completed prior to the start of construction activity. However, the contract time will commence.

PART 2 - STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN PREPARATION If required under Order No. 2009-0009-DWQ, CAS000002, or its amendments, the Contractor shall prepare a SWPPP for the project. The SWPPP provides the general stormwater approach for the project and the minimum necessary BMPs. The contractor shall provide a Qualified SWPPP Practitioner (QSP) for this project and submit to the City copies of the required certifications or registrations for the QSP prior to SWPPP approval.

The California Storm water Quality Association (CASQA) has prepared a SWPPP template for use with Order No. 2009-0009-DWQ, CAS000002. The SWPPP template provides the general storm water approach for the project and the minimum necessary BMPs. The SWPPP template is not to be a considered a final and complete document until it has been completed and approved by a Qualified SWPPP Developer (QSD). The QSD is expected to include in the updated Final Redlands Regular Meeting of 12/16/25 699 of 1055
STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN 01571-2
SWPPP necessary details pertaining to the methods and scheduling of construction and any additional necessary BMPs, based on the project approach.

The QSD shall use the CASQA SWPPP template for preparation of the SWPPP. The Caltrans SWPPP template shall not be used.

Within 5 days of the Notice to Proceed, Contractor shall submit two (2) hardcopies of the draft Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) for review. SWPPP review shall be in accordance with the requirements set forth in Section 01330 of the General Requirements. Once all of the noted revisions have been made and the SWPPP is complete for submittal to the State, two (2) final signed hardcopies and one (1) electronic copy of the SWPPP must be submitted to the Engineer for acceptance. The Contractor shall keep one copy of the approved SWPPP and approved amendments at the project site. The SWPPP shall be made available upon request by a representative of the City of Redlands, the Regional Water Quality Control Board or the State Water Resources Control Board. Requests made by the public or other third-parties for review of the SWPPP shall be directed to the Project Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately when regulatory agencies request to enter, inspect, sample, monitor, or otherwise access the project site or the Contractor’s records pertaining to the water pollution control work.

Redlands City CouncilDecember 16, 2025

Redlands City Council
December 16, 2025